Home

KYOCERA FS-C2026MFP+

1. 952 662 22 102 161 SI 661 56 6L t9 m Te ST Ul ml 7 ly Fly 9 ja 962 n 202 902 061 vl 851 evel 921 ort v6 84 29 9v 06 y r uwyl u N j 9 652 182 122 502 681 151 Set 601 56 m 19 Sv 62 1 e tye tp wi NE alye 2 982 022 02 ett 961 OT vel 801 26 9L 09 Tt 82 et m 7 4 u Airi Ss ey dy ty Ny aye nial 182 Gee 612 02 191 EH 6 get LOT 16 94 64 r IL JL L 4 ty tye ole 052 2 812 202 ger 221 901 06 vL 89 ev 92 or lt 4 ll Qgjlez v use 6 2 ete Le 102 set 691 4 1 Tel SOT 68 L 18 Iv 52 6 J JL jer F lola Fla Bre eg 92 002 891 291 get 021 vor 98 24 95 0 72 ol a QJ nz 152 514 661 Eer 191 IST SeT 611 01 18 14 99 6 1 A 4 5 972 062 vU 861 281 991 091 201 98 0 Be 22 9 111014 fk 21 148 9 1 1 319 Ste 622 ere 161 18 91 evt eer TOT 58 69 s 18 S FIN QO n ein au s 3 vto 822 212 961 087 t91 eet OTT 001 v 89 es 9t 02 Y Jixi3 Fule gaoa pl ala v j O tls 122 661 641 91 Stt 66 8 19 18 61 5 9 ef s o s o ec 2 96 2 2 922 042 61 BAL 291 9 ott Li 86 28 99 09 ve i 2 z rji
2. Command Mnemonic Parameters DUAL CONTEXT EXTENSIONS ENTER PCL MODE ESC A 0 Retain previous PCL cursor position 1 Use current HP GL 2 pen position RESET ESCE None PRIMARY FONT Fl Font ID SECONDARY FONT Font ID SCALABLEORBITMAPPEDFONTS SB 0 Scalable fonts only 1 Bitmapped fonts allowed PALETTE EXTENSIONS Color Range CR b ref red w ref red b ref grn w ref grn b ref blue w ref blue Number of Pens NP n Pen Color Assignment PC pen red green blue TRANSPARENCY MODE TR 0 Off opaque 1 On transparent SCREENED VECTORS SV screen_type shading index VECTOR GROUP ARC ABSOLUTE AA X centersweep angle chord angle ARC RELATIVE AR X incrementy increment sweep angle chord angle ABSOLUTE ARC THREE POINT AT x intery interx end y end chord angle PLOT ABSOLUTE PA x y Lx y PLOT RELATIVE PR PEN DOWN PD PEN UP PU RELATIVE THREE POINT RT incr intery incr interx incr end y incr end angle POLYLINE ENCODED PE flag val coord pair flag val coord _pair POLYGON GROUP BEZIER RELATIVE BR kind x1 control pt increments yl control pt increments X2 control pt increments y2 control pt increments X3 control pt increments y3 control pt increments params params CIRCLE Cl radius chord_angle FILL RECTANGLE ABSOLUTE
3. Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 95000 3800 6900 Pattern 1 Horiz Line ESC cIG 1B2A633147 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 Vert Lines ESC c2G 2 633247 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 Diagonal ESC c3G 2 633347 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Lines 4 Diagonal ESC c4G 1B2A633447 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Lines 5 Square Grid ESC c5G 1B2A633547 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 Diagonal ESC c6G 1B2A633647 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Grid USER DEFINED PATTERN MANAGEMENT CREATION User Defined Delete all ESC c0Q 1B2A 6303051 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern patterns Control Delete all ESC cIQ 1B2A6303151 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary patterns Delete current ESC c2Q 1B2A6303251 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes pattern Make pattern ESC c4Q 1B2A 6303451 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary Make pattern ESC c5Q 1B2A6303551 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes permanent Set Pattern Rotate with ESC pOR 1B2A703052 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Reference orientation Follow ESC pIR 1B2A 703152 Yes Yes Yes Yes physical page MACROS Macro ID Macro 10 ESC amp f Y 1 2666 59 Yes Yes Yes Yes Macro Control Start Macro ESC amp f0X 1B 26 66 30 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Definition Stop Macro ESC amp fIX 1B26663158 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Definition Execute ESC amp f2X 1B 26 66 32 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Macro Call ESC amp f3X 1B 26663358 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Enable ESC amp
4. 5 62 22 Lu 161 Sit 661 TEE 56 61 9 i t St 1219194 27 O 792 BES 222 902 061 v BST zot ott v6 8 29 9v 09 se ONE 52 182 122 902 681 41 LST WL Set 601 6 dL 19 62 amp tiu W 2 952 022 88r 20 9ST ot vol 801 26 9 09 82 ei nang zz SECOS Mr 152 gee 612 2 181 991 48 LOT 16 SL 6S ey nein 211 SA DA 092 2 812 202 981 St 9er eet 901 06 89 ev 92 3 0 a z Iz f s 62 EEZ 172 10 881 691 Est Tet SOT 68 L 18 1 6 n ss A TAL I 6 Bre 2 2 912 002 vet 891 291 9ET 0921 01 98 24 96 0 vo 8 122 8 Lye 162 972 661 197 191 Get 6 Eor 18 u 99 fe L 15 191 18 L 972 052 861 281 991 OST vel BIT 201 98 04 vS 9t e 9 01201955 JA A 9 92 622 ele 161 TBT S91 6vl 101 98 69 9 Le 12 8 9 S vee 822 e 96 08 91 eet 01 v8 99 29 9 02 v 0Yy n Lee Tu 561 641 91 Lvl TET SIt 66 9 8 19 61 t 9 s ol S evo 922 012 61 841 291 ort ott 86 28 99 08 ve 9t 2 4 1q AJA Z u We 2 602 56 191 Srt ett 16 18 59 6v ee ri 0 2 ZA 802 261 9 1 09 44 eu 96 08 v9 gv 26 9t 0 o 94 400 d H a 9 6 8 L 9 S v t I 0
5. Preceding stack Operator Result Description mark obj1 objn cleartomark Clear stack down through mark clip Create new clipping path clippath Setcurrent path as clipping path Q cliprestore Restore stored clipping path clipsave Copy and save the current clipping path file closefile Close file closepath Connect subpath to starting point width height bits comp colorimage Paint a sample image matrix datasrcO datasrcn 1 multi ncomp key name array composefont font Refers CIF font specified in the second CMap object or array key string array and compose CIF font key dict array dictionary matrix concat Multiply current transform matrix by given matrix matrix matrix2 concatmatrix matrix3 Replace matrix3 with matrix x matrix3 matrix2 objl objnn copy objl objn Duplicate top n objects on stack dictl dict2 copy dict2 Copy dictl to dict2 arrayl array2 copy subarray2 Copy array to initial subarray of array2 stringl string2 copy substring2 Copy string to initial substring of string2 gstatel gstate2 copy Copy gstatel to gstate2 copypage Print and retain current page angle cos real Find cosine of angle degrees count n Count objects on stack countdictstack int Count objects on dictionary stack countexecstack int Count objects on execution stack mark obj1 objn counttomark mark objl obj Count objects on stack down to mark proc string cshow Show char
6. 5 ar p Sm a Mr S lt NE EE ae ety tell 2 a ae Las 8 eueyejey 7 109 Chapter 7 Emulation KC GL Limits This section provides limit values for the various KC GL parameters Plotter units are used unless otherwise specified Standard Character Sizes Table 7 33 Standard Character Sizes Paper size Width mm Height mm A4 0 187 0 269 A3 0 285 0 375 Letter 0 187 0 269 Ledger 0 285 0 375 Maximum Plot Area Table 7 34 Maximum Plot Area Paper size X Y Plotter units Dots Plotter units Dots 11477 3389 7999 2362 A3 16398 4842 11487 3392 Letter 10776 3182 8236 2432 Ledger 16872 4982 10776 3182 Coordinate Values Table 7 35 Coordinate Values Mode A RO 0 Papersize P1x Ply P2x 2 4 430 200 10430 7400 380 430 15580 10430 Letter 80 320 10080 7520 Ledger 620 80 15820 10080 Table 7 36 Coordinate Values Mode A RO 90 Paper size P1x Ply P2x 2 A4 200 430 7400 10430 A3 430 380 10430 15580 Letter 320 80 7520 10080 Ledger 80 620 10080 15820 Table 7 37 Coordinate Values Mode B RO 0 Papersize P1x Pty P2x P2y A4 4700 2480 4700 2480 6680 4700 6680 4700 Letter 434
7. zal ele 1 522 602 e61 191 Set 621 ert 16 18 9 6v 1 1912 ein bl ove voc 802 261 091 ti get eu 96 08 79 25 9 9 E gjg 514 S o d a a X 6 8 L 9 6 t e T 0 92 68 22 102 161 6ST Let 96 6L 9 Ly ST L ol Ulm Ff 9 Oo 4 amp R 9 tS 862 222 90 061 714 BST evt 921 9 6 81 29 9v 0t 124 gt F lt ESZ Le Tee 502 681 et dst Wr 601 6 19 Sr 62 lt z a2 292 92 022 to 881 eut 99 oT vel 801 26 91 09 82 4 o my J Tin SO tT gt LI n K 152 Sec 612 602 181 ut 561 eer LOT 16 SL 68 tr 1 4 Ae E 5x5 9 x 052 vto 912 202 981 751 eei 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 ot loldi l iglejz itizin e u 6 EEZ ri 102 Sgt 691 esT LET Te 601 68 e 3 92 6 1 4 ete 912 002 vel 891 egt 91 91 88 99 ov 8 e 2 b 4 8 1 0 Tec 912 661 587 191 Tet Ser 611 01 18 TL 95 6 2 L 1411 5 5 y 97 02 861 281 991 OST vel BIL eot 98 04 75 Be 22 9 AA 9 53 3 Svo 622 ir 161 Tel 991 6vt tel TOL 98 69 6 3 FEN nes niz s 2 o 822 eic 961 087 91 261 001 78 89 25 9 0 t J 2la4 gt
8. Yes Correction number 49 Monochrome Mixed ESC amp b M 1B 2698304D No No No No Yes Print Model Rendering Gray ESC amp b M 1B 2698314D No No No No Yes Equivalent Palette Palette ID ESC amp p I 1B 2670 49 No No No No Yes Control ID Palette Delete All ESC amp p C 1B 26 70 30 43 No No No No Yes Control Palettes in store Delete All ESC p C 1B 26 703143 No No No No Yes Palettes in stack Delete Palette ESC p C 1B 26 703243 No No No Yes last ID Copy Palette ESC p C 1B 26 703643 No No No Yes Push Pop Push Palette ESC p P 2 703050 No No No No Yes Palette Pop Palette 1B 2 703150 No No No No Yes Render Continuous ESC t J 1B 2A 743044 No No No No Yes Algorithm tone detail Snap to ESC t J 1B2A74314A No No No No Yes primaries Snap ESC t J 2 74324A No No No No Yes black white colors to black Device best ESC t4J 1B 2 74334A No No No No Yes dither Error ESC t J 1B 2 74344A No No No No Yes diffusion Monochrome ESC t4J 1B 2 74354A No No No No Yes device best dither Monochrome ESC t J 1B 2 74364A No No No No Yes error diffusion Cluster ESC t J 1B 2 74374A No No No No Yes ordered dither Monochrome ESC t4J 1B 2 74384A No No No No Yes cluster ordered HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 15 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 190
9. v 5 bile D 122 i 561 611 91 124 SIL 66 8 19 Ts Se 6t 111714 11921 6 9 s ole i ale eve 922 012 761 8 1 e9t 91 OET 96 28 99 0S ve 2 21 Tee 602 61 19 621 16 18 9 6 ee rii 1 NE ble gt Ove voc 802 261 9141 091 821 eu 96 08 v9 9v e 9t 0 214 o 4 4 a a a 6 8 9 S T t T 0 r6 98 2d 552 682 22 10 161 Sit 6ST Let ut 56 6L 9 n 1e 1 bi glo Ol alx 952 BEZ 222 904 061 vl 8S1 zot 921 ott v6 8L 29 9v 06 v JL ajf Q lt vt ESZ y 122 502 681 eT LST iv Set 601 6 m T9 9 62 lt z meet 292 922 022 702 881 ett 951 Ort vel got 26 94 09 82 et 1 1 gt 7 6 152 See 612 502 Sst 6 1 621 LOT 16 SL 65 ey I 4E IE wl Ag T I Pi PE 9 052 14 812 202 98t 041 ST eet 901 06 vL 96 2 92 OL l lli lel zi filz e 6 102 581 691 est Ter 901 68 L 18 152 6 1 L Fi t a r e6 O 2 252 912 002 891 est 9et OZI 01 88 96 ov 8 3 L X H S8 Lye Te 912 661 81 191 IST Set 611 eor 18 95 6 2 F4 in 6 mio 9 082 vto 861 991 OST vel git ZOT 98 04 HS 8e 2
10. a 6 8 L 9 S Y ok 0 8 YSPUNL 68 2d 992 662 73 n 161 Era 691 ai 86 6L 9 t 16 ST amp igj g l uicit 2 882 222 902 061 891 evt 91 ott v6 BL 29 9v 0t vl did lt ESZ 12 122 502 681 LST Tel get 601 t6 LL 19 Sv 6c 1 A HALAS W 292 962 0 00 881 ett 951 ot vel 801 26 91 09 vv 82 I Er T gt 152 962 612 02 181 ut SST 681 521 LOT 16 SL 65 r 12 3 X tpt 052 92 202 981 ST ger eel 907 06 vL 89 e 92 ot 9 ON A o s z PIZI f x 6t EEZ 2 102 981 691 est 11 SOT 68 L 18 Tr 6 a I 6 9 282 912 002 891 291 9 041 v0l 88 21 96 ov v 8 0120 d X UXIH 8 Lye 162 in 661 81 191 Tet Set 611 01 18 99 6 2 9 x l S AIDIL 9 2 082 vlc 961 281 981 0 vel 201 98 OL vS Be 22 9 1 ow b i Al J Al Al 9 Sve 622 ele 161 181 591 24 eel a 101 98 69 5 12 5 o ovn kx tbe 822 212 961 081 91 eet OTT 001 v8 89 25 9g 02 t la 11 7 1 4 Lee iu 661 641 90 Tet SIL 66 19 18 S 6t t 9 3 561216510 2 922 012 761 8 1 21 91 oet vit 86 28 99 05 vt Br e 9 i qiWiH clu ive 2 602 61 LL 191 621 eu 16 i8 59 6v tt rii I N y i 0 2 vee 902 261 9 1 091 821 eit 9
11. amp 961 081 91 sI 281 001 a v Bao 91 Tet SIT 66 5 z 5 41 91 SIL 66 g SOSIT dS dimn Z Oe 10 S 2 o lt a m a oo lt 2101061 4 6 sO F O X ii e F s 9 c v 9r oe vit 86 99 0 8t we 92 ver SZ z90 oer vu 86 28 99 09 ve 2 910 9 1 a Tals z o glolyl l3 1 q Ala Z 191 601 eu 16 99 5 a 1 922 Lt T9t 621 pi 16 18 99 6 ni H 1 n be ulg Vi fl b o vi I i E 091 get Hi 96 9 9 Bv 26 092 vee 261 091 BI Hi 96 08 39 EJ 91 0 11994 dj 0 9 o 9 4 400 6 2119 Z T 0 4 H 2 8 wl 6 s t Z T 0 901 40849 188 2d n6 swopuiM Chapter 7 Emulation 5 662 22 102 161 6ST nii Ur 6 61 9 1 9 m E HIE II II mo O 4 50 gez 222 904 061 v 8st 291 921 011 v6 8L 29 9v 08 vi lul lt 52 E 122 502 681 ell 191 521 601 6 LL 19 5 62 W 252 922 022 702 881 eti 981 Ot vel
12. z une1 OSI 62 682 22 402 161 661 6 61 9 t ST O 752 BEz 222 902 061 vit 861 evt 144 v6 8 29 9 0e vl 3 52 LES TZ S02 681 191 6421 601 6 tl 19 Sy 62 et W 252 9 2 022 702 881 9ST ovt vol 801 26 9L 09 vv 2L b 152 962 612 02 181 ul 951 gel LOT 16 SL 68 ey 4 a 052 vee 972 202 981 041 ST 221 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 0t z Z se 6v2 eee 102 Set 691 est 181 121 SOL 6 eL 19 I 2 6 116 Bre 26 912 002 vel 891 2 91 921 01 99 et 95 or ve 8 X 4 XIH 8 Lye 1 2 5912 661 191 IST SET 611 01 18 86 2 D L 9 2 oez EAr 861 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 04 ge 22 9 Al JIA 4 9 9 EA 622 in 161 181 sol 6 eer TOL 98 69 eS LE 9 0 lt vr 822 212 961 081 v9l grt eet 9 001 t8 89 26 9 02 t 2 Lee I 661 61 91 Lvl Tet GIL 66 8 19 1s 61 s oj sl lel BA 922 012 761 941 291 OFT oet Yi 96 2 99 08 vt aT e Tee 22 602 61 190 Syl Di 16 18 99 6v ee Lt 1 Ove yee 802 261 091 921 eu 96 08 v9 ey et 9t 0 4 400 A a 6 8 L 9 S Y c T 0 1e687 sn 1 11 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 682 22 19 161 GLI 661 Let TIL 86 6L 9 t Te ST
13. AT gt X 152 92 612 02 181 SST LOL 16 S 68 v r3 3 lt lt P ay lAa 092 veo 872 20 981 HST Ber 221 901 06 vL 96 ev 92 8S Z F IZ f lo 6vc ttc rin 102 Sgt 691 st Tel 501 68 e 15 S 6 v O 6 t A I 6 Bre 262 912 002 89t 291 9et 021 YOT 88 eL 96 0v X U XIH 8 162 912 661 91 IST Set 611 gor 18 u 6 6 ez 1 x O 8 A DIL 92 062 9 861 81 991 051 vel BIT 201 98 OL vS ee 22 9 1 bl il 4 4 J Al 912 92 6 2 elc 161 1528 591 eel Tot 5 69 tS Le 14 S o oylix ne inis s 9e 2 822 22 961 081 91 Zel 00 v8 89 25 9e 0 t oe Lee Tle S61 641 91 n Tet SIL 66 8 19 18 61 9g Fl 512150 4 eve 922 072 761 8 1 291 9 01 86 28 99 05 ve 8t e Yz 1 qu Tee 2 604 6t ALT 191 Set 621 16 18 69 6v et 4 5 F H i 0 2 22 802 261 91 09 821 96 08 79 8t 26 91 0 o 4 1 0 0 A a 6 8 L 9 S Y t 4 T 0 6 6 une OSI 76 00 2 T T9 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 6 2 2 102 161 651 Let 6 6L 9 tv Te St
14. VO 0 V1 14 FRPO V2 25 EXIT The power up font can be a simulated bitmap font by giving a font number to the C5 C2 and C3 parameters in the same manner as for VO 1 and 2 This will set the V3 value to null Interface independent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 1 of 7 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Downloadable PCL font BO 0 Off 0 countries excluding compression l On Asia or 1 Asia Message language B7 0 Automatically enters message language 1 selection at power on selection menu at the initial power on After a language is selected B7 1 is set automatically Does not automatically enter message language selection menu at power on Default pattern B8 0 300 dpi 0 resolution PAT FPAT 1 600 dpi GPAT 3 1200 dpi Minimum memory B9 0 12 MB or more 16 or more 0 1 allocation for resource 1 10MB 14 MB protection in duplex 2 8MB 12 mode 3 6MB 10 MB 4 4MB 8MB 5 2MB 6MB Copy count CO Number of copies to print 1 999 1 KPDL font range C9 0 KPDL fonts only 0 1 KPDL and PCL fonts Serial line control DO 0 15 sent every 5 seconds during the 0 printing system is ready or waiting Error is ignored 1 is sent every 5 seconds during the printing system is ready or waiting Error is valid 10 XON is not sent Error is ignored 11 XON is not
15. 852 6 2 22 102 161 Sit 6ST Lei Iu 6L 9 12 te t 2 O l a 52 82 222 904 061 713 851 evt 921 91 v6 84 29 9v 08 vU JL Inr 7 X V U lt vit 90 452 122 502 681 eT 181 lel Set 601 t6 dL 19 Sb 62 Zl lo 4 292 92 022 702 881 ett 951 ovt vel 901 26 9 19 vv 82 et E edama r rs lir Er 152 Gee 612 502 19 ut 851 61 eel LOT 16 SL 65 ey JL L QM 559 r J Jal 1 le 052 veo 92 202 981 OLI HST Ber 221 90 06 vL 99 ev 92 01 m d ni z fiz it 9 6 2 EEZ 2 102 581 691 rii 11 121 901 68 eL 15 Ww Sc 6 zl El giolla 4 6 to Bre eec 912 004 v8l 891 291 9 t 021 OL 88 eL 98 ov 9 e Ul ra ugrexuxH s mn Lye Tee 512 661 8 197 TST Set 61l 01 48 TL 99 6 j 3 n 3 5 8 3 H Isv 8n je 9 062 vlc 861 281 991 0st vel BIT eot 98 OL 86 22 9 9 9 7 9 622 tle 161 Tet 91 61 eel uu 101 99 69 eg 18 12 4 3 1 sly si ELA 822 212 961 081 v91 261 oor vU 89 29 9 02 t 10191 1 tre 861 611 91 Li SIT 66 g 19 15 61 0194 11992 25 tila eve 922 012 234 8 1 291 91 oet vU 96 28 99 05 BI e 208 7 1H9 2525 auasczc te Tre 922 602 61 191 621 16 18 9 6v tt 4 1 g r lnb Ore voc 802 261 091 get eu 96 08 9 ey e 9t 0 Q a Eg g l d Jaa o
16. StapleDetails dict Control the detailed parameters of the staple function EconoMode bool Control Econoprint mode true Econoprint on false Econoprint off Punchd int Punch output pages DF 71 DF 75 0 Do not punch 3 Punch when a set of job is printed PunchDetails dict Controls the detailed parameters of the punch See PunchMode below 7 136 KPDL Operators Table 7 49 KPDL Page Device Parameters Sheet 3 of 3 Preceding Stack Parameter Result Description PunchMode int Punch using sub style DF 71 1 Native style of punching 2 Substyle SlipSheet int Insert transparency separator 0 separator 3 Insert a separator when a set of job is printed SlipSheetDetails dict Control the detailed parameters of punching See CopyMode below CopyMode int Print on transparency separator 1 Do not print on separator 2 Print on separator PreRenderingEnhance bool Control resolution enhancement When HWResolution is set to 600 dpi true Fast 1200dpi false 600dpi DeviceRenderingVividInfo dict Model FS 5900C only Control vivid color mode Ex lt lt DeviceRenderingVividInfo lt lt VividColor bool gt gt gt gt setpagedevice bool true Vivid mode on false Vivid mode off DeviceRenderingRGBInfo dict Controls RGB emulation Ex lt lt DeviceRenderingRGBInfo lt lt VirtualColorDevice ColorTransform name
17. decimal 8 BS Backspace 10 LF Linefeed 12 FF Formfeed 13 CR Carriage return Other control codes are ignored In particular the escape code ESC character code 27 is ignored If the printing system receives the escape sequence ESC A for example it ignores the escape code and prints the letter A Therefore this emulation requires PRE SCRIBE commands for controlling the printing system In font mode FTMD 15 the printing system automatically gives the innate character spacing line spacing and page orientation for each bitmap font and character spacing and page orientation for each scalable font If a line overruns the right margin word wrap occurs automatically in this emulation IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 7 4 To set the power up emulation for IBM Proprinter X24E send the printing system the following PRESCRIBE command sequence Pl 1 FRPO 1 EXIT The IBM symbol sets include IBM PC 8 plus international characters mathematical symbols Greek letters and graphic symbols so you can print things like 0 4GM r c M Symbol sets 850 PC 860 PC 863 PC 865 US ASCII and Denmark allow all ruling characters hex BO to DF and underscore characters 5F to be printed in the correct pitch for creating continuous lines The symbol set may be selected with the INTL command or the operator panel keys Per manent setting of the symbol set is made with t
18. eec 912 002 W81 891 E 961 oct 01 88 24 9 op e E I a a x qi xH 9008 lye lec 912 661 eet 191 IST get 611 01 18 u 99 6 ec L fle 92 062 712 861 cat 99 OST 201 98 0L 9t 9 0 b ALS A 4 9 9 7 Ste 622 SOT 61 eer TOL 88 69 eg Le 12 5 9 Ilg nona s e vro 822 v91 gvt eet OTT 001 ve 89 9 02 Jigs bie ere L 91 n Tet SIT 66 8 19 15 61 gt 2179186 la evo 922 291 OFT oet vu 96 28 99 0 8t 2 zl og quac te Tre 522 191 621 16 18 59 6v 1 Fg 2 TL i 0 2 too 091 vrl get eu 96 08 v9 8v 2 oT 0 9 191919 0 0 4 d a 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 Otz usiJod 8 2d nez epeued 98 2d 7 93 Chapter 7 Emulation 562 682 22 102 Tet 6ST let TIL 56 6L 9 t 1 7 4 laly ojoj jo l A 2 Bec 222 902 061 vil 891 evt 921 144 v6 84 29 0 oT JL ONE ds xv lt 452 122 902 681 el 151 Set 601 t6 LL T9 Sv 6c et lt a 1710 2 ele 2 gez 022 704 881 ett 991 ovt vel BOL 26 94 09 vy 82 et SE t 1 J pA I IAT gt amp 162 gee 612 02 181 ut 991 661 621 LOT 16 SL 66 tr Le ig 9 1 1 1 ell
19. 052 gie 202 981 ot vSl 9er 201 901 06 vL 8S ev 92 OL 711711 62 Le 102 681 691 est n Tet SOT 68 tL 15 Ww 52 6 neni IJ 6 E 92 002 v8l 891 291 980 041 01 88 95 0 vo 8 u lola X UX H 8 Lye lec 92 661 eat 191 Set 611 Eor 18 14 SG 6 62 4 ny in a ZIM L one 062 vl 861 991 051 BIL 201 98 04 vs BE 9 ny sin od Ai J A a 912 Sve 622 elc 461 Tet 891 61 eel 719 101 58 69 tS 18 12 5 n al S GA 822 212 961 081 91 261 OTL oor v8 99 29 9 02 Y 1 PIL GQ v er 861 611 91 Tel Si 66 8 19 19 ge 61 Li S f S l E evo 922 012 761 8 1 291 9vt oet 86 28 99 06 ve gt e 9 0 1 qA A au Wwe Sec 602 61 191 621 Di 16 T8 9 6v ri T v Ove pee 802 261 9 1 09 821 21 96 08 9 9v 2 91 0 4 400 E 9 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 9 112219 dWOOI8V 7 86 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 562 62 22 10 161 ST 6ST Hii 96 64 t9 ly SI T U 9 O 792 862 eec 902 061 ni 861 921 OIL v6 84 9 oe v ST uj I NES 52 Le 122 902 681 ell 1951 Set 601 t6 1L 19 9 6c er al N 2 982 022 02 881 ZLI 961 ovt vol Bor 26 91 09 2 82 lt
20. 52 152 Tee 504 681 n Ie set 601 t6 LL 19 St 62 9 D r Y o 252 962 022 02 881 951 Ort BOT 26 91 09 tb 82 et 1 1 3 8 T N u 182 gee 612 02 991 6 get 101 16 69 tv ra JL L 1 gt z r aliali i oja 092 vto 812 20 981 9 ST get 44 9010 06 vL 98 ev 92 or loldi y 11 1 eve 652 Le 102 881 691 esT LET Tet 901 68 eL 15 ly 6 1 L 4A T a r 6 Q N eve 262 972 002 781 891 E 9 041 vot 98 24 9 0 8 o l a 4 lee 912 661 eal 191 TST Set 611 01 18 TE 6 1 45 el 972 062 vu 861 291 991 Ost vel 8tt 201 98 0L v8 9e 22 9 spar x Era LE AL em s 59 622 ele 461 181 591 671 eet 101 58 69 tS 18 9 a e a als 272 74 212 961 081 91 261 OIL 001 v8 99 25 9 v Jia Xp s cm es s gm ero Lee 112 861 6 91 Sii 66 8 19 61 111114 1121 9 ere 922 072 761 8 1 291 91 081 yu 86 28 99 05 ve aL e 4 Te 922 602 61 191 621 elt 16 18 9 67 ni F amp b ejo vT i g e 0 2 voc 802 261 911 091 821 eu 96 08 v9 a7 2 91 0 E 9 6 8 L 9 S Y T 0 951 97 21 eoueuy une 7 31 Chapter
21. Si 822 22 961 081 91 gv eet SIL 001 v8 89 29 9 02 t 0V II 122 Tle 561 6 1 91 n Tel Stt 66 8 19 15 61 9 55 s 2510 212 922 ote 761 841 291 9 oet vit 96 28 99 05 8t e ov oveuH u Tre See 602 61 LL 191 24 16 18 99 6v ee 4 i Y 0 i Vi qi i 0 2 vee 802 261 09 821 96 08 v9 gv e 9t 0 94 4010 E a a 2 a V 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 9 9 une OSI 7 75 Chapter 7 Emulation 992 662 62 102 161 651 r Tu 6 6L 9 le 18 ST me it 0 2 2 882 222 902 061 951 evt OIL v6 BL 29 9v 0 24 Z EI F 16 415 8 lt tSc 152 Tee S02 681 61 Sel 601 6 LL 19 Sy 62 i 5 0 1 252 982 022 02 BBI H 9ST Ovi vol 801 26 9L 09 22 82 el FN 9leiDis 1 S iW gt 182 Gee 612 02 181 ut SSL cl 01 16 SL 68 ey le Z ece 052 vee 82 202 981 vst eet 901 06 vL 95 ev 92 Or PS E d yle X2 x 2 4 102 681 691 EST 11 Tet SOT 68 L 45 152 92 6 lt I 21 7 Al I6 872 cee 972 002 891 91 9 amp 021 98 24 95 Ov ve CA 0 0 8 Lye Tee 92 661 EBT 491 161 Set 611 01 18 172 99 68 gc MIZA In 9 2 052 vio 86
22. Ber 221 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 OL EE EL 6 952 rin 102 681 691 est Tet 901 68 eL 15 Ww 6 e Q Et rae ee es se Dd 87 262 912 002 781 891 291 9 01 701 88 99 or 2 9 X u X H 8 nz Te 912 661 80 191 197 SeT 611 eor 18 u 56 68 7 1 A Q e Dn U I MA 5IMIOILI 972 oez 712 861 Zi 991 OST vel 81 201 98 0L oS 86 22 9 11 29 9 2 622 tle 161 S91 324 eet LIL TOL 58 69 9 18 12 S X I 9 5 nien 3 S 822 ele 961 081 v91 291 SIL 001 78 89 29 9 02 v 9 ere Le ne 61 64 91 7128 SIL 66 28 19 19 61 0 a s osg oalti s 922 012 761 8 1 291 OPT 081 86 28 99 09 ve BI 2 18010901544 131qug8zZu Tre 520 602 61 LL 191 621 16 18 29 6v t t Y Ble Ove 22 902 261 911 09t vvi 821 96 08 v9 ev ee 9t 0 d lalalo YY d H a 2 a W 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 2 6 014210 7 18 Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 552 662 EZZ n 161 Stt 697 e TIL 86 6L t9 le Te 91 ono 3 Eo 92 gez 222 902 061 v BST evi 921 0 v6 BL 29 9v 0g vl ul INI lt l Q 852 1 122 902 681 1 TI Sel 601 6 m 19 5 62 1 Sl 292
23. a 11 lie 602 61 191 Stt 621 6 18 59 6v 4 1 N d 4 I S 0 2 22 802 261 091 921 elu 96 08 v9 et e 9t 0 T alal wi 6 L 9 S v Buiusiqnd sw 992 682 73 102 161 9 1 661 ut 6 6L 9 712 16 St A 1 9 I O gez 222 902 061 714 891 Olt v6 84 29 9 oe v I 1 u vI N lt esz 182 Tee 502 681 151 S21 601 6 19 Sr 62 ii W 292 922 022 702 98r 951 opt vel 801 26 94 09 2 lt n ra TA aD riv 152 92 612 202 181 61 eet LOT 16 S 65 tr a gt lxi JA 092 yee 812 202 98t 0 1 221 901 06 vL 9s ev 9c or 019 ef 8 S 2 12 Eez rin 1 581 691 est 11 SOT 68 eL 148 142 6 R IIA A 1 4 tA 1 6 eve 2 912 002 yet 891 est 91 921 HOT 88 eL 96 0 vc 9 90 4 4 4 1 1 1 8 Tee 912 661 eet 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u 95 6 EZ L x 8 t 972 082 vu 861 281 991 OST vel BIT 201 98 OL vS Be 22 9 i hb i 4 J Al 3 9 79 52 622 ele 461 IBT 691 6v 5334 101 58 69 tS 18 T x nl al s GA 822 22 961 081 v9t 2 eet 9 001 78 89 29 9 0 v ec 9 Q Y ni 92 Lee S61 6 91 Lv Tet 91 66 ee 19 16 6 t F S 9 S O
24. o Oll A 3t 758 Bee 222 902 061 vu BST evt 921 i v6 BL 29 9t ot vl I a gt t Sy IN lt civie 2 LE Tee 902 681 LST il Set 601 t6 iL 19 62 z A SEI W el 2 982 022 02 881 eu 961 ovt vel 801 26 91 09 2 gc 08 tp Sp 9 152 962 612 02 681 LOT 16 SL 68 tr amp TL idaig Hola la i elg 052 Hez sz 202 22 90T 06 89 e 92 OT 015 2 f ZIT lt 8 6 92 lle 102 121 Sot 68 7 Lg 142 92 6 1 6 872 2 2 9 2 002 9et 0 01 88 24 96 ov 8 of x Im 8 jn Lye 152 42 661 Set 61 01 18 14 56 6 L4 1 5 972 08 vue 961 vel 201 98 OL 22 9 I Al 9 9 7 9 622 i 161 eet At 58 69 eg 18 12 S o e nenja s 72 73 22 961 007 9 89 75 9 14 b 2e al 5 ble Lee 12 S61 Tel Stt 66 8 19 19 se 61 4 s 1 22 922 ote v6l oet 86 28 99 08 ve 81 H gt e i q iug c t We 2 602 61 621 etl 16 18 59 6 ee 4 T F 9 T nb TT gt Ove veo 802 261 get eu 96 08 9 oy e 9t 0 olJ ld 4 90 4 a a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t T ol NOL usan 488 2d 7 89 Chapter 7 Emulation
25. z Zif GA eez 102 581 691 esr m 121 SOT 68 L 15 2 6 Pale ie HJ a A t A 1 6 Bre ete 912 002 eT 891 E 421 01 88 eL 96 0v vo 9 X 8 nz 152 512 661 eer 191 IN 611 01 18 u 5 6t z 1 enu S8 AIDILI 92 062 vlc 861 281 991 twi vet gti 201 98 04 5 8e E3 9 I 9 9 N I 4 9 9 Ste 622 eie 461 I 691 E AIT 101 98 69 5 a Te 54 S vie 822 961 081 v9t eet 00 78 89 29 96 42 t bieg gig tre 122 S61 611 91 66 8 9 19 ge 61 t 906034 S of SOJ HA 922 072 tel Jii 291 9vt oet vlt 96 99 0 te 2 a ie 522 602 61 191 621 16 18 59 6 ee ri 1 diy 1 Ove 722 802 261 001 gel eil 96 98 79 e 91 0 qviY t 91 140 0 d a 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 562 682 622 n 61 Sit 651 56 6L 9 n St 3 52 862 222 902 061 891 evt ott v6 8L 29 97 o 919 0 IU N lt 18 Tee 502 681 WI Set 601 6 tL 19 Sv 62 t n rej in eju 252 982 022 02 981 et 9 vel 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 21 m 59 gt 152 962 612 02 n Ut 991 661 eel 101 16 SL 68 gr IL 3 tft 052 HEZ 872 202 981 97 eet 901 06 vL 9s eV 92 or z ZIT x 6 2 662
26. 102 581 691 est Tet SOT 68 L 15 152 92 6 A 11 6 872 262 912 002 891 291 9et 1 HOT 98 21 95 0 g X UX H 8 Lye Tee 512 661 EBr 491 191 Set 611 eor 18 55 6 4 I SADIL 9 2 062 861 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 04 8e 2 9 19 J JIA d 978 E 622 ele 161 Tet S91 6v eet TOL 88 69 6 Le 12 ITJ 9 8 nj la al sS 922 21 96i 081 91 61 91 001 v8 89 26 02 gilga 1 P L d v tro Lee Tle 861 641 Tet Siu 66 8 19 1g se 519251013 922 ote v6 BT 291 tT oer vu 86 28 99 0s vt 9r 2 a le 922 602 261 Lt StI 621 16 18 59 6v ee AL T i 0 2 22 902 26 911 09r bbl get 21 96 08 v9 9r 2 or 0 _ 4411480 d a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S Y t 4 T 0 10 uee 1 sjeg Joqui S qo Aemion 09 051 7 67 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 6 2 622 102 161 51 6ST 96 6L t9 ly 1e St 173 O 792 Bee 222 902 061 9st evt OTT 76 BL 29 9 0 vl FIALS FIQ lt ESZ 182 Tee 902 681 LST li Sel 601 6 19 Sv 6c allal a 252 9 2 022 702 881 ett 961 vel 801 26 94 09 22 82 Hi a 8 l 9 I O T ISZ
27. HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode None raster memory A4 Letter 2 Mbytes 6 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode None raster memory Legal 2Mbytes 7 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode on raster memory A4 Letter 3 Mbytes 10 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL duplex mode on raster memory Legal 3Mbytes 11 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL resource protection duplex mode None 10 Mbytes 10 Mbytes HPLJ 4 KPDL resource protection duplex mode on 14 Mbytes 14 Mbytes Table 7 21 Example FS 9500DN Printing Condition Resolution 300 dpi 600 dpi 1200 dpi Fast mode Fine mode PCL 6 duplex mode None 8MB 8MB 8MB 8MB PCL 6 duplex mode On 8MB 8MB 8MB 12 MB KPDL duplex mode None 8MB 8MB 8MB 8MB KPDL duplex mode On 8MB 8MB 12MB 12 MB PCL 6 KPDL resource protection 10 MB 10 MB 10 MB duplex mode None PCL 6 KPDL resource protection 14 14 MB 14 MB duplex mode On Switching the Print Resolution Because the printing systems with the 1200 dpi resolution support print at 300 600 1200 dpi the printing system provides an FRPO command to establish a default at either level of resolution For fine 1200 dpi resolution command FRPO N8 3 EXIT For 600 dpi resolution command FRPO N8 1 EXIT For 300 dpi resolution command FRPO N8 0 EXIT When the printing resolution is changed between 1200 dpi 600 dpi and 300 dpi the printing system loads the PJL current environment values In a
28. HST 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 94 ot s EO CO La Ig ze WE mox 6r eee 102 581 691 est LET Tet 801 68 tL 48 1 6 AE LE ox Gah at Bre 262 912 002 891 291 981 oet 01 88 21 95 ov vo 8 X H 8 tre 152 912 661 eel 81 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u 56 6t 52 1 MI 5BIMIOILI 92 082 vue 861 81 991 0 vel i 201 98 OL 8e 22 9 Alza ajo Sve 622 12 161 181 SOL eet TOL 58 69 es P3 12 5 Ye Tae Oo a amp 5 GA 822 212 961 097 v9T 129 eel 91r 001 v8 89 29 98 04 9 9 8 tye Lee Tle 861 641 91 StL 66 eg 19 16 S 6t 8 S 5so t t evo 92 072 761 941 291 9 oet 86 28 99 05 vt 9t e 0 9 4 y Te 922 602 61 mi ToT 621 ell 16 18 59 6v t at 1 di v T 9 E x 072 802 261 9 1 091 801 eu 96 08 v9 28 9t 0 ql Ye d allo VY ad a Ww 6 8 9 6 Y t T 0 691 uapams 014210 992 682 EZZ 102 161 91 661 eel LI THE 36 6L 9 ly Te E amp on s 0 amp 0 750 862 222 902 061 v 861 evi 9et OIL v6 BL e9 9v 0g vl TIG S pex Q IU LIN IS C tSc 162 Tee 902 681 81 Set 601 LL 19 5 6c 8 n euly mw i 982 022 02 9er 21 991 OT vel 901 26 91 09 vv 82 4 4 ag 3 9 R 2 gt 152 gee 612 02 181 ut 851 661 621 LOT 16 SL 65 ty a IL 4 S O 2 3 exzux 052 tez 812 202 981
29. On line status Cover open Paper empty Paper jam Buffer full The following table describes this status information The paper feed source is the inter nal cassette at all time A complete list of device control instructions appear in Device Control Instructions on page 113 Table 7 31 Status Information Response Description 1 The buffer is full 9 The buffer is empty normal 17 The buffer is full and the printing system 15 off line HP 7550 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Table 7 31 Status Information Response Description 25 The buffer is empty and the printing system 18 off line 33 The buffer is full with the printing system under one ofthe following conditions cover open paper empty or paper jam 41 The buffer is empty with the printing system under one of the following con ditions cover open paper empty or paper jam Fonts and Symbol Sets in KC GL KC GL uses a special stroke font The fonts employed in the other emulations cannot be used in KC GL The default height and width of the stroke font vary depending on the paper size The following character sets are available for the KC GL emulation Table 7 32 KC GL Fonts and Symbol Sets No Symbol Set ISO No 0 10 ANSI ASCII 006 1 11 HP 9825 Character Set 2 12 French German 3 13 Scandinavian 4 14 Spanish Latin American 6 16 JIS ASCII 7 17 Roman Extensions 8 18
30. ist Wr Set 601 t6 m 19 5 62 nre sn W 252 952 022 702 9er 20 961 ovt vel 801 26 94 09 vv 82 4 gg T T gt 152 82 612 02 181 SST 61 t 101 16 GL 68 v 1 gt g me eru FAS E e ee 052 62 912 204 991 0t ST 9er eet 90T 06 v 86 e 92 07 aea o e eS ges a 62 eee L KA SeT 691 Est ni Tet 501 68 71 18 Ww 6 Am AT Dee 17 252 912 004 YeI 891 291 9et 021 tor 88 24 99 oy 8 X u X H 8 Lye Tee 972 661 eet 491 1601 Set 611 gor 18 u 9 A Oo e n u r mI B mM oO 4 972 062 vl 861 281 991 OST vet BIT 201 98 or vs Be 22 9 I 9 9NII AlJ ALd 9 5 Svo 622 812 161 Tet 591 get nii TOL 98 69 eg Le 12 XI 1 e o a n ein a s 5 GA 822 eie 961 081 91 eet 91t 0 v8 89 2 9 02 v 88 3 p Lia v eye 122 Tle 661 611 91 Tet SIL 66 8 19 10 61 t nig Ql o g s o g o t t evo 922 012 761 1 291 oet vu 86 28 99 05 vt 2 12101014 a qj Ajal Zu We 73 602 61 191 621 16 18 99 6 t ri t dy 3l l ove 22 802 261 091 821 e 96 08 v9 26 9r 0 VY 2 6 8 L 9 v T 0 82 ueder 014210 7 20 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 To set printing system to power up in the LQ 850 emulation with the LQ German symbol set command FRPO P1 5 FRPO 2 FRPO U6 2
31. we 922 602 61 LL 191 621 16 18 59 6v ee it 1 19217 ren 4 9 Ove vee 902 261 911 091 get 96 08 v9 9v 9t 0 59 o S d A a 2 9 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 9L AeMION 01 92 662 22 102 161 651 1 96 61 9 ly 1e St Um T b lt 15 752 2 902 061 1 8st 921 ott 6 94 29 9 oe JL gt 22 d r uy u N 2 97 ESZ 452 122 902 681 LST Set 601 6 m T9 Sv 62 er 9 DS r t al 252 92 022 02 881 ett 951 Ot vel 901 26 9 09 vv ge J 4 M lirxsrilirti amp u 152 See 612 02 187 SST 661 get LOT 16 ac 68 IL JL L 4 5x5 by apd pay fy ga 052 LI 204 98t YST ger eet 90T 06 vL 86 ev 92 OL loldi 11 1 gt ove eez 102 881 691 est Let let SOT 68 L 48 Ww 6 1 L 80 r 4 tj 419 2 Ai TIAL I 6 174 252 9 002 vet 991 est 9e1 0921 01 98 24 95 Ov ve e e t g3 F amp 9 x u x 8 Q Lye lec Sie 661 81 191 151 get 611 Eor 18 u SS 6 4 L ajeji 9 2 062 vu 861 281 991 OST vel BIL 201 9g 0L BE 9 111104 H e olg alz ala 9 9 Sve 622 161 SOT eel LT 101 98 69 es 18 12 9 Ein elg nj a zla o LZ geo 212 961 081 v9T eet 901 99 25 98 02 v Ji ziqg El ele el a pl n a 5 74 I
32. 9 eee 14 102 BL 691 est et 121 601 68 tL 18 ir 6 E 16 174 eec 912 002 781 891 E 961 021 01 88 21 95 0 ve lm amna x uxu 80 Lye 162 912 661 81 91 Ist Sel 611 Eor 18 u 99 6 E 5 a L 1 e 1i lbilinhith 8 AD L t je 992 oec 212 861 281 991 OST vel BIL 201 98 0 8t 22 9 B E ux no ALS ASA 979 6 2 622 161 691 691 et LU TOT 8 69 eg Le ie oN xox aln lin ai sly giy 17 822 ere 961 08t 791 get 2 OIL 001 v8 89 26 9t 02 t pror ilp Larisi bh e ere Lee 112 561 6 1 91 Let 66 8 19 16 61 6 121114 14 11 115 S O e eve 922 012 761 291 9 0er vl 96 28 99 0 ve gt T 1 aqal ala z aito 1 522 602 61 Lu T9L 621 ETF 6 18 99 6 ee oloo a b 0 2 902 261 O T 091 wI get eit 96 08 79 ay et 91 0 4 0 0 A a 6 8 L 9 S L4 T 0 yep 8 2d 992 682 EZ 102 161 SL 6ST pai 66 61 9 n Te T F uJ IN Ox 92 862 222 902 061 tiU 897 evt 9et 144 6 BL 29 9v 0 tl I I JIN lt 652 n 2 902 681 eL 197 Set 601 t6 LL T9 Sv 62 l ju SJN 2 982 022 702 881 21 991 ovt vel 801 26 91 09 vv 82 lt gl LVYT 152 962 672 602 181 ut 861 6tt 154 LOT 16 GL 69 ev gj I I
33. NAISI 822 212 961 OBT oT 281 911 00 ve 89 25 9 02 v mE 1 PILG T tv Le 112 961 641 91 Ll S11 66 8 19 1S 61 t QE rm 610510 2 922 012 761 841 291 0er vit 86 28 99 05 vt 9t 2 9 1q Aa 2 922 602 61 191 ctl 621 elt 6 18 59 6r 4 2 Sol S FEl i Ove vee 802 261 9 1 091 vel 821 enu 96 08 79 Bv 2 91 0 4 v 25 gt d 0 d 2 a 6 8 9 S Y 0 rz dojyseg 992 682 22 102 161 6ST TIL 56 6L 9 n St g I GN 862 222 902 061 vil 8st evi ott v6 BL 29 08 vl q yayra NIS C 14 182 122 504 681 ELl LST Wt Set 601 6 dL 19 SY 62 eL Bel A 252 98 022 02 981 991 Obl vet 01 26 9 09 TV 82 et 21019 77 152 92 612 02 181 ut Sst 6 1 554 LOT 16 SL 68 ey Qla 3 X II 052 E 912 202 98t Ber 221 901 06 vL 9s ev 92 ot 86 z Z f 62 eez 102 Set 691 Tet SOT 68 t 1S iv 6 hong Pia tI I 6 8 282 912 002 991 est 9et 01 01 88 96 ov ve 9 90 9 I x 4 X H 8 lve Tee 2 661 EBT 191 IST Set 611 eor 18 56 6 2 4 ni tig tT L 92 062 ve 861 281 991 0 vel 201 98 04 75 22 9 6 Li 3 JA 49 9 62 622 ete 161 181 91 61 AT Tol 58 69 6 Le 12 E olg oly
34. 0 0 d a 6 8 L 9 T t 0 992 62 622 10 161 n 6ST eel TIT 56 6L 9 n lE i n 3 952 862 222 902 061 vil BST evi 01 76 84 29 9v 0g vl 9 u N lt 5 2 152 Tee 502 681 5718 181 lvl Set 601 t6 LL 19 9 62 gt niie n 5 252 962 022 02 98r 21 9ST vel 801 26 94 09 11 92 m 59 gt 152 612 802 181 ut 991 621 LOT 16 SZ 65 v le S O 2 F 052 812 202 981 91 ST Ber 221 901 06 vL 86 ev 92 21910012 z Z r eee 102 Set 691 Esi 138 Tet S01 68 L 46 i 6 eO s Ay tj A I 6 Bye 252 912 002 991 291 91 oet 01 88 95 ov 11 8 Lye 2 972 661 497 Ist Ser 611 eor 18 6 6 c 1 D L DA 0 2 vie 861 egt 991 051 BIL 201 9 04 ge 22 9 1 9 9 NI J Fi A J 9 2 92 622 ele 161 IBT 591 61 eel 101 58 69 eg Le 12 5 1 SI tro 822 eio 961 081 91 281 9tt 001 v8 89 E 9 02 heo 0o FT ere 2 S61 6 91 Let Tet Sit 66 t8 19 18 se 61 t 519181211 3 eto 922 012 v6l git 291 0er 1244 86 28 99 05 vt i e 019 Tre 922 602 61 19 641 16 18 6v ee n diy A Y b e ove yee 802 261 9 091 821 96 08 v9 BY 28 or 0 q ViV
35. 2 1 8 ay 972 otc Li 861 281 99T 051 vel BIT 201 98 04 ee ec 9 o sa o b ii 1 3 A 4 9 5 Sv 622 in 161 Tet 891 6vi LT 101 98 69 Le 5 o eo y ri amp 73 822 212 961 OBT OT Bi 21 001 v8 89 25 9 02 2 Qj uo Yl 3 PILI G S Dr Lee TZ 561 61 91 n Tel SIL 66 8 19 16 56 61 t o o lYV ie 3 JZ 8 o sS boD e amp eve 922 072 761 8 1 291 91 01 v 96 28 99 05 vt 8t 2 4 oiv oiy s Ijq al a ood 17 522 602 60 Lt 191 621 elt 16 18 99 6v ee rii 1 ulg NONE UE bile Oo w Tl i ove vee 902 261 911 09t Trl 211 96 08 v9 96 9t 0 Q Jala o V a 6 8 L 9 G Y t 0 rz 07 552 62 EZZ 10 161 51 651 TU 56 64 9 Ly Te SI L U m 4 O 2 9 758 BES 222 902 061 714 9st evt 921 ott v6 BL 29 9v oe JL m a gt r uwysju Nu 9 182 122 502 681 ell 151 Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 n o T 252 962 022 702 881 21 961 ovi vel 901 26 09 vv 82 1 4 m3 9 gt nu 82 See 62 502 191 991 681 gl LOT 16 SL 68 tv IL dt L ANg Al 2 n 052 ES 812 202 987 get 21 907 06 vL 85 ev 92 Or F iQ z Cizie i l glu 6t c fi 10 981 691 est Tet S01 88 4S lv 6 1 1 je
36. 66 6L 9 t St Nam o iq Ol vse BEZ eec 902 061 861 921 id v6 BL 29 9 0t vU a q gt f u N vt 6 162 122 602 681 edt 191 Tel Set 60T 6 lL 19 5 62 l u tu lelg 2 9 2 022 702 881 etl 951 Ovt vel 801 26 9L 09 82 z 9 85 gt m 152 Sez 612 eoz 181 SST 6er EZI LOT 16 SL 65 v IL om n a 1x56 052 yee Ble 202 981 041 ger eel 901 06 vL BS ev 92 OL mK fel ll p fz 6 fto fara 102 581 691 est 481 121 S01 68 L 45 Se 6 pa E mx r A 4 IG 872 262 912 002 781 91 Ei 9 oet 701 gg 24 94 ov vo amp iumiHilelKisixiuxH Te 42 661 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 T S6 6 Fi 85 tle 92 0 2 vie 861 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 0L vo 8e 22 9 xX i x la Fc Ala 9 9 52 622 ir 161 8 S91 eel LOT 68 69 es Le 12 9 see 822 2 961 081 91 get et OIL 001 78 89 29 9 02 v o BH HFHnuue ri ble Lee 112 661 6 1 SIL 66 8 19 16 5 61 t c wNHd 119 9 si sot ila 2 2 922 012 p l 841 291 9vl oet vu 96 28 99 0s ve 9 a nH 8 275 9 6 2 602 61 LL T9T Sv 621 16 18 9 6 t m dirr i via qb elo vit il gt ja 0 2 vee 802 261 911 091 vel 9821 21i 96 0 v9 ay 26 9r 0 K xr Ei a a 6 8 L 9 8 Y t
37. 7 28 Chapter 7 Emulation 852 682 622 102 161 SL 6ST ra ut 6 6L 9 i Te St L 2 5 Ua J wig amp 752 BEZ 222 902 061 714 8st evt 921 OIL v6 BL 29 9 0 vU a i r uwynunN s s9 692 n 122 902 681 191 lvl Sei 601 6 19 Sv 62 er um z 9 r 4 I uy HY 2 2 9 2 022 704 881 ett 961 Ort vel 801 26 94 09 22 82 et 4 u o Midj gt nM ISZ Er 612 02 181 ut SST 6er cl 16 SL 69 er 4 092 veo 912 202 981 221 901 06 89 92 ot 4 4 6 2 tte Lie 102 581 691 est 161 121 801 68 7 15 ly 92 6 972 E 912 002 891 291 961 oet 88 21 96 0v vo 9 o 413 bk 4 19 lye lec 912 661 eet 191 Ist Sel 611 Eor 18 u 95 66 4 1 4 E olol lmi Slm ajla yg 9 062 vl2 861 281 991 OST vet BIL 201 98 04 22 9 elo 9 3 622 2 161 181 591 744 eel TOT 98 69 eg Le 12 9 121 141 Fiyi QO ginjel no a s 2 822 ele 961 08 91 get 261 OIL 001 78 99 eS 9 Y tre lee 861 748 91 ni Tel SIL 66 eg 19 15 56 61 Li 111114 i ole g eve 922 012 761 841 291 oet vit 86 28 99 05 vt gt 2 4
38. HP 7550 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 OS Output Status This instruction returns an integer from 0 to 255 giving one byte of status information as follows status TERM The following table describes the individual bits in the status byte After powered up or an IN instruction bit positions 3 and 4 turn on making the bit value to be 24 Bit position 3 1s cleared subsequently after delivering the status Bit Position Bit Value Description 0 1 The pen is down 1 2 P1 or P2 has been changed This bit is cleared when actual P1 and P2 values are read via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruction is executed 2 4 A digitized point is ready for output This bit is cleared when the point is output via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruc tion is executed 3 8 Initialized This bit is cleared when a status byte is output via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruction is executed 4 16 Ready to receive next data 5 32 Error This bit is cleared when an error number is output via the RS 232C interface or when the IN instruction is executed 6 64 SRQ was set 7 128 Reserved OT Output carousel Type This instruction delivers information on the current carousel type and stall occupancy This may be used to determine those information in a remote location OT TERM Response type map TERM The current carousel type and its map are delivered as 2 ASCH integers each sepa rated by co
39. IK Ugo O l 52 BEC 222 902 061 861 evt 921 01 v6 84 29 9 oe vl JL gt lt vs 92 452 122 902 681 eL LST Tel Sel 601 6 LL 19 Sy 62 aj e 4 4 252 982 022 702 gat zi 9S1 01 vel got 26 9 09 vv 82 21 5 EH W 2 N Jim qu gt 7115 152 2 612 02 181 ut SST 6 amp 1 gel LOT 16 SL 66 v La JL L 5 xg Jia 2 s 052 vt 872 202 981 04 751 221 901 06 tL 99 ev 92 OL iJ s x x z fizit sadi 6v2 eee Le 102 581 691 est Let 121 SOT 68 74 18 Ww Sc 6 4 L mjr fe alm yl A 1 6 C Bre 252 912 002 vel 891 251 9 1 021 01 88 95 ot 2 8 o MF Bie Lee Tee 612 661 eel 91 IST Sgt 61 Cor 18 AL 66 6 t2 n blein 5 9 2 02 vi 861 281 991 091 SIT 201 98 0 v9 8 ec 9 4 Hx ux 9797 9 2 622 ira 161 Tet 691 34 eet LAT LOT 8 69 es Le 12 5 iF olx anl lin ai 9 8 822 212 961 081 91 291 911 001 ve 89 29 9t 02 t H riori ri 00 Lee 112 961 91 Tel SIL 66 8 19 1s Sg 61 x 4 t a als 21 92 012 61 BLT 291 oet vU 96 28 99 0 ve gt 2 a r il alaa z took Seo 602 61 191 621 SIL 16 18 59 2 2 ol olg bield yit il io 0 2 22 802 261 9 091 vel 821 21 96 08 v9 2 oT 0 drh Hi e 4
40. lt sy O A Xt 792 BEZ 22 902 061 714 861 evt 921 oTr v6 8 29 9 9 BP atl Fe 90 LEZ 122 902 681 e 151 Set 601 6 T9 9 62 eT e 1 DW clef es 2 952 022 02 981 21 991 ovt vol 901 6 94 09 vv 9c lt 1 gt amp 152 Sec 612 02 181 Sst 6er 61 LOT 16 SL 69 tr A OM Ely a iix diay ft ell 052 Hez 812 202 981 ot vst Ber 221 90t 06 89 ev 92 ot 4 11 02 fz oe lt m 62 662 Le 102 581 691 esT pon Tet SOT 68 tL 18 1 6 oir diklo 2 1 6 Otio 2 2 92 002 v8l 89r 291 9eT 01 01 88 eL 99 ov v a b re xuxH s dja a Lye Tee 614 661 eel 1 ISE Set 611 00 18 56 6 52 1 titi 5 3 nj dim 972 otc vio 961 e8t 99t 0st vel 201 98 07 ee 22 9 du D jg Al 9 Sve 622 591 67i tet 101 6 69 9 12 9 9 a si i Tro 822 91 Olt 001 v8 99 24 96 t Jia uo eye Lee n Tet SIL 66 8 19 Ts se 61 t i nol sols o 4 ii evo 922 291 OFT oet v 96 28 99 06 2 1 quac tie Tre 622 191 91 621 6 18 9 6v 4 I 9 ej vI i gt 6 Ove 22 091 821 el 96 08 v9 2 e 91 0 9 d 0 4 a 6 8 L 9 Y t 0 L6 uspuni 2d 662 662 2 1 161 SLT 6ST 21 ut 36 6L 9 ly 16 Sl I
41. 4 1 M SM D L 992 02 vu 861 Zer 991 OST vel git 201 98 04 gt 9 6 20 ZIV A 9 622 i 161 248 eet LIT 101 58 69 es Le 12 5 nj la a si vee 822 961 081 v91 grt eet 911 001 ve 89 2 9 02 1 19e ri er Lee 51 611 91 148 SIT 66 8 19 18 Eri 61 t 9 AZI e 3 8 2 6 21 lt evo 922 012 61 8 1 291 OET vu 96 28 99 05 ve gt 2 9 8 disi Ijq l al c Tre 622 602 61 LL 191 Set 621 6 18 59 6v t 1 i 0 2 EZA 802 261 9 1 091 vrl 821 21 96 08 v9 8t 2 9r 0 d 0 o d a a g 6 8 L 9 Y t T 0 LSO9 YSSN NZL 49919 OSI 7 85 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 682 102 FOE Sit 6ST v 1 96 6L 9 ly ST EL Oll 92 862 222 902 061 vit 861 evi 921 ott v6 84 29 9v 08 3 aL jor o u JL alol IN lt vi 2 pia 122 902 681 11 91 S21 601 6 LL 19 9 62 l z ey 2 982 02 702 ger ell 9ST Ovi vel 801 26 9 09 vv 82 e E gt 7115 162 Sez 612 02 181 991 6er 21 LOT 16 SL 68 v 1 u JL a a 1 lelg 052 vez 812 02 981 041 761 get 221 901 06 vL gs ev 92 0t Olt a alalay z ec
42. 46 2tl u 2 UIM 7 80 7 81 1 6ST e Iu 6 6L t9 n Te 952 62 22 10 161 Sit 6ST TIL 66 9 Lv St us al 9 9 0 e J vil 851 evt 9et Ort v6 BL 29 9v 0 792 BES 222 904 061 v 851 evt 01 v6 29 9v 0 vU a t uy INI lt Y V us LST Tet Set 601 t6 m 19 97 6 96 182 2 904 681 eL dst Tol Set 601 6 T9 Sv 62 er HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 9ST ovt vet 801 26 2 952 022 04 881 ett 981 ovt vel 801 26 E 681 1l 16 1 Stc 612 802 181 861 i vst get e 901 06 0 vec 812 202 98t 041 HSI 1 901 HEGRSOSBSR R ree m a 58 a e V l 691 esT Let Tet 501 eL ig Ww N gt pa o a N pear N SL 4 174 na loz SBT 691 esT n Tel SOT v 3 x ta e 8 E a 89r 291 9 et 701 88 Z 891 est get 9 701 D 191 TST set 611 eor 191 TST Ser 6i 01 18 lt Q gt on Ea O snm xol E 4 5 3 E 991 0st vel gu 201 92 082 2 281 991 OST vet 201 HS ge 22 9 5 lt gt 44 gt 224 eet LT Tot TST SOT eet TOL 58 On x of 8 Kd 8 CO Beg avg Cnr o0 gt 8 2 2 5 5 40 eel 001 3 e
43. 7 33 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 34 The printing system also supports as many HP symbol sets as the LaserJet regularly sup ports and still other symbol sets can be provided in downloaded fonts A full list of the supported symbol sets appear in section LaserJet Symbol Sets on page 37 These symbol sets can be used by appropriate font selection commands as explained below Fonts can be selected with PRESCRIBE commands or through the printer driver pro vided with your software The following font sample was created through driver support Figure 7 15 HP LaserJet Word Processing Printout Word Processing Features In addition to italics underlines horizontally and vertically bolded type etc your LaserJet word pro cessing software can command all of the laser printer s fonts Need French Appuyer sinplement sur une touche pour s lectionner les caract res francais or German UK Danish Norwegian Swedish Finnish Italian Spanish Roman 8 or US Legal Proportional Spacing If your word processing software supports proportional spacing 10 point CG times is an exellent font with extremely good italic Resident Italics The reason for the high quality of 10 point CGTimes is that they a separate resident font Compare the generated italics of 8 pint CGTimes this line Small Print This line is 6 point Univers Note the clarity and good character form despite the small size Additional soft fonts can be downloaded
44. ARO e 051 JE 2 1 wopButy na3run OST GE yauad4 OST vt ueuJag OSI UOrSJ3A PMJON OST ct Qo SaUeN J04 USTpaMS OST 5 5 OSI 0E 5 Teuor3euJ8juT OSI II98V SIP ojo o fret lt 1 ue3rJeuy ur e7 ystuedg UPTAPUIDUPJS A put GJ 0 ce COD Ueu Jag u3u844 jeg vaqoeuey 5286 SE lem 23 4D mD elem i el p of eo lt 20 amp 7 ND 4 12 AE amp fet feet fot J y 5 a 9 5 9 69 9 IX ol A SS 65 HE 8 9 SO GEO FR FR FR FE 9 HR COD II9SV ISNV OU OM ST gel 96 76 gt cb i8 C QZ 8 38 05 JG dS OV Ve Ec 2 19 24
45. Filled Areas RES UNIT C NEWP GPAT 5 PMZP 4 2 PARC 3 3 1 90 270 PARC 5 3 1 270 90 FILL 1 PAGE EXIT This program is similar to the previous one In this case we choose to fill the path instead of stroking it We select a shade of gray for filling the path 5 a value directly between black and white with the GPAT set Gray PATtern command on line 3 First we construct the path by drawing arcs around the center points However we will not close it explicitly Then we execute the FILL command This implicitly closes the path drawing a line between the ending point of the second arc and the starting point of the first one then fills the closed path with the selected gray scale pattern Note that we could have filled the path with a standard mode fill pattern instead of a gray scale pattern The only change necessary would be to replace the GPAT command on line 3 with a PAT or FPAT command specifying the pattern to be used The format of the FILL command is FILL rule The rule parameter specifies the convention according to which the path is filled Path Mode Graphics With simple convex paths such as that shown below the entire enclosed area is filled Figure 2 32 Simple Filled Paths However when a path consists of multiple closed subpaths or intersects itself as shown in the next two figures the rule determines areas that are deemed to be inside the path RE
46. eve 922 012 v6l BAT 291 9vt oet 86 28 99 06 te e QO 8 Q Yl 91 1a Aa Tla we Gee 602 61 191 61 ii 16 18 99 6v 1 N yF i Ore vee 802 261 941 09T el 821 eu 96 0g 9 ey 2 9t 0 38 91 1 0 914 9 0 A 2 a 6 8 L 9 S t c T 0 16 6 7 swopuiM 7 14 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 5 682 22 102 161 SLT 6ST eel Ut 66 6L 9 Ly St 4 4 Oli 752 882 222 902 061 v 861 er 01 6 BL 29 oF oe vi 114 f i E uj y N lt 90 18 122 902 681 eit LST WI Set 601 6 19 Sy 62 292 982 022 02 991 eti 9st ort vel got 26 94 09 22 82 7 nmm 9 X Ded 152 982 612 02 191 Id 561 681 21 401 16 SL 6 ev IL D F z 0 Iy Jom E 052 yee 9812 202 981 0 1 ger 221 901 06 vL 95 ev 92 0 19141 dep qe eo 6 2 eee 2 104 581 691 est LET Tet 901 68 L 18 Ty 92 6 7 141 m 1 6 etc 912 002 891 291 Ott 021 701 98 24 9 ov ve 8 9 EL X UXI H 8 Lee 2 912 661 191 1 Set 611 00 18 AE 5 c LI 972 082 vu 861 281 991 OST vel git 201 98 0L 9t 22 9 3 A A 97 622 in 161 1 S91 671 eel dit TOT 5 69 5 1 12 5 ec n
47. tSc n 122 502 680 4S1 Tet Sei 601 6 LL 19 Sv 6c t amp iA i Z 85717 IW 2 962 022 02 9er ett 951 ovt vel 901 26 91 09 tr 8e 21 48 lol al liv amp ISZ 52 612 902 181 ut SST 681 EZI LOT 16 SL 68 tv 74 inl or ay diay 0l 0 2 vto 872 202 981 vst set 221 90 06 9s ev 92 ot 11 21902 fz 6v2 ttc 2 102 SeT 691 est 121 SOT 68 572 15 Ww 6 Alr adl E rare to 972 252 912 004 vat 891 291 991 041 vot 98 21 99 ov v 8 1 1915 11 5 E X UXIH 8 Lye 152 Ste 661 eal 91 TST Set 611 01 18 u SS 6t ec L 8 2 5 3 1 s 1 5 One 082 861 ear 991 067 vet 201 98 0L tS Be 22 9 Sg pyly zld la alal o gim y Ste 622 ele 161 T8t Sot eel 101 58 69 eg 18 12 Ei uNTLyvyt u cnena sw j Tro 74 212 BE 08t 91 eet 911 001 v8 99 29 96 02 t P Liai vr ble 4 Lee i 561 641 91 Lvl Tel SIT 66 t8 19 1 56 61 t ANI al 119 9 S O 4 ila 272 92 ote 761 291 1 oer vil 86 e8 99 05 ve 9r 2 gt L od p 9 2 9 al uj Pie Tre 922 602 61 191 Sot 16 18 99 6v t t 1 9G T 1171 2 0 Ove veo 802 261 091 821 Hil 96 08 v9 9r e 9t 0 1 Pl 3124 40 0 4 El a a 9 V 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 NLL Z une1 268 24 552 6 2 EZZ 102 161 SL 6 Let 56 64 t9 ay ST
48. 1 8 Character string 1 11 Check digit 5 2 Circle 2 9 Clipping a path 2 16 Clipping path 2 32 basic concept 1 9 Clipping rectangle 2 32 Closed path 2 29 Command name 1 4 Command parameter angle parameter 1 11 character string 1 11 numeric parameter 1 10 special parameters 1 13 Complex curves 2 26 Compressing raster data 2 34 Index Compression SENT 4 8 Control byte 2 34 Control codes Diablo 630 7 14 Epson LQ 850 7 24 HP LaserJet series 7 49 IBM Proprinter 7 6 Coordinates 1 7 1 9 2 2 Creating new symbols 4 12 Current path 2 18 Current position 1 7 Cursor 1 7 Cursor position 2 2 Curved line 2 16 Curves drawing in path mode 2 24 D Dash pattern 2 23 defining 2 23 user defined 2 23 Dash type 2 22 Dashed line 2 22 Decimal place 1 11 Default font 4 2 Destination image 2 37 Diablo 630 character set 7 16 control code 7 14 emulation 7 12 Dot resolution 2 34 2 36 Double high printing 7 5 Double strike printing 7 5 Double wide fonts 7 21 Double wide printing 7 5 Downloadable font 4 2 Dummy parameter 3 3 Dummy sign macro 3 2 E EAN barcode 5 4 Edge limits 1 4 2 32 Emulation 7 1 general 7 3 selection 7 2 transmission 1 2 Ending angle 2 24 Entry and Exit 1 2 Epson LQ 850 character set 7 26 control codes 7 24 emulation 7 21 Even odd rule FILL 2 32 F Fill pattern 2 10 defining 2 12 Filled area 1 9 2 30 Filled block 2 10 Flag 5 2 Flatn
49. 2 22 Mitered line join 2 21 MSI barcode 5 2 N Native language 1 1 Notched line join 2 21 Origin 1 7 Page direction 1 5 Page orientation 1 5 Path mode graphics 2 16 Pattern number 2 22 2 24 Permanent parameters 6 1 Physical page 1 9 Pie charts 2 14 Plotter units 7 100 PRESCRIBE command length limit 1 4 format 1 4 Presentation mode 2 36 Print direction 1 6 Print model 2 1 Proportional fonts 1 8 Proportional spacing 1 8 Q Quotation marks 1 11 R Radius 2 9 2 15 Raster data in taggged image file format 2 34 printing commands 2 35 run length compressed 2 34 7 35 uncompressed 2 34 Raster graphics 2 34 compression formats 2 34 Real number KC GL 7 97 Relative coordinates 2 19 Resident fonts 4 2 Roman Extension 7 33 Roman 8 7 33 7 37 Roman 8 symbol set 4 8 Round cap 2 20 Round line join 2 21 Row work 2 13 S Scalable font 4 2 assiging a font number to 4 8 lists 4 2 outline 4 2 Scaled real number KC GL 7 97 Scaling point KC GL 7 101 Short and tall parameters barcode 5 3 Soft fonts 4 2 Source image 2 37 Spacing commands 4 10 Square cap 2 20 Standard graphics mode 2 2 Standard mode and path mode logical page 1 9 Starting angle 2 15 2 24 Stroking a path 2 16 Subpath 2 17 basic concept 1 9 Superscripts amp subscripts 7 5 Symbol set default selection 7 37 Symbol set SENT 4 8 T Tagged image file format TIFF
50. 405 ABICOMP Brazil 13P 432 32 PC 8 Bulgarian 13R 434 34 PC 8 Greek 4376 146 455 55 ABICOMP Int 14P 464 64 PC Ukrainian 14R 466 66 Pi Font 15U 501 1 55 PC 857 Turkish 160 533 33 PC 852 Latin 2 17U 565 65 ISO 10646 18N 590 90 PC 853 Turkish 18U 597 97 WinBalt 19L 620 20 56 Windows Latin 1 190 629 29 PC 860 Portugal 200 661 61 PC 861 Iceland 21U 693 93 PC 863 Canada 23U 757 57 57 PC 8 Polish 24Q 785 85 PC 865 Norway 250 821 21 58 PC 775 26U 853 53 PC 8 PC Nova 27Q 881 81 Example To power up in the TimesNewRoman font for the Windows symbol set 7 39 Chapter 7 Emulation IR FRPO TimesNewRoman FRPO U6 9 FRPO U7 53 STAT EXIT The STAT command in the third line prints a status page that enables the user to confirm changes made with the preceding sequences The power up font and symbol set are shown in the nterfaces section Resource Protection 7 40 The resource protection feature is Kyocera s implementation of the HP s resource sav ing The feature preserves resources during emulation switching The protected resources user defined symbol sets and patterns fonts and macros remain intact when the user switches to and from the HP LaserJet emulation A permanent default can be set for resource protection using the following FRPO com mand N9 1 EXIT Or R FRPO 9 2 EXIT The MENU key on the printing system s control
51. 61 191 621 16 18 59 6r et I i Qvo vee 802 261 091 Tol 821 96 08 9 er e 9 0 X 3 8 d 0 d 2 a8 V 6 8 L 9 LA c T 0 992 662 622 10 161 SL 6ST 96 6L 9 t ST 0 O 2 2 BES 222 902 061 vil BST evt 921 ott v6 29 9v 0 vl jl 9 95 4 TIN ESZ 1g 122 502 681 elt LST Set 601 6 m 19 62 IW 2 982 022 702 881 ett 951 ovi vel 901 26 9L 09 82 ar lt f 152 See 612 02 181 861 6 eet LOT 16 SL 65 er It 052 VES 912 202 98 vst 221 901 06 tL 85 ev 92 OL 5195 Z eee Le 102 Set 691 est LST Tet SOT 68 L 18 6 11 1 amp I 6 252 912 02 v8l 991 est 9eT 921 VOT 88 24 95 0 9 11 8 Lye 152 52 661 EBT 191 IST Set 61 Eor 18 w 8 6 2 4 Ul el QAII L 972 062 v 61 281 991 OST vel BIL 201 98 04 5 22 9 LUJIA eld a o 5 912 92 622 ete 161 IBI 691 eel ait TOL 58 69 eg 12 a 3 A H Si GA 822 212 961 081 9 261 001 v8 89 2 96 9 b mu mn x 4 9 Erz Lee lini 561 641 9T Lv let SI 66 8 19 16 S 61 4 gt o XIZ X 922 07 v6l Tii 291 91 oet 86 28 99 05 ve 2 16 1 ul 9 Tre 922 602 61 Lt
52. A m BEZ 222 902 061 v 851 evt 921 OIL 76 84 29 9 09 JL 214 5 s 92 122 502 681 151 Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 l a 9 rit alt iu NS elg E 962 022 02 gat ett 951 ovt vol 901 26 9L 09 ww 82 e 1 1 1 gt 71 8 152 gee 612 500 191 ut Sst 6l eel LOT 16 SL 6 tv It JL L 1 45 4 X 3I 9 092 yee 912 202 981 ST get 221 901 06 85 ev 92 OL 2 61 nieiz itfizip j mg 672 ttc 192 581 691 est eT Tel 901 68 eL 19 iw 6 1 L elol rid F olol gl 872 E 9 002 991 291 9 021 01 88 95 0 8 1 1 71 Lye lec 92 661 eel 191 TST Set 611 501 18 It 5 6 L 114 tie 972 022 Tio 861 281 991 OST vet STL 201 98 0L 9e 9 Ajda e Sve 622 eic 161 ler 891 248 Dr 101 98 69 5 18 12 9 12144 ai s 55 14 73 212 961 081 vot 71 eet 9u 001 ve 89 29 9 0 t Ji zilal 51 6 12 112 661 641 91 ni Tet 66 t8 19 15 98 61 1 1114 1121 6 2 aja eve 922 ote 61 81t 291 oT oet Lii 96 28 99 05 ve gt 2 We Gee 602 561 Lu T9t Stl 621 16 18 89 6v 4 r gt ove vee 802 261 911 091 get eu 96 08 9 9v 91 0 4 910 4 d d a
53. Expanded ESC s24S 1B 28 733234 Yes Yes Yes Yes 53 Outline ESC s32S Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1B 28 73 33 32 53 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 7 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000 Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 Inline ESC s64S 1B 28733634 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 53 Shadowed ESC s128S 1B28733132 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 38 53 Outline ESC s160S 1B 28 733136 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Shadowed 30 53 Stroke Weight Primary Font Ultra Thin ESC s 7B 1B28732D37 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Stroke Weight 42 Extra Thin ESC s 6B 1B28732D36 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Thin ESC s 5B 1B28732D35 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Extra Light ESC s 4B 1B28732D34 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Light ESC s 3B 1B28732D33 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Demi Light ESC s 2B 1B28732D32 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Semi Light ESC s IB 1B28732D31 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 42 Medium ESC s0B 1B28733042 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes book or text Semi Bold ESC s1B 1B28733142 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Demi Bold ESC s2B 1B 28 73 3242 Yes Yes Yes Yes Bold ESC s3B 1 28733342 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Extra Bold ESC s4B 1B 28 73 3442 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Black ESC s5B 1B 28 73 3542 Yes Yes Yes Yes Extra Black ESC s6B 1B 28 733642 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Ultra Black 57 1B 28 73 3742
54. FZ fi x 6 2 102 581 691 Est Tet SOL 68 L Lg w 6 QA Z 4 1 6 902 92 002 v8l 89r E 9eT oet 01 88 eL 96 ov v 9 211910 H 8 Lye 152 512 661 8 191 Tet Ser 611 eor 18 u 89 6t 62 5 x f 1 9 DI L 9 02 v 861 281 991 091 vel ett 201 98 OL vS 9g 22 9 i 9 9 0 9 ii i 4 3 Alal 9129 Si 622 ele 161 181 591 61 eel 1 101 58 69 es 4 12 S niy 6 LE 74 ee 961 08 91 BHT eet 001 v8 89 eS 9 02 v ec 9e 1 P Lia riS the nz Hn 961 641 91 n Tet Stt 66 ee 19 18 se 61 Fl s ol S 6 922 012 761 Eyal 291 91 oct ll 96 28 99 09 ve i 2 gu 1 q AJA Zu 922 602 61 LL T9T Sel 621 16 18 59 6v t 1 U b Ove 22 802 261 9 1 091 vrl Bel eit 96 08 v9 v e 9t 0 4 400 E 2 9 6 8 L 9 S v c T 0 56 49949 swopuiM 96 z une 7 18 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 952 6 2 EZZ 1 161 651 TIL 86 6L 69 t 91 52 862 222 904 061 vil 861 evt ott v6 BL 29 9 ot vl diidiIA GO EE lt l ESZ LE 122 502 681 744 Ls 1524 Sel 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 el A HA II9 tu JW 292 9g2 022 702 987 991 124 vel 90t 26
55. It has the fol lowing format SFNT typeface height font number symbol set compression angle In the above format the symbol set parameter specifies the symbol set for the font desig nated by typeface The symbol set value must be given together with the compression and angle parameters In the example below the symbol set value 37 assigns the ISO 4 U K symbol set to the Universe medium font IR UNIT P SFNT Universe Md 12 2000 37 1 0 CMNT 37 1 50 4 U K EXIT The symbol set values are tabled in LaserJet Symbol Sets in Chapter 7 4 15 This page 15 left blank intentionally Chapter 5 Barcodes This chapter is a tutorial for encoding data into linear barcode and two dimensional bar codes PDF barcodes by using PRESCRIBE commands The former part of this chapter deals with how to implement the linear barcodes the latter part explains the PDF417 They are step by step guide with a direct and practical approach Chapter 5 Barcodes Linear Barcodes 5 2 The printing system is capable of printing a wide variety of barcodes with human read able text if desired The user need only specify the type of barcode and the data to be encoded The printing system performs the rest of the work including bar and space gen eration symbol translation insertion of start and stop codes checksum calculation inter leaving padding zero suppression and parity reversal The scanability of barcode
56. PJL File System FSDELETE Deletes printing system mass storage files Command FSDOWNLOAD Downloads files to the printing system mass storage system FSINIT Initializes the printing system mass storage file system FSMKDIR Creates a directory on the printing system mass storage file system PJL command syntax A PJL command line containing the ENTER command appears as follows PJL prefix Option name Option value Required line feed PJL ENTER LANGUAGE personality lt CR gt lt LF gt Enter this portion verbatim Optional carriage return PJL syntax also uses the following control codes and special identifiers lt HT gt Horizontal tab character ASCII 9 lt LF gt Line feed character ASCII 10 lt CR gt Carriage return character ASCH 13 lt SP gt Space character ASCH 32 lt ESC gt Escape character ASCH 27 lt FF gt Form feed character ASCII 12 lt WS gt White space a result of one of more lt SP gt or lt HT gt 7 44 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 words Printable characters ASCII characters 33 through 255 and WS starting with a printable character D KPDL end of file indication It is not part of PJL but is used to end KPDL instructions The PJL command syntax should follow one of four formats Format 1 lt 5 gt 12345 This format uses the Universal Exit Language UEL only Format 2 PJL lt CR gt lt LF gt This format may be used to add a visual line
57. T 0 944 49919 698 2d M01 eIq4eS 668 24 7 83 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 682 522 102 161 91 691 Le 56 64 9 a 16 ST O 752 BEZ 222 902 061 vi 8st evt 921 Olt v6 94 29 9v 08 vl UDemg neo Uu uNI 452 122 902 681 LST TI 1 601 6 LL T9 Sy 62 et 1 05 n 5 W l 292 92 022 702 881 961 ort vel 801 26 91 09 22 82 21 I gt Y o T gt 1 sez 612 502 181 991 661 61 LOT 16 SL 69 ey o EN aere p d S Ss 052 HEZ in 202 981 get eel 901 06 89 ev 92 ot f wr 9g zi LZ f ox 62 62 Le 102 81 691 est 121 SOL 68 L is 42 6 ELA 67 872 262 912 002 v8t 991 291 9et 021 88 24 9 ov vc 9 a 4 e XI UI XIH 8 n lec 972 661 eel 191 191 611 gor 18 56 68 Ez 1 922 082 Li 861 281 99T 0 eT 201 98 OL 9 9 b un 24 1 4 9 9 2 622 ez 161 Tet S91 61 10 58 69 es 18 12 8 di e 1o Ssi 2 822 212 961 081 OT tT et OTT 001 v8 99 28 96 02 n9 f IN r ere 2 561 641 91 Tel SIL 66 8 19 IS ge 61 t ee n JAZ sio Sio evo 922 012 761 841 291 9vt oet vil 86 28 99 06 ve 8t e a 1 15
58. Third Second buffer 6 Size of the third second buffer 1 size Forth Third buffer size M7 Size of the forth third buffer number 5 Fifth Forth buffer size M8 Size of the fifth forth buffer number 5 KIR mode NO 0 Off 2 2 On Duplex binding N4 0 Off 0 1 Long edge 2 Short edge Sleep timer time out N5 Value in units of 5 minutes 1 to 48 5 to 240 min 6 time Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 3 of 7 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Ecoprint level N6 0 Off 0 2 On Duplex 7 0 Normal 0 1 Reverse output pages 2 Allows duplex from the MP tray 3 Allows duplex from the MP tray reversing the output pages Printing resolution N8 0 300 dpi 1 1 600 dpi 3 1200 dpi PCLresourceprotection N9 0 Off 0 1 Protects permanent PCL resources and resets the environment 2 Protects permanent and temporary PCL resources Parallel interface mode O0 0 Normal 5 1 High speed 5 Nibble High 70 Auto Negotiation Command recognition P9 ASCII code from 33 to 99 82 R character Default stacker RO 1 Face down tray 1 2 Face up tray 3 Bulk tray Auto cassette switching 0 Cassette not switched when empty 0 1 Main cassette and the first feeder cassette 2 Main cassette and the second feeder cassette 3 The first feeder cassette and the second feeder cassette 4 Main cassette the first feeder cassette and the second feeder cass
59. dard and path modes These include DAP draw to absolute position DZP draw to zero relative position DRP draw to relative position draw to relative position specified by angle Lines to Absolute Position Draws a line to an absolute position in a Cartesian coor dinate system whose origin 0 0 is at the intersection of the left and top margins Draws a line to an absolute position in a Cartesian coor dinate system whose origin 0 0 is at the intersection of the left and top edge limits of the paper Draws a line toa position specified as a horizontal and ver tical displacement from the current cursor position Draws a line toa position that is specified as a distance and angle from the current cursor position Examples of these commands are given in the sections that follow Begin with a simple task such as drawing a line between two arbitrary points on a page Use the MAP and DAP commands to specify positions relative to the top and left mar gins This task has several distinct steps selecting a line width determining the starting point of the line and determining the end point of the line The following command sequence demonstrates this process RES STM SLM SPD MAP DAP PAGE EXIT NO O oo 0 2 2 Figure 2 1 Result of Draw Commands Absolute Lines Edge limits Margins DAP 2 0 5 MAP 0 5 1 The initial command switches the printing system to
60. el Ire 152 92 612 902 181 991 61 get 101 16 gL 6 iL gt I aes 052 vec 812 202 98t 91 vSl 221 90 06 86 ev 9 0t 9 AL H z 70 77 Lu 102 Get 691 esT Tet SOT 68 eL 15 Ww 6 nien g I 6 C 282 92 002 891 est 91 021 01 88 24 9 ov vo u lQ 4 X U X H 8 le lec 912 661 81 191 Tet Set 611 Eor 18 TE 55 68 t2 1 g MI SIM D LI 9 2 022 712 861 281 991 OST vel 201 98 04 ec 9 1 51119 A 91 9 2 622 ele 161 181 891 61 TOL S8 69 6 T S 0 S 2 822 212 961 08t 91 21 001 v8 99 2 98 02 erz nz Tte 661 6 91 n Tet SIT 66 t8 19 18 S 61 t 91 0 s f S IO E 4 2 2 922 012 v6l 811 e9t 9v 0er Di 96 28 99 0 ve 8t 2 we Gee 602 961 191 Er 621 eu 16 18 59 6r b vee 802 261 941 091 get elt 96 08 39 Br e 9t 0 41 400 a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S Y t 4 T 0 dWO2I8V 552 682 622 102 161 6ST evt 21 46 6L 9 t ST A m Oll 5 7 862 222 902 061 vil 861 evi 921 t6 BL 29 9v 0 vl aL HE a lt ESZ 4 122 502 681 elt 191 i Sel 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 i ziL lel 292 952 022 02 ger ett 951 otl vel 801 26 9L 09 TV 82 d 8 11 1
61. jeirid 2 ole A T A i16 Q N Bre 252 912 004 291 9 1 021 88 eL 99 or v 8 olg a FE n Tee 972 661 EST 191 TST Set 611 Eor 18 5 6 4 L 4 ajg 92 062 Li 861 281 991 051 vel BIT 201 98 07 86 e dJdilis ig v 3 A 4 9 3 8 Svo 622 i 161 Tet 591 61 eer 101 5 69 es 1 12 8 F N G e n ie n a Ss s 2 820 212 961 081 91 eet 001 8 89 2 9 02 t FE 3 gt the Lee 112 861 6 1 91 SIT 66 8 9 15 se 61 1111141 lj 5919 s lg evo 922 ote v6l 8 1 291 OFT Di vil 86 28 99 09 ve 9t 2 e r 4 2 4 2 4 1 Tre 922 602 861 Lt 191 Srl 621 16 18 59 6v ee 4 4 MS 1912 T e a bl el One yee 802 261 911 09t vrl get Hii 96 08 v9 2 91 0 ih 2 8 e a a 6 8 L 9 S Y t T 0 87 z y4euueg 01 7 30 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 862 4 73 102 161 6ST e 96 6L t9 t Te St 2 5 U T V 862 222 902 061 1 9st evi 921 ott v6 BL 9 oe Fle lt 5 16 122 904 681 dst Set 601 t6 dL 19 Sv 62 1 292 962 0 702 887 ett 991 vet 801 Z6 91 09
62. o Oli vS2 gcc 222 902 061 v 861 evi 921 011 v6 BL 29 9 oe vi a 5 UU lt C 52 m 122 5024 681 197 Tel Set 601 6 bE 19 62 M xiy w W 252 982 022 702 881 9st ort vel 801 26 94 09 2 21 1 gt 152 See 612 02 181 861 get LOT 16 SL 64 ey It IH Iq gt y lgl 052 yee 12 202 981 YSI 221 901 06 tL 9 27 92 OL 7 17 6 2 Eez ira 102 81 691 est 121 SOL 68 18 Ww 62 6 m YMAN 24 A 1 1 6 252 912 002 v8l 891 251 9et 021 01 98 24 95 ov ve 8 es 9 X UXH 8 Lv 182 512 661 81 191 151 Set 611 gor 18 u 85 68 2 1 h 5 4 8M4D L 9 082 D 861 281 991 051 vel giu 201 98 0 YS ec 22 9 du nx noK b i Al OLY Sve 622 ira 161 Tel 591 324 eel LIT TOT 88 69 9 5 n I o SI 822 212 961 081 91 Zet 91i 901 78 89 25 9 02 t iro ala 2 122 12 661 6 1 91 ivi GIT 66 58 19 Ic Sg E AIJAI 2 8 2 Slo el 2 922 012 61 8 1 91 9 OST vil 86 28 99 06 ve gt 2 L gI 4 a ve 92 602 61 mi T9L Stl 248 16 99 6v t 1 5 9 FA i Ove 22 802 261 9 1 091 ver get 211 96 08 9 77 91 0 d d Vvi qq 4 0 d a a v 6 8 L 9 Y 0
63. represent the machine lix Q setbbox Establish abounding box forthe current path proc Q setblackgeneration Set the black generation function parameter wx wy setcachedevice Declare width and bounds of cached character w0x wy IIx setcachedevice2 Declare width and bounds of wlx wly vx vy cached character num setcachelimit Declare maximum byte size of cached character mark size lower upper setcacheparams Set the font cache parameters WX Wy setcharwidth Declare width and bounds of uncached character cyan magenta yellow black setemykcolor Set the color space to Device CMYK compl comp2 comp n setcolor Set the current color parameter dict Q setcolorrendering Establish a CIE based color rendering dictionary redfreq redang redproc greenfreq greenang greenproc bluefreq blueang blueproc grayfreq grayang grayproc Q setcolorscreen Set the halftone parameter array name Q setcolorspace Specify a color space redproc greenproc blueproc grayproc Q setcolortransfer Set the transfer function parameter array offset setdash Set dash pattern for lines string dict setdevparams Set parameters for I O device file position setfileposition Reposition a file num setflat Set flatness tolerance smoothness of curves font setfont Set current font diction
64. respectively as shown on the next page You obtain the characters that define the pattern by dividing each row work into sections of six six and four bits calculating the numerical value of each section referred to as x y and z respectively treating it as a binary number in which the white dots are zeroes and the black dots are ones Then add 64 decimal to the values of the 6 bit sections and 48 to the values of the 4 bit sections The result is the ASCII code of the character that represents that section 2 13 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 14 Column value 0564764 9 24 64 88 x 0 48 48 0 0464 64 604647124 0148 48 0 1464 65 A 38 64 102 f 0148 48 0 3464 67 C 3 64 67 C 048 48 0 6464 70 1464 65 A 848 56 8 12 64 76 L 0464 64 12 48 60 lt 24 64 88 X 0464 64 6448 54 6 485647112 p 0464 64 3 48 51 3 48 64 112 p 0464 64 3 48 51 3 24 64 88 X 0 64 64 6 48 54 6 12 64 76 L 0 64 64 12 48 60 lt 6 64 70 1 64 65 A 8 48 56 8 3 64 67 C 3 64 67 C 0 48 48 0 1 64 65 A 38 64 102 f 0 48 48 0 0 64 64 60 64 124 0 48 48 0 0 64 64 24 64 88 X 0 48 48 0 If the character resulting for section x of any row is indicating that all bits in that sec tion are white then that character may be omitted If sections x and y are both then both characters may be omitted However if
65. 0 123456 0 1234 Some commands have angle parameters Angles are specified in degrees The printing system does not recognize radians The printing system rounds off all angles to the near est integral degree Only angles in the range from 360 degrees to 360 degrees are recog nized Angles less than 360 degrees are ignored and angles greater than 360 degrees are treated as the remainder of the angle divided by 360 Examples Angle output by computer Angle used by printing system degrees 90 90 90 90 90 4 90 90 5 91 400 Ignored The printing system does not accept the exponential notation used in some computer lan guages For example do not specify 1E 3 instead of 0 001 Character Strings PRESCRIBE text printing commands have parameters that consist of character strings A character string is any string of characters enclosed by quotation marks or apostrophes such as shown in the example below TEXT You are about to enter PRESCRIBE PRESCRIBE allows character strings to be enclosed in either single quotation marks apostrophes or double quotation marks The following example has exactly the same meaning as the one above TEXT You are about to enter PRESCRIBE The beginning of a character string is recognized when the first single or double quota tion mark appears If the beginning quotation mark is a single quotation mark the string does not end until the next single quotat
66. 0 2 vee 802 261 911 091 get elt 96 08 v9 gv et 91 0 o0 A WT 6 8 L 9 S Y t E 0 091 97 T 32 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 On shipment from the factory the printing system is set to power up in the HP LaserJet PCL 6 emulation The Kyocera printing systems support to emulate the following HP printer language as tabled below Table 7 14 HP LaserJet Emulation by Model No Model Printer Language Resolution dpi Fonts FS 1000 PCL6 KPDL Optional 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 2 FS 1000 6 KPDL Optional 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 3 FS 1010 PCL 6 KPDL Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 4 FS 1050 PCL 6 KPDL Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 5 FS 1200 PCL 6 KPDL 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 6 FS 1714M PCL 6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 7 5 1750 PCL 6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 8 FS 1800 PCL 6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 9 FS 1800 PCL6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 10 FS 1900 PCL 6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFAS80 Fonts 11 FS 3718M PCL 6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 12 FS 3750 PCL 6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 80 Fonts 13 FS 3800 PCL 6 KPDL Fine 1200 Fast 1200 600 300 AGF
67. 002 eT BOT 291 981 001 vot 88 eL 99 ov v 9 v QU CM E AE X H 8 Lye 162 972 661 191 Ist Ser 611 gor 18 u 6 66 c 1 nui 6 MI Ll 972 02 tiz 861 281 991 OST vet 201 98 OL 9e 22 9 EB A F A a 9 9 2 62 ele 161 181 591 6v tet TOT 98 69 5 Le 12 tro 822 22 961 081 91 eet ott 091 v8 89 25 96 02 t alp er Lee 1 S61 641 91 Lv Ter Stt 66 8 19 I 9 61 t 8o 6510113 2 922 012 761 8 1 291 9vt oer vit 96 28 99 0 vt e 2 N 9 4 Vv E q Tye 522 602 61 dit 191 641 eit 16 18 59 6 te rii I qe 7 ble o wi tl i 0 2 vee 802 261 091 gel eu 96 08 9 87 ze 9t 0 aliyil yigi du s A 6 8 9 S v 0 2 A N orqera c6 amp ueuues T 17 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 662 522 102 161 SL 6ST e 1115 56 6L 9 n 1 St eg y 758 BEZ 222 902 061 v 951 ee 921 v6 BL 29 9 0g vl 2 FIA J Q fiQ uj N 92 152 122 502 681 elt 191 i 921 601 t6 p 19 62 i lt i QIT S n gou 292 92 022 9er 21 9 ot vel 801 26 94 09 11 92 4 Os ate 1 612 502 181 ut SST 661 EZI LOL 16 SL 6S tv Tt 4 gt 18 nius 052 vee 872 202 981
68. 10 5 10 10 10 EXIT 0123ABC The above widths are doubled in the next example UNIT D BARC 19 Y 0123ABC 60 60 10 20 20 20 10 20 20 20 EXIT 0123ABC Barcode 36 EAN 8 with a five digit supplement has four width classes which are set to 10 20 30 and 40 dots in the example below Two bar heights are also used UNIT D BARC 36 N 012345678912 180 220 10 20 30 40 10 20 30 40 EXIT Barcode 39 USPS POSTNET prints a POSTNET barcode on a mail piece The United States Postal Service USPS utilizes POSTNET POSTal Numeric Encoding Technique to process bulk mail and business reply envelopes quickly and efficiently Though this barcode accepts any values within the range specified on the previous page we recommend that all parameters except type flag and string not be specified as the scanability of the barcode is most effective with the default values Also the f ag parame ter for this barcode must be N do not print human readable text See the figure on 8 for POSTNET barcode location Barcode 41 USPS FIM prints a Facing Identification Mark pattern which may be printed on the envelope adjacent to the stamp The combination of a FIM and the POST NET barcode 39 barcode enables faster processing by the USPS When generating a FIM pattern all parameters except type flag and string are 1gnored The flag parameter must N Characters permitted for the string p
69. 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 Color ESC amp n6Wd 36 57 64 43 6F Color 6C 6F 72 Prepunched ESC amp n11Wd 31 31 57 64 50 Yes Yes Yes Prepunched 72 65 70 75 6E 63 68 65 64 Envelope ESC amp n9Wd Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Envelope Card stock ESC amp nl1Wd 31 30 57 64 43 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cardstock 61 72 64 73 74 6F 63 6B Custom 1 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom Custom 2 ESC amp n8Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom2 Custom 3 ESC amp n8Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom3 Custom 4 ESC amp n8 Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom4 Custom 5 ESC amp n8 Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom5 Custom 6 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom6 Custom 7 ESC amp n8 Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom7 Custom 8 ESC amp n8Wd4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Custom8 Page Size Executive amp 1B 266C 3141 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Letter ESC amp 2A 1B266C3241 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Legal ESC amp BA 1B 26 6C 3341 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Ledger ESC amp i6A 1B 266C 3641 No Yes Yes No AS ESC amp 25A 1B 266C 3235 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 41 4 ESC amp 26A 1B266C3236 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 ESC amp 27A 1B266C3237 No Yes Yes No 41 JIS B5 ESC amp i45A 1B 266C 3435 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 JIS B4 ESC amp 46A 1B266C3436 No No Yes Yes No 41 Hagaki ESC amp 71A 1B266C3731 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 Oufuku ESC amp 72A 1B 266C 3732 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Hagaki 41 YOUKEI 2 ESC amp 78A 1B 26 6C 37 38 No N
70. 11 5 degrees You can set any desired miter limit with the SMLT Set Miter LimiT command This command has the following format SMLT limit value are some representative limit values and the corresponding angles at which the line join type switches between mitered and beveled limit value appox angle 2 60 3 39 4 29 5 23 6 19 7 16 8 14 9 13 Dash Type By default the STRK command strokes paths with solid lines However you can also use a predefined pattern of alternating black and white to stroke paths This makes it pos sible to stroke paths as dashed lines You can also define your own dashed line patterns The DPAT select Dash PATtern command selects one of PRESCRIBE s ten predefined dash patterns or one of 10 dash patterns that you can define yourself This command uses the format DPAT pattern number Path Mode Graphics The following program illustrates use of this command RES UNIT C CMNT Sets unit to om NEWP CMNT Starts new path SPD 5 CMNT Sets line width to 5 om PMZP 2 2 PDZP 4 4 DPAT 5 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 20 Printout of the DPAT Example E Uy In this program the DPAT command selects the dash pattern with which the line is stroked Predefined dash patterns are selected by specifying values from 1 to 10 for pattern num ber A value of 1 specifies solid lines User defined patterns can be selected by specify ing val
71. 191 StL 621 eu 16 18 59 6v ri I A F a 6 DIE VI TI i 02 vec 802 261 091 vol 821 eu 96 08 v9 cid e 91 0 31 0 7 8 0 d a a 6 8 L 9 S Y t T 0 NS 6 une OSI NG Sd 7 13 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 682 2 102 161 SLI 6ST eri 56 61 9 le ST uy lo dZ D 82 222 902 061 til 8st evi 921 OIL v6 82 29 9 0 E gt Sd 9 7 92 Lee Tee 504 681 191 WU Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 00 2 i aoe 9 2 9 2 022 02 get 21 951 Ort vel 801 26 94 09 vv 82 Hi 44 L 4 d 152 6 612 502 181 991 238 EZI 01 16 94 65 ey pna 1 nig 4 082 vto 872 202 99 LT 221 901 06 99 ev 92 0t 3 2 H Z Z 8 o 6 Le 102 581 691 esT Let Tet 501 68 7 18 6 HU A 252 92 002 eT 991 291 901 oet Hor 88 et 99 0 ve 9 IT SQ 6 le 512 661 eet 191 IST get 611 Eor 18 2 1 1 I 912 082 vu 861 zer 991 OST vel git 201 98 0L ge 9 L ore 622 612 161 Tet 891 61 eet 101 8 69 eg 16 12 5 1 GA 822 212 961 081 91 281 gir 001 v8 89 2 9 02 v t Le 12 561 6 1 91 Tet Stt 66 8 19 16 61 t v o V 1951 2 eve 92 072 761 8l 291 9vt Qet vU 96 28 99 05 vt 9 e 4
72. 24 37 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 38 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 4 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 44 Yes Yes 6 18 18 18 Table 5 5 Bar Height Width Pitch and Spacing for types 39 40 and 43 Type Height Width Pitch Spacing 39 Tall 0 125 Short 0 05 0 02 21 bars inch 0 0475 40 5 8 0 031 1 16 Tilt 5 43 Tall 10 2 pt Short 3 4 pt 1 68 pt 1 68 pt 5 9 Chapter 5 Barcodes Two dimensional Barcodes 5 10 PDF 417 is a two dimensional stacked barcode symbology capable of encoding over a kilobyte of data per label This 1s important for applications where a barcode must be more than merely an identifier an index to reference a database The portable data file approach is well suited to applications where it is impractical to store item information in a database or where the database is not accessible when and where the item s barcode is read Because a PDF417 symbol can store so much data item data such as the content of a shipping manifest or equipment maintenance history can be carried on the item without requiring access to a remote database Encoding data into a PDF417 barcode is a two step process First data is converted into codeword values of 0 928 which represent the data This is high level encoding Then the values are physically represented by particular bar space patterns which is ow level encoding Decoding is the
73. 4 H J 14 a 4 922 602 561 mi 19 621 6 18 59 6v ee T Qi 7 I Fo y b i Ore yee 802 261 941 09t vil get eit 96 08 19 et 91 0 1 4 0 a 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 992 682 2 102 161 SLT 661 evt LT 96 6L 9 t St U O ale 792 Bez 222 902 061 vil 851 evi 921 v6 BL 29 9v oe v zr lt 90 LEZ 122 902 681 LST 621 601 6 19 Sy 62 ii z E r o 315 iw 292 92 022 02 881 ett 951 Ort vel 801 26 9t 09 TV ge 21 2 1 VaT 7115 152 Sec 612 02 181 ut SST 61 cl LOL 16 65 ey It IL L NMN 2 gin 13 052 vto 912 202 981 041 51 221 901 06 tL 85 ev 92 0t 0H mll5 vz fiziti x m 62 EEZ pira 102 S81 691 121 SOT 68 L 18 iv Ge 6 L dixi 6 262 92 002 891 291 9e1 021 Yor 88 eL 9S 0 ve 14 19 d xiy Lye lec 512 661 91 151 Set 611 01 18 u 86 6t 2 1 4 3 miol L Tlo 992 02 ve 967 281 991 091 vel gu 201 98 04 9S 22 9 ot 4 lF loaH lIA d 9 97 Sve 622 ete 161 181 91 61 101 98 69 es Le S 14 E a xizin al 91 8 822 212 961 081 91 grt Zer 9 001 ve 89 29 9t 0 t 1 1 1 al p laris bie ere 22 S61 611 91 SIL 66 8 19 15 96 61
74. 801 26 91 09 tt gc et 3X l I AMT 152 52 612 504 481 ut 661 6 1 21 16 94 65 er na rg r u pyl J a 1 052 682 202 981 51 gel 221 901 06 vL 85 oy 92 Or ud z OZI t 6 2 Eez 1 102 881 691 est Tet S01 68 L 1 lv 6 a mug gm Has t1 AJ 16 2 252 912 00 781 got 251 9er 021 toT 88 24 9S or ve 8 xi 4 XH 8l Lee Tee 512 661 191 151 Sgt 611 Eor 18 14 55 6t ez 4 IB I SAND L 92 0 2 861 281 991 0st vel BIL 201 98 04 Be 22 9 I ID I JA d 9 sre 622 12 161 181 991 6 eel 98 69 9 Le 12 S XI9 XIHIS Sl ELA 9822 412 961 OST 391 Zet 911 001 78 89 25 9 0 v 1 P Lia vi Lee ir 561 641 91 Tet Stt 66 9 19 16 Er 61 t J A I s l S t 2 2 922 072 761 8 1 291 91 Oet vl 96 2 99 095 vt i 2 Gajaj iaga Iq Al Tye 22 602 61 mii 191 Sel 621 SIL 46 I8 59 6v ee 1 912192 4 ove vee 802 261 911 0991 vol get 21 96 08 99 87 et 91 0 Nid 90 d Hu a a Ww 6 8 L 9 S v 0 OSI 952 682 22 102 161 1 661 Let 56 6L 9 ly ST SE Qoo geo 222 902 061 vll 861 evt 921 orr v6 94 29 9v oe vl A y UVNI 652 Lee Tee 502 681 LST Tel 921 601 6 dL 19 Sy 62 l 00 1 rel a 199 lt Wis 252 922 022 02 981 21 9
75. 9 622 i 161 181 591 6vl eet rii TOT 98 69 6 12 8 n NIA SI 822 212 961 08r v91 8vl 21 91i 001 8 89 29 96 02 v 11911 v 12 961 641 66 t8 19 19 oe 61 1 8 2 6 2 lt 1 evo 922 012 v l BLT 291 91 oet 96 28 99 05 vt BE Iq AJA 1 2 922 602 61 191 91 621 el 16 18 59 6v ee rii V ove vee 802 261 9 1 091 vol get e 96 08 v9 gr 2t 9t 0 0 0 0 90 a a a 6 8 L 9 8 14 4 T 0 N8 9 ueN 98 8 490459 7 16 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 6 2 20 102 161 661 56 6L 9 i 16 ST K 2 2 3 262 7 792 Bee 222 902 061 vL BST evt ort v6 8 29 9t 0g v FIA 99 7 10 lt tSc 152 122 902 681 LST Tet Set 601 6 m T9 Sy 6 t nire n tu JW t 252 952 022 02 21 951 vol 801 26 91 09 92 ar SGH Ek gt 152 Gee 612 02 181 ut SST 661 eel LOT 16 SZ 6 6 AFI yal Ial 5 0 veo 812 2 981 ST BET 221 901 06 85 ev 92 ot 190190 z ZI f x 67 ira 102 Set 691 est Tet 501 68 eL 18 Ww 6 ero rg o9 es tA I 6 eec 972 002 v8l 891 291 9eT oet 01 88 95 0 9 g H X UXIH 8 Lye lec 912 661 80 191 161 Sel 61
76. AIDILI 92 02 vu 861 281 991 OST vti 81 201 98 79 8e 22 9 9 9 1 da 9 She 622 ir 167 S91 101 58 69 6 12 Ire 51 bbe 822 212 961 OST 91 261 911 001 v8 89 2 96 02 v FP ere Lee Tle 661 641 91 n Tet SIT 66 19 IS Se 61 t s of S amp E 922 OTe 761 BT 291 9vt ott vi 86 28 99 0 ve 8r e 9 9 41D 1 q 3 Tee 602 61 191 621 16 18 6v ee a 1 i Ove 22 802 261 941 091 vrl get Hil 96 08 v9 9v 26 9r 0 q3 y gi 4 4 0 a 6 8 L 9 S v T 0 L8 g Usiyn T TT Chapter 7 Emulation 552 682 22 102 161 661 421 Ut 56 61 9 1 ST 0 11010 752 geo 222 902 061 8st evt 921 6 BZ 29 9 08 vi 0 2 U INIS 5 4 2 122 502 681 41 LST WI Set 601 6 tL 19 Sv 64 l Q wu 252 962 022 02 881 211 9ST ott vel BOT 26 9 09 Hi 0 14 Aa 152 See 612 goz 181 11 SST 621 LOT 16 54 68 ey gt JIA TA E 062 gto 202 981 041 ST BET eet 901 06 vL 86 ev 94 or JAL e Z Z f x 6v2 62 Ie 102 S81 691 rii 121 601 68 tL 19 15
77. ASC gt Select extended output and handshaking mode 1 lt ASC gt ESC O Output extended status ESC R Reset handshaking a Ignored 7 113 Chapter 7 Emulation Default States DF Table 7 42 Default States DF Function Equivalent Instruction Default Value Plotting mode PA Absolute plotter units Polygon mode PMO 2 Empty polygon Line type LT Solid line Line pattern length LTn 4 4 of distance between P1 and P2 Scaling SC Off plotter units used for x and y coordinates Input window IW Set to hard clip limits Circle and arc resolution 5 degrees Symbol mode SM Off Tick length TL x axis 0 5 of P2y Ply y axis 0 5 of P2x P1x Mask value 1M233 0 0 errors recognized but no response to service request or parallel port Fill type FT Type 1 bidirectional fill Fill spacing FT 1 of distance between P1 and P2 used only in fill types 3 and 4 Fill angle 0 degrees Pen thickness 0 3 mm fill spacing for fill types 1 and 2 Label origin Current pen position Relative direction DRI 0 Horizontal characters Relative size SR Character width 0 7596 of P2x PIx Character height 1 5 of P2y Ply Character space ES 0 0 None Character slant SL 0 degrees Label buffer BL ETX None Label terminator DT ETX ETX ASCII code 3 Label origin LO Position number Charac
78. BOX 4 2 N Moves the cursor to the beginning of the next line to Left margin the left margin 2 8 Drawing Circles The CIR draw circle command draws a circle of a specified radius using the line thick ness set by the SPD set pen diameter command The circle drawn is centered on the current cursor position the position of the cursor remains unaffected See the following example RES UNEI 5 SPD 0 1 MZP 8 8 CIR 1 CIR 2 CIR 3 PAGE EXIT Figure 2 7 Circles Lines 1 2 and 3 start PRESCRIBE mode reset the printing system to its default parame ters establish the unit of measurement as centimeters and set the line width to 0 1 centi meters Next the MZP command moves the cursor to the point that is 8 centimeters to the right of the left edge limit and 8 centimeters below the top edge limit Lines 5 6 and 7 draw three circles with radii of 1 2 and 3 centimeters Drawing Filled Shapes The standard graphics mode provides two types of filled shapes arcs and blocks Such shapes are filled with one of the printing system s predefined patterns or with a user defined pattern Filled areas of other shapes can be printed using path mode graphics For details see the explanation in section Path Mode Graphics on page 16 2 9 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 10 A filled block consists simply of a rectangle of any desired dimensions A filled arc is an area enclosed by an arc segme
79. BST evt 921 ott v6 8L 29 9v 0 vl JL Fl gt lt 552 12 122 902 681 eut 181 Set 601 6 19 St 66 et 1 1 rc amp jrwu2u 3 Y 292 9 2 oec 02 BBT ett 991 Ort vel 801 26 94 09 82 e 4 1 nM 152 962 612 eoz 181 SST 6 1 eet LOT 16 SL 68 ey a IL A eE Elk t el ofa ty gja 0 VES 812 202 981 ST Bel 221 901 06 v 85 e 92 ot oldi l iog xiv U 672 552 fin 104 581 691 Est 11 Tet 501 68 eL 48 6 1 L Bre eec 912 002 781 99r 291 9 1 oet vot 88 95 0p ve 8 ol amp l a E A4 o x uxiH 8 QI lec 912 661 eat 191 Ist Set 611 got 18 IL 95 6 tc L 14 J4 4 o s 9 2 oez 861 281 991 OST vel 201 98 0L se ec 9 muere e A ed urs Sve 62 ele 161 SOT 6vl eel Lt TOT 98 69 es n Te ojd 4 FIN ele mr ef a a o 14 822 212 961 081 91 281 91 001 78 99 25 9 2 J a a Fle gt 5 erz Lee 12 961 6 91 n SIL 66 ee 19 TS 5 61 t Li il n oe 9e sijo s o e 2 922 012 v6l 8 1 291 1 oet Lii 86 28 99 05 ve 8t e 1 11101 0 922 602 61 191 621 6 18 89 6v e 44 1 T 21 Figi r E e5 bejov ir i sje Ove vee 902 261 911 091 vrl 821 ei 96 08 v9 e 9 9 i i 8 E a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t 2 T 0 ureds 91 ozz 01
80. Bond 6 Recycled 8 Rough 9 Letterhead 10 Color 11 Prepunched 21 Customl 22 Custom2 23 Custom3 24 Custom4 25 5 26 Custom6 27 Custom7 28 Custom8 Paper type for X7 1 Plain 1 Envelope Feeder 3 Preprinted Universal Feeder 4 Label 5 Bond 6 Recycled 8 Rough 9 Letterhead 10 Color 11 Prepunched 12 Envelope 13 Cardstock 21 Customl 22 Custom2 23 Custom3 24 Custom4 25 Customs 26 Custom6 27 Custom7 28 Custom8 PCL paper source X9 0 Performs paper selection depending on 8 model supporting media type driver priority mode 1 Performs paper selection depending or 0 other paper sources 2 Performs paper selection which is compatible with HP LJ8000 3 Combination of value 1 and 2 8 Performs paper selection in driver priority mode 9 Combination of value 1 and 8 10 Combination of value 2 and 8 11 Combination of value 1 2 and 8 Automatic continue for YO 0 Off 0 Press GO 1 On Automatic continue Y1 number from 000 to 495 in increments of 5 6 timer seconds Quick fuser heater Y2 0 On Oorl 1 Off 6 10 Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 7 of 7 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Error message for Y3 device error 0 1 Does not display an error message andpause 0 the job when the device error occurs Displays an error message when duplex printing isnot executed because ofa possible limitation 2 Displays an
81. Comparison nene ee aee diee ER 7 66 HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 sse eene 7 96 DR D EH UU EHE git 7 96 Environment Options S tee Re tues UL edens 7 97 Plotter Status Infofmation se ei eee ee 7 102 Device Control Instructions sees ener 7 106 Fonts and Symbol Sets in KC GL oo ce 7 107 Summary of K C GL Instr ctiohs e eer Ete apte ae Ep tea be de dx 7 111 KREDI Operators teretes p ree er ONO O ee repere 7 115 Communication with the Printing System eene 7 115 KEDE Summary teen ET DO ERR URINE ER UU EV T E 7 116 KPDE Etfror M SSa26S 0 eto etre ROO ed agere qug eti lae 7 139 KPDL Printable Area esee ee go dee egi e eter e ede d 7 140 Index Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE PRESCRIBE is the native language of the Kyocera printing systems including copiers collectively referred to as printing systems hereafter Consisting of easily remembered commands such as SLM for Set Left Margin and BOX to draw a box it gives you the capability to control line and character spacing adjust margins change fonts posi tion text draw graphics and print multiple copies of each page PRESCRIBE also gives freedom to control device settings including s
82. Enter printwheel table download mode 12 DC3 XOFF 13 Yes DC4 Exit printwheel table download mode 14 Printer error condition 15 Yes EM Access supplementary character set 19 DEL Same as NUL 7F Yes ESC BS Backspace 1 120 inch 1B 08 Yes ESCHTn Absolute horizontal tab to column n IB 09 Yes ESC LF Reverse line feed 0A Yes ESC VTn Absolute vertical tab to line n IB 0B ESC FF n Set n lines per page 1B0Cn Yes ESC CR P Remote reset 1B 0D 50 Yes ESC SO DC2 Enter printwheel table download mode 1B OE 12 ESC SOM Enter program mode 0E 4 ESC DCI n Set offset to n 1 11 Yes ESC SYNn Select printwheel type 16n ESC EM 1 Upper cassette for sheet 1 1B 1931 Yes ESC EM2 Lower cassette for sheet 2 19 32 Yes ESC EM E Manual paper feed for envelope 1B 19 45 Yes ESC EMR Eject page 1B 19 52 Yes ESC SUB SO Memory test 1B 1A 0E ESC SUB 1 Request status byte 1 1A 31 ESC SUB 3 Request status byte 3 1B 1A 33 ESC SUB I Initialize printer 1B 1A 49 Yes ESC SUB R Remote error reset 1B 1A 52 ESCGS A Disable NAK error response from printer 1B 1D 41 ESC GS B Reenable NAK error response from printer 1B 1042 ESC RS n Set n 1 48 inch line spacing 1 1 Yes ESCUSn Set n 1 120 inch character spacing IB IF n Yes ESC Increase carriage setting time 1B 25 ESC amp Bold and shadow printing OFF 1B 26 Yes ESC Set plot precision 2C ESC Set vertical tab at current position 1B 2D Yes ESC n Change
83. Get capacity of dict intl int2 mod remainder Find int module int2 integers Xy moveto Move current point to x y numl num2 mul product Multiply numl by num2 objl obj2 ne bool Test whether obj1 is not equal to obj2 numl neg num2 Get negative of num1 newpath Initialize current path to null path array dict file string array dict file strin Disable all access int booll not int bool2 Bitwise or logical not null null Push null on operand stack nulldevice Install no output device int booll int bool2 or int bool3 Bitwise or logical OR objO objn 1 n Q packedarray packedarray Create a packed array Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 7 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description pathbbox Ilx Get bounding box of current path move line curve close pathforall Do named procedures for current path elements obj pop Discard top object on stack string print Write string to standard output obj tag printobject Write a binary object sequence to the standard output Q product string Get product name prompt Prompt for interactive input pstack Write entire stack to standard out put array index object put Insert object int array at index location dict key value put Place key and value in dictionary string index int put Replace character in string at index location arrayl index array2 putinterval
84. ISO 4 United ESC IE 1B 28 31 45 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Kingdom Windows 3 1 ESC 9E 1B 28 39 45 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 2 ISO 69 ESC IF 1B 28 31 46 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes French ISO 21 ESC 1G IB 28 31 47 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes German ISO 15 Italian ESC OI 1B 28 30 49 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Microsoft ESC 6J 1B 28 36 4A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes publishing DeskTop ESC 7J 1B 28 37 4 PC1004 ESC 9J 1B 28 39 PS Text ESC 10J 1B2831304A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes MC Text ESC 12J 1B 2831324A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Wingdings ESC 579L 1B 28 353739 No Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 PS Math 5 5 1B 28 35 4D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 7 53 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 54 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 6 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000 Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 Math 8 ESC 8M 1B 28 38 4D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Symbol ESC 19M 1B 28313940 No Yes Yes Yes Yes ECMA 94 ESC ON 1B 28 30 4E Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 1 ISO L2 ESC 2N 1B 28 32 4E Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ISO L5 ESC 5N 1B 28 35 4E Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ISO 8859 10 5 6 1B 28 36 4E No No No Yes No Latin 6 ISO 11 ESC 0S 1B 28 30 53 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Swedish ISO 17 ESC 2S 1B 28 32 53 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Spanish Windows 3 1 ESC ST 1B 28 35 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 5 PC
85. IT 1826632031 Yes Yes Yes Yes Rotated 54 Margins and Text Length Top Margin of Lines ESC amp i E 1B 26 6C s Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 45 Text Length of Lines 5 1B 26 6C s Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 46 Left Margin ofColumns ESC amp a L 1B 26 61 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 Right Margin ofColumns ESC amp a M IB 26 61 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4D Clear ESC9 1B 39 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal Margins Perforation Skip Mode Perforation Disable ESC amp 0L 1B 26 6C 304C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Skip Enable ESC amp IL 1B266C314C Yes Horizontal Column Spacing Horizontal of 1 120 ESC amp k H 1B 26 6B Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Motion Index Increments 48 HMI Vertical Line Spacing Vertical of 1 48 ESC amp i C 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Motion Index Increments 43 VMI Line Spacing 1 line inch ESC amp IID 1B266C3144 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes n 2linesinch ESC amp 2D 1B266C3244 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 lines inch ESC amp 3D 1B 26 6C 33 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 4lines inch ESC amp 4D 1B 26 6C 3444 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 lines inch ESC amp 6D 1B 26 6C 3644 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 8 lines inch ESC amp 8D 1B 26 6C 38 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 12 lines inch ESC amp 12D 1B 266C 3132 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 5 of 15 Functio
86. KYOCERA PRESCRIBE Commands Technical Reference Notice General Infomation We shall have no liability or responsibility to customers or any other person or entity with respect to any liability loss or damage caused or alleged to be caused directly or indirectly by equipment sold or furnished by us including but not limited to any interruption of service loss of business or anticipatory profits or consequential damages resulting from the use or operation of the equipment or software NO LIABILITY WILL BE ASSUMED FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY IMPROPER INSTALLATION Notice on Software SOFTWARE USED WITH THIS PRINTING SYSTEM MUST SUPPORT IT S NATIVE MODE PRESCRIBE OR ONE OF ITS EMULATION MODES This manual the computer programs in the printing system referred to in this manual and any other copyrightable subject matter sold or provided with or in connection with the sale of the printing system are protected by copyright All rights are reserved Copying or other reproduction of all or part of this manual the computer programs or any other copyrightable subject matter without the prior written consent of Kyocera Mita Corporation is prohibited Any copies made of all or part of this manual the computer programs or any other copyrightable subject must contain the same copyright notice as the material from which the copying is done The information in this manual is subject to change without notification Additional pages may be insert
87. Katakana 9 19 ISO IRV International Reference Version 30 40 ISO Swedish 31 41 ISO Swedish For Names 32 42 ISO Norwegian Version 1 33 43 ISO German 34 44 ISO French 35 45 ISO United Kingdom 36 46 ISO Italian 37 47 ISO Spanish 38 48 ISO Portuguese 39 49 ISO Norwegian Version 2 7 107 Chapter 7 Emulation loin t s 3 le o see m CGY Es qq 5 ge Hes v 8 T gt 7 uppguogw p plelelolal GY lOo ag e y z dq gt 3 q yly _ 04 09 05 0 0 145 40009 1 suoisua xz DE LZ HN E a 3 Ilu lw l Seat 9 x DEBT Ed zi V 25 eal a x ulx H8 a MIB IMiO Z 4 2 1 1415 NM aG pe Sp o CE I Ee I es g D al O OZ O9 OGIOVP Ot Oc SS dad 0 OSV ISNV 5195 04 6 79 97 7 108 HP 7550 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 2 05 yoeg 7 Z uOISJ8A ABMJON OST asanBr3J0d OSI 6E M ystueds 051 LE D
88. Kingsley ATF Type Corporation Avant Garde Gothic ITC ZapfChancery ITC ZapfDingbats ITC Souvenir ITC Benguiat and ITC Bookman are registered trademarks of International Typeface Corporation Revue is a trademark of Esselte Pendaflex Corporation in the U S Letraset Canada Ltd in Canada and Esselte Letraset Ltd else where Agfa Japan License Agreement Guidelines for the Resident Fonts 1 Software shall mean the digitally encoded machine readable scalable outline data as encoded in a special format as well as the UFST Software 2 You agree to accept a non exclusive license to use the Software to reproduce and display weights styles and versions of letters numerals characters and symbols Typefaces solely for your own customary business or personal pur poses at the address stated on the registration card you return to Agfa Japan Under the terms of this License Agree ment you have the right to use the Fonts on up to three printing systems If you need to have access to the fonts on more than three printing systems you need to acquire a multi user license agreement which can be obtained from Agfa Japan Agfa Japan retains all rights title and interest to the Software and Typefaces and no rights are granted to you other than a License to use the Software on the terms expressly set forth in this Agreement To protect proprietary rights of Agfa Japan you agree to maintain the Software and other proprietary information con
89. Sel 601 6 19 9 62 1 2 962 022 02 881 edt 9st ovi vol 801 26 9 09 vv 82 gulis 182 S2 612 02 181 SST eel LOT 16 SL 68 ey rna IL 1 gt ns 082 yee 912 202 9 7 BET eet 901 06 tL 95 ev 92 OL IL 1 6 2 eee 102 881 691 esT Le Tel 601 68 L 16 6 U U a etc 91 002 891 HJ 9 041 01 98 ZL 95 0 ve 162 Sic 661 91 491 181 Set 61 00 18 14 66 6 2 4 ore oez HZ 861 281 991 051 vel git 201 98 04 os BE e 9 TIZ 9121 622 eI 161 181 691 671 eel 101 99 69 9 12 5 ab Ss 822 22 961 081 91 eet 911 001 v8 99 2 96 02 Y ere Le 112 S61 641 90 Lvl Tel SIT 66 8 19 I6 se 61 t x evo 922 012 761 8 1 291 991 oet vi 96 28 99 05 ve 2 o J 98 1 922 602 61 191 621 16 18 59 6v f f rl 2Y 0 2 22 802 261 9141 091 821 96 08 v9 gv 26 9T 0 d a 6 8 L 9 S Y 0 NGL 1u0J Id 662 662 622 n 161 SIT 661 evt 421 ut 96 6L 9 ly te Si F L UHO O Ol 862 222 902 061 BST evi 921 ott 76 al 29 9 06 JIL olor o lt vf 92 tz 122 502 681 g LST Ir 521 601 6 LL 19 5 62 eig 2 952 022 702 98r Hil 9 ovt vel 901 26 9L 09 82 ak q E _ Ww 3N Jim q I i gt wiles 192 aez 612 02 181 Eri 238 eet 10
90. Test whether num string gt num string2 num string2 matrix identmatrix matrix Replace matrix with identity transform intl int2 idiv quotient Divide int by int2 integer quotient dx idtransform dx dy Transform distance from device to user space dx dy matrix idtransform dx dy Transform distance by inverse of matrix bool proc if Do proc if bool is true bool proc proc2 ifelse Do proc if bool is true otherwise do proc2 dict image Print bit mapped image wd ht bits matrix proc image dict imagemask Print binary mask wd ht invt matrix proc imagemask objn objO n index objn objO objn Copy n th object to top of stack X y userpath ineofill bool Test the current path on the ineofill even odd rule for insideness X y userpath infill bool Test the current path for infill insideness initclip Initialize clipping path initgraphics Reset graphics state parameters initmatrix Initialize currenttransfer matrix y userpath instroke bool Test pixels in the current path instroke for insideness 7 121 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 122 Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 6 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description x y userpath inueofill bool Test the user path on the even userpathl userpath2 inueofill odd rule for insideness X y userpath Q inufill bool Test the user path for insidene
91. Typefaces is repair or replacement of defective parts upon their return to Agfa Japan IN NO EVENT WILL AGFA JAPAN BE LIABLE FOR LOST PROFITS LOST DATA OR ANY OTHER INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY ABUSE OR MISAPPLICATION OF THE SOFTWARE AND TYPEFACES New York U S A law governs this Agreement You shall not sublicense sell lease or otherwise transfer the Software and or Typefaces without the prior written con sent of Agfa Japan Use duplication or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at FAR 252 227 7013 subdivision b 3 ii or subparagraph c 1 ii as appropriate Further use duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions applicable to restricted rights software as set forth in FAR 52 227 19 c 2 YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT UNDERSTAND IT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE BOUND BY ANY STATEMENT OR REP RESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT NO CHANGE IN THIS AGREEMENT IS EFFECTIVE UNLESS WRITTEN AND SIGNED BY PROPERLY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES OF EACH PARTY BY OPENING THIS DISKETTE PACKAGE YOU AGREE TO ACCEPT THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT Introduction This manual contains information needed to use the firmware features provided by the Kyocera printing system Among these features is PRESCRIBE a highly acc
92. Yes Yes Yes Entity 4 ESC s4U 2A 733455 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Inquire Status Font ESC s0I 1B2A733049 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes puc Macro ESC s1I 2 733149 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes User defined ESC s2I 1B 2 73 3249 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern Symbol Set ESC s3I 2A 73 3349 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FontExtended ESC s4I 2 73 3449 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Flush All Flush all ESC amp r0F 26723046 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Pages complete pages Flush all page ESC amp r1F 26723146 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes data FreeMemory Request free 51 1B2A73314D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Space memory status Echo Echo value ESC s X 1B 2A 73 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 32767 to 58 32767 PROGRAMMING HINTS End of Line Enabled ESC amp s0C 1B26733043 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Wrap Disabled ESC amp s1C 1B 26733143 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Display ON ESCY 1B 59 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ESCZ IB 5A Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PCL Vector Graphics Switching Set Up Picture Frame Enter PCL Use previous 5 0 1B 25 3041 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Mode PCL cursor position Use current ESC 1A 1 253141 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes HP GL 2 position for cursor position Enter HP Use Previous ESC 0B 1B 25 30 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes GL 2 Mode HP GL 2 pen position Use current ESC 1B 1B 25 31 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PCL cursor position Current PCL ESC 2B 1B 25 32 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes coordinate system old HPGL pen position Current PCL 5 3 1B 25 33 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes coordi
93. a path remains open until it is closed Closure can be done either explicitly by means of the CLSP CLoSe current Path command or implicitly by means ofthe FILL command The following example illustrates construction and closure of a path RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 5 PMZP 4 2 PARC 3 3 1 90 270 PARC 5 3 1 270 90 CLSP STR PAGE EXIT In this example the PMZP command on line 2 places the current cursor at coordinates 4 2 where the subsequent PARC command automatically starts to draw a line extending to the beginning of the arc The PARC command then draws an arc from 90 degrees straight up to 270 degrees straight down around the center at coordinates 3 3 After the arc is drawn the cursor is located at the end of the arc Then the PARC command on line 4 draws an arc from 270 degrees to 90 degrees around the center at coordinates 5 3 Because the cursor position is defined at the end of the first arc when construction of the second arc starts the second PARC command draws a line between the end of the first arc and the beginning of the second one Finally the CLSP command on line 5 explicitly closes the path thereby constructing a line between the end of the second arc and the beginning of the first one Now the path has been closed The STRK command goes on to stroke the path produc ing the shape shown below 2 29 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 30 Figure 2 31 A Closed Path
94. all the resident fonts in the printing system For example Univ ers Bd means a Universe style scalable font with bold weight Font Name Courier CGTimes CGTimes Bd CGTimes It CGTimes Bdlt CGOmega CGOmega Bd CGOmega It CGOmega Bdlt Coronet Clarendon Cd Univers Md Univers Bd Univers Mdlt Univers Bdlt Univers MdCd Univers BdCd Univers MdCdIt Univers BdCdlt AntiqueOlive AntiqueOlive Bd AntiqueOlive It GaramondAntiqua Font Name Garamond Hlb Garamond Krsv Garamond HIbKrsv Marigold Albertus Md Albertus ExBd Arial Arial Bd Arial It Arial Bdlt TimesNewRoman TimesNewRoman Bd TimesNewRoman It TimesNewRoman Bdlt Helvetica Helvetica Bd Helvetica Ob Helvetica BdOb Helvetica Nr Helvetica NrBd Helvetica NrOb Helvetica NrBdOb Palatino Palatino Bd Palatino It ITCAvantGardeGothic Bk ITCAvantGardeGothic Dm ITCAvantGardeGothic BkOb ITCAvantGardeGothic DmOb ITCBookman Lt ITCBookman Dm ITCBookman LtIt ITCBookman DmlIt NewCenturySchoolbook Rom NewCenturySchoolbook Bd NewCenturySchoolbook It NewCenturySchoolbook Times Rom Times Bd Times It Times Bdlt ITCZapfChancery Mdlt Symbol 4 3 Chapter 4 Fonts Font Name SymbolPS Wingdings ITCZapfDingbats Courier Bd Courier It Courier Bdlt LetterGothic LetterGothic Bd LetterGothic It CourierPS CourierPS Bd CourierPS Ob CourierPS BdOb LinePrinterBM8 5 Roman Bitmap KPDL Fonts In KPDL Kyocera Print s
95. always result in the exact same pattern as printed in monochrome The way a color looks may differ when used for different patterns even though the same color has been specified The BLK draw filled in BLocK command on line 5 actually draws the filled in block This command closely resembles the BOX command explained in the preceding section However whereas the BOX command draws a line around a rectangular area the BLK command fills a rectangular area with the currently selected pattern As with the BOX command the position of the rectangular area with respect to the cur sor depends on the sign of the values specified for width and height The box is drawn to the right of the cursor if width is positive and to the left of the cursor if width is nega tive and the box is drawn below the cursor if height is positive and above the cursor if height is negative As with the BOX command you can specify an option parameter to make the cursor move to a specified location after the box is drawn The cursor remains unmoved if the option parameter is omitted Values for this option are H V E L N and B the same as for BOX Drawing Filled Arcs The ARC draw filled in ARC command is similar to the BLK command described in the preceding section in that it fills an area with a pre defined pattern or a shade of gray The arc is drawn centered around the current cursor position The dimensions of the arc are determined by user specified i
96. amp 7G 1B266C3747 No No No Yes No Tray 4 Face down Destination ESC amp 8G 1B266C3847 No No No Yes No Tray 5 Face down Destination ESC amp 9G 1B 26 6C 3947 No No No Yes No Tray 6 Face down Destination ESC amp 10G 1B 266C 3130 No No No Yes No Tray 7 Face 47 down Destination ESC amp 11G 1B 26 6C 31 31 No No No Yes No Tray 8 Face 47 down Destination ESC amp 12G 1B 26 6C 31 32 No No No Yes No Tray 9 Face 47 down Media Type Media Type Automatic ESC amp nS5Wd4 35 57 6461 75 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Auto 74 6F Plain ESC amp n6Wd4 365764506C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Plain 61 69 6E Transparency ESC amp n13Wd 31 33 57 64 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Transparency 72 61 6E 73 70 61 72 65 6 63 79 Preprinted ESC amp nl1Wd 31 31 57 64 50 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Preprinted 72 65 70 72 69 6E 74 65 64 Labels ESC amp n7Wd 37 57 644 61 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Labels 62 65 6C 73 Bond ESC amp n5Wd 35 57 64 42 6F Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Bond 6E 64 Recycled ESC amp n9Wd4 39 57 64 52 65 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Recycled 63 79 63 6C 65 64 Vellum ESC amp n7Vellum 3756656C6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 75 6D 0D Rough ESC amp n6Wda Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Rough Letterhead ESC amp nllWde 313157644C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Letterhead 65 74 74 65 72 68 65 61 64 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 3 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal
97. an user object bool Q upath userpath Create a user path equivalent to the current path userdict dict Push userdict on operand stack UserObjects array Return the current user object array usertime int Return time in milliseconds userpath ustroke Draw a line along a user path userpath matrix Q ustroke userpath Q ustrokepath Compute outline of a user path userpath matrix Q ustrokepath version string Return version of KPDL interpreter int vmreclaim Control the garbage collector KPDL Operators Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 11 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description vmstatus level used Return virtual memory status maximum current save nesting depth bytes used and maximum byte size array dict file string wcheck bool Test if object is write accessible key where dict true or false Find dictionary in which key is defined cx cy char string widthshow Print string with adjusted spacing for specified character file int write Write one character to file file string writehexstring Convert string into file of hexadecimal character codes file obj tag writeobject Write a binary object sequence to file file string writestring Write string characters to file obj xcheck bool Test if object is executable int booll int bool2 xor int bool3 Bitwise or logical exclusive OR string numarray xshow Print characters with x displacement string numa
98. bit O corresponds to the eighth dot and so forth Run length Encoded Raster Data With run length encoding raster data is encoded in pairs of bytes The first byte of each pair indicates a repetition count for the second byte A value of zero in the first byte indi cates that the pattern represented in second byte is not repeated that is it occurs only once A value of 1 in the first byte indicates that the pattern is repeated once and so forth The first byte can specify any repetition count from 0 to 255 Raster Data in Tagged Image File Format The tagged image file format TIFF combines features of the uncompressed format and run length encoding A control byte determines whether the following byte or bytes of Raster Graphics raster data represents a repeating pattern or an uncompressed unencoded pattern It also determines the number of pattern repetitions or bytes of uncompressed data The control byte is a two s complement value that can be either zero positive or nega tive A negative value 1 to 127 indicates that the following byte represents a repeating pattern The number of repetitions of the pattern is determined by the absolute value of the control byte Ifthe control byte is zero or positive 1 to 127 the following byte s of data represent an uncompressed pattern In this case the value of the control byte plus one indicates the number of bytes making up the pattern In TIFF encoding the two s complemen
99. break among the PJL command lines Format 3 PJL command lt words gt lt CR gt lt LF gt This format is currently used for the COMMENT and ECHO commands only For exam ples PJL COMMENT lt LF gt PJL ECHO lt LF gt Format 4 PJL command command modifier value option name value lt CR gt lt LF gt This format is used comprehensively for all of the other PJL commands PJL DEFAULT LPARM PCL PTSIZE 14 25 lt LF gt Rules for PJL Command Syntax This section provides the rules that should be observed in using PJL commands The prefix PJL always must be uppercase Other parts of the command are not case sensitive Spacing between characters white space should either be the space character ASCII 32 or the horizontal tab character ASCII 9 The placement of white space in PJL commands depends on its location within the com mand Some white space is mandatory and some is optional e White space is required between the prefix and the command and between the command name and command modifiers For example QPJL OPMSG DISPLAY or PJL ENTER LANGUAGE personality e Ifwhite space does not appear in any other place in the command white space is optional Ifwhite space appears between two portions of a command it is not allowed An example of white space use appears between the optional carriage return
100. buffer 1 The general rule is that data go to the available buffer Ifthe M3 value is fixed buffer 1 is fixed to receive only the data arriving in the parallel interface and buffer 2 is fixed in the option interface if installed The first data arriving on one of the interfaces go into its fixed dedicated buffer and the printing system begins printing these data and continues as above The factory setting of the total host buffer size is 60 kilobytes or 500 kilobytes depending on the model This can be altered by the FRPO H8 command If you alter the buffer size you must reset the printing system to bring the change in effect MS M6 M7 M8 Host buffer size The printing system utilizes each one buffer for its interfaces This enables simultaneous receiving of data from the different host computers The FRPO 5 M6 7 and 8 parameters determine the ratio among the sizes allocated to these buffers Parameters M6 and M7 are provided for option interfaces For example to allocate the buffers with size ratio of 5 1 use the following format FRPO M3 1 FRPO 5 5 FRPO 1 EXIT Ignored in some emulation modes Models of low end category only A3 ledger models only Chapter 7 Emulation The printing systems emulate the operation of seven other printers HP LaserJet mode 6 HP 7550A mode 8 Proprinter X24E mode 1 Epson LQ 850 mode 5 Diablo 630 mode 2 Standard line printer mod
101. can select an emulation that best suits the require ment by the application software In most cases the emulation will be the factory default setting mode 6 HP LaserJet Refer to the following diagram to locate the next level emulation in case you need to change the emulation For example in printing environments using the HP plotter model HP 7550A KC GL the user should select mode 8 In PostScript printing environments mode 9 should be selected an option on some models Mode 6 factory setting HP LaserJet HP GL 2 PCL XL Mode 5 Epson LQ 850 2 Mode 2 Diablo 630 Mode 1 IBM Proprinter X24E a Mode 0 Line Printer Mode 9 KPDL p Mode 8 HP 7550A KC GL To set an emulation mode send the printing system the FRPO commands listed in the table below Table 7 1 Emulation Switching Command Sequence Mode Emulation FRPO Commands 0 Line Printer IR FRPO PI 0 FRPO P3 1 EXIT 1 IBM Proprinter X24E IR FRPO PI 1 FRPO P3 2 EXIT 2 Diablo 630 IR FRPO 2 FRPO P3 1 EXIT 5 Epson LQ 850 IR FRPO PI 5 FRPO P3 2 EXIT 6 HP LaserJet IR FRPO PI 6 FRPO P3 1 EXIT 8 HP 7550A IR FRPO 8 FRPO P3 1 EXIT 9 KPDL IR FRPO 9 EXIT The emulation mode can also be changed from the printing system s operator panel Line Printer Emulation Mode 0 Automatic emulation sensing In printing systems that
102. defines the printing system response to the SP Select Pen instruction 0 Printing System feeds out a page when it receives a SP or SP 0 instruction 1 Printing System returns the pen to the stall from which it came in other words it prints nothing when it receives a SP or SP 0 instruction Figure 7 29 Plot Coordinates Mode A GO 0 0 0 Mode B GO 1 0 0 Automatic Plot Coordinate Mode bit 2 0 Printing System changes the plot coordinate from mode A to mode B when it receives a IP Input P1 and P2 instruction using the negative parameter value When the IN INitialize instruction is later given the printing system reverts to mode A HP 7550 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 1 Printing System remains in mode A even when the IP instruction includes a nega tive parameter value Enhance Mode bit 3 This bit supports the enhance mode of HP 7550A and HP 758X plotters 0 Normal mode HP 7550A standard mode and HP 758X emulation mode 1 Enhance mode HP 7550A enhance mode and HP 758X standard mode The enhance mode should be turned on when the printing system uses the HP 758X mode The enhance mode affects the KC GL IW Input Window OW Output Win dow and UC plot User defined Character instructions as follows IW User units are used for specifying the parameters in scaling OW Window outputs are made in user units in scaling UC Values for the pen control increments in x and y coordinates
103. double quotation marks Incorrect CMNT Don t leave stray apostrophes EXIT Incorrect CMNT The symbol means inches EXIT In both of the above cases the printing system assumes that the expression EXIT is part of a character string started by the preceding apostrophe or quotation mark and fails to exit the PRESCRIBE mode The correct way to write these comments is Correct CMNT Don t leave stray apostrophes EXIT Correct CMNT symbol means inches EXIT Character strings must not exceed the 255 character limit on total command length If a character string exceeds this limit the printing system terminates it forcibly and begins looking for the next PRESCRIBE command Upper and Lowercase Letters Regarding upper and lowercase characters PRESCRIBE follows the same rule as many computer programming languages it discriminates case inside character strings and ignores it elsewhere You can type command names in upper or lowercase Correct IR TEXT A CIR 1 EXIT Also correct IR text A cir 1 exit Also correct Special Command Parameters IR Text A Cir 1 Exit Each of these commands prints the capital letter A inside a circle In the printout shown above the unit is centimeters The reason that the letter A is off center in the circle is that the cursor is not located at the center of the circle but at left corner of the
104. e 9 epe 62 622 ele 161 TST 691 eet TOL 58 69 6 18 12 8 i 2 n e ln a s Tho 822 212 961 081 eet 901 v8 89 25 96 04 t 5 3 gt tre 122 561 61 91 Tet Ei 66 t8 19 195 61 g S o sgoet t y 2 2 922 012 961 291 9vt OET 96 28 99 0c vt 8t H Z Q ala ou 17 522 602 61 Zt T9T 621 16 18 99 6t T OP B Sy eee bye oO wv Tt i Ove yee 804 261 941 09t vil get eu 96 08 v9 9v 9 0 aly Yy g d d 0 V Y a a a 9 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 62 682 4 1 161 Sit 68t Let 6 6L 9 a Te oT A Q n 3 o 52 gez 222 902 061 pit BST evt 921 v6 984 29 9v oe i AIJ F O lt l ESZ 152 122 902 681 L st Tet Set 601 6 mi T9 Sv 62 gt SQ 8 2S6 98 022 70 881 2 gst 0 vet 801 26 9L 09 2 8z 1 4 A WS TS 152 Sg 612 BA 181 991 eel LO 16 SL 6S 52 1 gt s Q ulzi lea leas 052 tez 812 202 981 0 1 ger 201 90t 06 vL 85 ev 92 OL ec z EL 6 2 174 iu loc 881 691 est 181 tet 801 68 L 15 52 6 E ACE roe t 2 2 91 002 781 891 291 961 921 vor 88 24 9S 0v v 8 Lye lec 912 661 eel 1 15 Set 611 Eor 18 66 6 L I M D LI 902 OEZ vio 861 281 991 0st vet git 20
105. error message and pause the job when running out of staples 3 Combination of value 1 and 2 4 Displays an error message and pause the job when the waste punch box is full 5 Combination of value 1 and 4 6 Combination of value 2 and 4 7 Combination of value 1 2 and 4 8 Displays an error message and pause the job when the maximum number of stapling is exceeded 9 Combination of value and 8 10 Combination of value 2 and 8 11 Combination of value 1 2 and 8 12 Combination of value 4 and 8 13 Combination of value 1 4 and 8 14 Combination of value 2 4 and 8 15 Combination of value 1 2 4 and 8 16 Displays an error message when stapling puching offset or rotate collate is not executed because of a possible limitation except 2 4 and 8 17 Combination of value 1 and 16 18 Combination of value 2 and 16 19 Combination of value 1 2 and 16 20 Combination of value 4 and 16 21 Combination of value 1 4 and 16 22 Combination of value 2 4 and 16 23 Combination of value 1 2 4 and 16 24 Combination of value 8 and 16 25 Combination of value 1 8 and 16 26 Combination of value 2 8 and 16 27 Combination of value 1 2 8 and 16 28 Combination of value 4 8 and 16 29 Combination of value 1 4 8 and 16 30 Combination of value 2 4 8 and 16 31 Combination of value 1 2 4 8 and 16 Duplex operation for 4 0 Leaves the job as is when the job which the 0 specifie
106. f4x 1B 26 66 34 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Overlay Disable ESC amp f5X 1B26663558 Yes Yes Yes Yes Overlay DeleteMacros ESC amp f6X 1B 26 66 36 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Delete AII ESC amp f7X 1B 26 66 37 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Temp Macros Delete Macro ESC amp f8X 1B26663858 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ID Make ESC amp fox 1B 26 663958 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Temporary Make ESC amp fl10X 1B 26663130 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Permanent 58 Set Status Readback Status Invalid ESC s0T 1B2A 733054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Readback Location Location Type Currently ESC sIT 1B2A733154 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Selected Locations ESC s2T 1B2A 733254 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Internal ESC s3T 1B 2 733354 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Downloaded ESC s4T 1B2A 733454 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cartridge ESC s5T 2 733554 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes User installed ESC s7T 1B 2 733754 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ROM SIMMs HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 13 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 Set Status All entities of ESC s0U 2 733055 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Readback the Location Location Unit Type Entity 1 or ESC s1U 2 733155 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Temporary Entity 2 or ESC s2U 2 733255 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Permanent Entity 3 ESC s3U 2A 73 33 55 Yes
107. for Scalable Fonts Sheet 1 of 2 Symbol Set HP Symbol Set ID Value FRPO U6 Value FRPO U7 Value ISO 60 Norway 0 4 4 50 ISO 15 Italian 01 9 9 ECMA 94 Latin 1 ON 14 14 ISO 11 Sweden 0S 19 19 ISO 6 ASCII 00 21 21 ISO 4U K 1E 37 37 ISO 69 France 38 38 ISO21 Germany 1G 39 39 US Legal 1U 53 53 ISO Latin 2 2N 78 78 ISO 17 Spain 2S 83 83 7 38 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 18 Symbol Sets for Scalable Fonts Sheet 2 of 2 Symbol Set HP Symbol Set ID Value FRPO U6 Value FRPO U7 Value PC Cyrillic 3R 114 14 51 PS math 5M 173 73 ISO Latin 5 5N 174 74 Windows Latin5 ST 180 80 MS Publishing 6J 202 2 52 ISO Latin 6 6N 206 Desktop 7J 234 34 Greek 8 8G 263 63 Math 8 8M 269 69 Turkish 8 8T 276 76 HP Roman 8 8U 277 TI Windows Latin2 9E 293 93 Windows Greek 9G 295 95 PC 1004 9J 298 98 ISO Latin 9 9N 302 2 53 Win Cyrillic 9R 306 PC Turkish 9T 308 Windows 9U 309 PC 851 Greek 10G 327 27 PS text 10J 330 30 ISO Cyrillic 10N 334 34 PC 855 Serbia 10R 338 38 IBM PC 8 10U 341 41 PC 869 Greek 11G 359 59 IBM PC 8 D N 11U 373 73 PC 8 Greek 12G 391 91 Macintosh 12J 394 94 ISO Greek 12N 398 98 USSR GOST 12R 402 2 54 IBM PC 850 12U
108. from external sources before printing begins The printing system selects the fonts by a set of command codes escape sequences that describe the font attributes character height orientation weight character set etc sim ilar to the parameters used with the FSET command of PRESCRIBE The printing sys tem s resident fonts include the HP resident fonts and many ofthe fonts from the HP font cartridges The printing system supports the same soft fonts as the HP LaserJet printers In addition the printing system understands the LaserJet command codes and can use them to select any of its resident or downloaded fonts Since the LaserJet font selection codes are fairly complex Refer to LaserJet Font Selec tion section software that supports the Laser Jet usually provides a simplified set of font selection commands which the software translates into LaserJet command codes Software provided font selection commands will work for the printing system as they would for the HP LaserJet series printers If a requested font is not present in the printing system s memory the page printing system will choose from the characteristics of the closest matching font HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 The LaserJet emulation supports 600 1200 dpi raster graphics for printing system models with the 300 600 1200 dpi resolution support There is also support of delta row com pression and compressed raster data for run length encoding and TIFF The printin
109. gt 8 26020 ila 922 012 761 8 1 291 OT ott 86 28 99 09 ve 8t 2 zsH idHvrrisausac tie 922 602 61 191 621 16 18 59 6v au I pee i F bledy le Ove vee 904 261 971 091 tvi 801 err 96 08 9 gv et 9t 0 OM Ht di vi 4 40 0 A a a 6 8 L 9 S T T 0 rzL usojuroepy 921 48819 8 2d 7 84 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 952 62 12244 102 T61 SLT 6ST i 56 6L 9 ly Te ST Oll 792 9852 222 902 061 vLl 8S1 evi 921 v6 8L 29 9 0e y H H lt 77 7 6 LE 122 902 681 LST Tel Set 601 6 LL 19 oy 62 on ejne n PH u ely 252 9 2 022 02 881 et 9 OT vel 801 26 94 09 Ww 92 el WIS3INISINMEEE FR 1 115116 152 Sg 612 02 181 ul SST 6er EZI LOL 16 SL 66 IL 092 274 Ble 202 981 041 YSI Ber 221 901 06 vL 85 92 ot JL E i a alq yH EH z Oz 6v2 eee rin 102 681 691 est L amp T Te SOT 68 19 152 92 6 6 11 Al 19 ere 252 912 002 vet 891 291 9er 041 vor 88 24 9 0 vo 8 s 8 D Lye Tee 512 661 91 IST 611 COL 48 u 655 6 L4 1 7 gt a elih 3SM D 2 9 2 062 vie 861 28 991 OS
110. has the pound currency symbol VP in place of the number sign It should be noted that the symbol set selected by INTL is specific to the currently emu lated printer HP LaserJet in the above example If the current emulation is changed to Diablo 630 for the example above by a SEM command for example the INTL com mand selects the Diablo U K symbol set instead of HP ISO 4 U K symbol set Selecting HP Symbol Sets The HP LaserJet emulation has considerably more supported symbol sets than can be accessed through the INTL command To establish a symbol set use one of the follow ing commands Symbol Set CSET Change symbol SET SENT Select current FoNT by typeface The CSET command selects a symbol set by specifying its identification code which closely resembles the command parameters of the HP printer control language In the example below the Windows symbol set 15 selected CSET 9U The CSET command may be preceded by an FSET font selection command Remember that the symbol set has the highest priority in font selection The following example still selects the ISO 4 U K symbol set for the Swiss742SWC Roman font in the HP LaserJet emulation UNIT P FSET 1p12v0s0b4148T CMNT 4148 means Universe CSET 1E CMNT ISO 4 U K EXIT The SFNT command primarily used to select and size a scalable font as stated previ ously also provides the parameter that specifies a symbol set for the font
111. in userdict takes precedence OutputAttributes dict Indicate the dictionary containing media output entries available for the current output device printer output tray sorter etc OutputFaceUp bool Set the printer s output stack true face up false face down OutputType string Indicate parameters set by the user when selecting the output stack See example below PageSize array Use this parameter along with MediaColor MediaWeight and MediaType when the user selects atray Refer to KPDL Printable Area on page 140 Ex 612 792 LETTER 595 842 A4 7 135 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 49 KPDL Page Device Parameters Sheet 2 of 3 Preceding Stack Parameter Result Description Policies dict Execute the policies function This is checked when the device cannot satisfy the user specified setpagedevice PostRendering Enhance bool Turn on off KIR mode true KIR on false KIR off PostRendering EnhanceDetails dict Set the dictionary representing the KIR mode when PostRenderingEnhance is true SorterDetails dict Set the dictionary object for current sorter status information TraySwitch bool Set the current auto cassette mode status using a boolean value true Autocass false Autocass off Tumble bool Set the current tumble mode using a boolean value true shortedge false longedge DeferredMedia Selection bool Define using a boolean object the processi
112. instructions are issued the printing system executes the allowed number of parameters and reports error number 2 wrong number of parameters HP 7550 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 The SM Symbol Mode instruction defines the first succeeding character as a symbol character The DT Define label Terminator instruction defines the first succeeding character as a character plot terminator The character plot terminator 1s used to terminate the LB LaBel instruction The default terminator is the ETX character End of Text which uses ASCII code 3 If this termina tor is inconvenient the DT instruction enables the user to change the character plot ter minator to a different character Parameter Formats KC GL parameters are specified in one of the following formats Integer When not scaled integers are valid in the range from 223 to 223 1 plotter units Digits to the right of the decimal point are ignored If no sign is specified the value is assumed to be positive Real number decimal Real numbers from 22 to 223 1 are valid They can include up to eight digits to the right of the decimal point If no sign is specified the value is assumed to be positive Scaled real number scaled decimal Real numbers from 22 to 223 1 can be used with up to eight digits to the right of the decimal point If no sign is specified the value is assumed to be positive Scaled real numbers are used only with scaled user units All
113. is in userdict executivepage Set imageable area to executive size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict Table 7 46 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 3 of 5 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description com10envelope 4 125 x 9 5 envelope Set imageable area to Commercial 10 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict monarcenvelope 3 875 x 7 5 envelope Set imageable area to Monarch envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict com envelope Set imageable area to Commercial 6 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict com9envelope 3 75 x 8 875 envelope Set imageable area to Commercial 9 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict a5 Set imageable area to A5 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict a6 Set imageable area to A6 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict b6 Set imageable area to B6 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict b5envelope Set imageable area to ISO B5 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict c4envelope Set imageable area to c4 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userd
114. issued for such commands that have unsup ported options values out of range values missing or of the incorrect type or values added when none are allowed When the printing system receives commands with syntax or semantic warnings the part of the command including the warning is ignored In the following example the START option is valid for the JOB command Valid command PJL JOB START 1 lt LF gt While in the following FINISH is not a valid option and ignored END should be used Invalid command PJL JOB START 1 FINISH HOME lt LF gt PJL Reset Status The following table shows the PJL and equivalent FRPO commands that initialize the environments Table 7 24 PJL Reset Status Environment PJL command FRPO parameter Printing resolution RESOLUTION Raster memory PAGEPROTECT FRPO R5 HP Page protection Personality PERSONALITY FRPO NO Interface timeout TIMEOUT FRPO N9 Copy COPIES FRPO Paper size PAPER FRPO R2 Orientation ORIENTATION FRPO Cl Manual feed MANUAL FEED FRPO R4 Paper source MANUAL FEED FRPO R4 Output stack OUTBIN FRPO RO 7 47 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 48 Table 7 24 PJL Reset Status Environment PJL command FRPO parameter Duplex DUPLEX N4 Default font FONTNUMBER FRPO V3 Point size PTSIZE FRPO V0 2 Pitch PITCH Symbol set SYMSET FRPO U6 U7 HP LaserJet Printer Commands PCL In t
115. letter A The command TEXT a CIR 1 EXIT prints a lowercase a because the letter occurs inside a character string The sole exception to upper and lowercase usage in PRESCRIBE commands occurs with the initializing R command This command must always use an uppercase The print ing system will not enter the PRESCRIBE mode in response to r In this manual PRESCRIBE commands are printed in upper case for readability Outside of PRESCRIBE mode the printing system always distinguishes between upper case and lowercase letters and prints exactly what is sent Parameters Some PRESCRIBE commands use unquoted strings of characters as parameters Exam ples for these are the FSET change current font set by characteristic command and the CSET change symbol set by symbol set ID command See Chapter 4 for a detailed explanation of how these commands are used to select fonts The FSET and CSET commands use parameters that closely resemble the command parameters used for font control in Hewlett Packard s printer control language For example the PRESCRIBE command FSET 0p12h12v0s0b6T selects the font whose characteristics most closely matches the following font parame ters e Monospaced font Op Character spacing of 12 characters inch 12h e Character height of 12 points 12v Upright style 0s Medium weight 0b LetterGothicBM12 Roman typeface 6T In Hewlett Packard s PCL t
116. page and physical page Page orientation and direction Edge Limits The printing system cannot place print on the outside edges of the paper The edge limits to which printing is possible are located 5 mm inside the edges of the paper or 6 mm 5mm in landscape orientation from the left edge and 4 mm from the top of the paper in HP LaserJet emulation Refer to the figure Edge Limits and Margins on page 5 The edge limits adjust automatically to the size of the paper cassette although not to the size of manually fed paper The edge limits can also be set to various standard sizes by the SPSZ set paper size command or by the equivalent HP LaserJet commands In HP LaserJet emulation the edge limits slightly vary according to the page orientation as also shown in Edge Limits and Margins on page 5 The top and left margins are set in centimeters or inches in relation to the top and left edge limits of the page The bottom and right margins can also be set as a distance from the top and left edge limits or they can be set in terms of page width page length or lines per page Basic Concepts Figure 1 4 Edge Limits and Margins imits in HP emulation Page width Portrait Orientation A9 Page Length Bottom Margin Edge limits in HP emulati Right Margin Left Margin Page Width Landscape orientation Page Length Bottom Margin Right Margin Left Margin When the print
117. plot character 1B 2En ESC Auto backward printing ON 2 ESC Auto backward printing OFF 5C ESC 0 Set right margin at current position 1B 30 Yes ESC 1 Set horizontal tab at current position 1B 31 Yes ESC 2 Clear all vertical and horizontal tabs 1B 32 Yes Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 Table 7 9 Diablo 630 Control Codes Sheet 2 of 2 Command Function Code hex Supported ESC3 Graphics mode ON 1B 33 Yes ESC 4 Graphics mode OFF 1B 34 Yes ESC 5 Forward printing mode 1B 35 Yes ESC 6 Backward printing mode 1B 36 Yes ESC 7 Print suppression 1B 37 ESC 8 Clear horizontal tab at current position 38 ESC 9 Set left margin at current position 1B 39 Yes ESC Reverse printing mode ON IB 3C ESC gt Reverse printing mode OFF ESC Auto center IB3D ESC Auto carriage return ON 1B 3F Yes ESC Auto carriage return OFF 1B 21 Yes ESCA Alternate font 1 for red ribbon 1 41 Yes ESCB Alternate font 0 for black ribbon 42 Yes ESCC Clear top and bottom margins 1B 43 Yes ESCD Reverse half linefeed 1B 44 Yes ESCE Underline ON 1B 45 Yes ESCG Hyplot ON absolute move 1B 47 ESC G BEL Hyplot ON absolute plot 1B 47 07 ESCL Set bottom margin at current position 4C Yes ESCM Auto justify 1B 4D ESCN Restore normal carriage settling time 4E ESCO Bold printing ON 1B 4F Yes ESC P Proportional s
118. power off 1 Saved at power off PCL font switch C8 0 32 HP compatibility mode Characters higher 0 than 127 are not printed Conventional mode Characters higher than 127 are printed Supported symbol sets ISO 60 Norway 00D ISO 15 Italian 001 ISO 11 Sweden 00S ISO 6 ASCII 00U ISO 4 U K 01E ISO 69 France 01F ISO 21 Germany 01G ISO 17 Spain 02S Symbol 19M 9 KC GL options G0 0 SGN a e We o RO emt Mode A formfeed to SPO 0 Mode B formfeed to SPO Mode A no formfeed to SPO Mode B no formfeed to SPO Fixed mode A formfeed Fixed mode B formfeed Fixed mode A no formfeed Fixed mode B no formfeed Mode A formfeed Mode B formfeed Mode A no formfeed Mode B no formfeed Fixed mode A formfeed Fixed mode B formfeed Fixed mode A no formfeed Fixed mode B no formfeed 6 2 Table 6 1 Interface dependent Parameters Sheet 2 of 3 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting KC GL pen width G1 through G8 0 to 99 dot 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Interface release time out J2 0 to 99 in units of 5 seconds 6 KC GL enlarge mode 19 Off 0 A2 1 0 B3 B2 Bl BO Duplex mode N4 Simplex mode 0 Long edge binding Short edge binding Default emulation mode Line Printer 6 IBM Proprinter X24E Diablo 630 Epson LQ 850 HP LaserJet KC GL KPDL Carriage ret
119. referred to as portrait landscape reverse portrait and reverse landscape Changing the print direction rotates the page coordinate system in the same manner as changing the page orientation However in this case portrait refers to the print direction in which the axes of the coordinate system are oriented in the same direction as for the currently selected page orientation Changing the print direction also changes the margins to maintain the same printable area as prior to the change The current position the physical location in which the next character will be printed and its coordinate values remain the same as in the previous print direction Changing the print direction also changes the orientation of any subsequent raster graph ics and PRESCRIBE vector graphics However it does not affect the orientation of any subsequent HP GL 2 graphics HP GL 2 graphics can only be rotated with the HP GL 2 RO command or the LaserJet orientation command Basic Concepts Figure 1 6 Print Direction Portrait print direction Landscape print direction Top margin Current Point Current Point margin Bottom margin Right margin Left margin Bottom margin Right margin Reverse landscape print direction Reverse portrait print direction Current point Top margin Top margin Current point Bottom margin Bottom margin gt E a zi Right mar
120. reverse process In addition PDF417 is an error correcting symbology designed for real world applica tions where portions of labels can get destroyed in handling It performs error correction by making calculations if necessary to reconstruct undecoded or corrupted portions of the symbol PDF417 Symbol Description module codeword At first glance a PDF417 symbol looks like a set of stacked barcodes When we look closer to analyze how the symbol is put together there are several key elements These are rows start patterns stop patterns codewords and modules whose definitions are explained below The narrowest width of a bar or space in the barcode All bars or spaces are multiples up to six times of this width The nominal unit of measure A single group of bars and spaces or elements representing one or more numbers let ters or other symbols i e codeword values for the data to be encoded Each PDF417 codeword contains four bars and four spaces for a total of 17 module widths Each code word starts with a bar and ends with a space See figure below 1 module width 1 3 module wide bar 00010101000111111 start pattern A unique pattern of light and dark elements which indicates the leftmost part of a bar code label stop pattern A unique pattern of light and dark elements which indicates the rightmost part of a bar code label row A lateral set of elements made up of a start pattern codewo
121. riy 210a ITF al rie 262 912 002 vel 891 est 9e1 oet vot 98 eL 96 or ve oll a QI na Tee 912 661 EBr 191 Ist Set 611 eor 18 99 68 c 1 0 5 5 M 5 97 082 vie 861 e8t 991 OST vel SIT 201 98 04 22 9 uU JMdili 0 v 3 A 4 9 5 3 5 2 622 ez 161 IST 91 228 tel 101 58 69 eg Le 1e 1 14 14 EIN 5 73 22 961 081 91 261 OTT 001 78 89 25 98 02 t Jee al bg 9 9 3 P L G T S O I the 122 i 561 611 91 Ll Tel SIL 66 28 19 16 Sg 6t 111114 Il 519 s o 58 eye 922 012 761 8 1 291 OT vi 96 18 99 05 8r e 2 I 4 4 We 522 602 61 191 Sel 621 16 18 99 6v 1 Fig r T nunjbejlowviriilsg e Ove vee 9802 261 991 get 96 08 v9 gv et 91 0 Z 4 2 a WT 6 8 L 9 S Y t 0 26 amp ueuueo 97 7 27 Chapter 7 Emulation 562 6 2 22 102 161 697 Let TIL 86 6L 9 i Te ST Umi b 4 5 52 Bez 202 902 061 714 851 evt 9et v6 BL 29 9v 9 JL n 3 ar F qd PS u v N lt e 5 pn 122 502 681 et 151 1 601 6 I9 Sv 6c i 1 2 9 rm 8 im 252 922 0
122. sent Error is valid 4 full page bleed DI 0 Off 0 11 On Audio alarm D2 0 Off 1 1 On Paper size error D3 0 Not notified 0 1 Notified 2 Complies with MS certification Print density D4 Number from 1 Light to 5 Dark 3 Service status page D5 0 Not printed 1 1 Printed Paper jam retry timing D6 0 End of page 0 1 Fuser sensor activated 2 Fuser sensor deactivated 3 Page ejection 4 Same as 0 non engine dependent Host buffer size 0 to 99 in units of 10MB 0 to 990MB 0 Serial interface baud 3 300 bps not valid for some models 96 rate 6 600 bps not valid for some models 12 1200 bps 24 2400 bps 48 4800 bps 96 9600 bps 19 19200 bps 38 38400 bps 57 57600 bps 11 115200 bps Serial interface data bits H2 7o0r8 8 Serial interface stop bits H3 lor2 1 Serial interface parity H4 0 None 0 1 Odd 2 Even 3 Ignore Serial interface protocol H5 0 Combination of 1 and 3 below 0 1 positive true 2 negative true 3 XON XOFF Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 2 of 7 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting 4 ETX ACK 5 XON XOFF recognized only as protocol Buffer nearly full H6 Percentage of the received data buffer size 90 threshold Buffer nearly empty H7 Percentage of the received data buffer size 70 threshold Total host buffer siz
123. setpagestackorder Set stack tray true face down false face up old new setpassword bool Set printing system s password string setprintername Assign string as printing system name integer integer setsorterstacker Set sorter to sorting mode int setuserdiskpercent Adjust disk size for use with KPDL waittimeout int Get wait time out value a3 Set imageable area to A3 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict b4 Set imageable area to B4 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict a4 Set imageable area to A4 size See KPDL Printable Area This operator is in userdict a4small Setimageable area to small A4 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict 55 Set imageable area to B5 size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operatorisin userdict dlenvelope Set imageable area to International DL size 110 x 220 envelope See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict 11 17 Set imageable area to 11 x 17 Ledger size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict legal Set imageable area to legal size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operatorisin userdict letter Set imageable area to letter size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operatorisin userdict lettersmall Set imageable area to small letter size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator
124. spacel to space4 parameters adjust the width of the bars and spaces Fine adjustment of these parameters may be needed to obtain scannable barcodes for a particular scanner and type of paper The dots unit UNIT D is convenient Bar code 40 USPS FIM ignores all these parameters and therefore has a constant height and space Some barcode types have only two classes of widths barl bar2 spacel space2 Oth ers have three or four classes Regardless of the barcode type when any width parameter Is specified all eight width parameters must be specified together In the case of two classes of widths dummy values must be specified for bar3 bar4 space3 and space4 The bar and space width parameters should be specified in ascending order The maxi mum specifiable value is 200 dots barl lt bar2 lt bar3 lt bar4 lt 200 dots 1 lt spacel lt space2 lt space3 lt space4 lt 200 dots 5 3 Chapter 5 Barcodes 54 If the bar and space width parameters are omitted the printing system uses suitable default values Table 5 3 indicates the number of width classes and the default values for each barcode type Barcode 19 Code 39 has two width classes which are set to 5 and 10 dots respectively in the example below Bar and space are both 5 dots and bar2 and space2 are 10 dots Bar3 space3 bar4 and space4 are all given dummy values of 10 Examples UNIT D BARC 19 Y 0123ABC 60 60 5 10 10
125. string cvi int Convert number or string to integer obj cvlit obj Convert object to literal string name Convert string to name num string real Convert number or string to real num radix string CVIS substring Convert number to representation in radix obj string cvs substring Convert object to substring of string obj obj Convert object to executable object key value def Place key and value in current dictionary 7 119 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 120 Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 4 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description matrix defaultmatrix matrix Replace matrix with device default matrix key font definefont font Define font as a font dictionary associated with key key instance category defineresource instance Define a resource in a specified category index any defineuserobject Establish an user object filename Q deletefile Remove the specified file int dict dict Create dictionary with capacity for int entries array dictstack subarray Copy dictionary stack to array num num2 div quotient Divide num1 by num2 dx dy dtransform dx dy Transform distance from userto device space dx dy matrix dtransform dx dy Transform distance by matrix obj dup obj obj Duplicate top object on stack bool echo Turn interactive echoing on off end Pop dictionary stack eoclip Clip
126. system parameters Table 7 47 KPDL System Parameters Sheet 1 of 2 Preceding stack Parameter Result Description BuildTime int Timestamp for printer s date of manufacture ByteOrder bool Byte order of binary encoded tokens true low order byte first false high order byte first CurDisplayList int Indicate in bytes the memory block size used for storing DisplayList for the current page CurFontCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current font cache CurFormCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current form cache CurOutlineCache int Indicate in bytes the cache size used by CharString on the current harddisk CurPatternCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current pattern cache CurScreenStorage int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current screen CurSourceList int Indicate in bytes the host buffer size used by the current input device CurUPathCache int Indicate in bytes the memory size used by the current user path cache DoAutoContinue bool Turn on off the front panel display when a KPDL error occurs true error display off false error display on DoPrintErrors bool Turn on off error printing when a KPDL error occurs true error print on false error print off DoStartPage bool Indicate whether or not to
127. the disk CurStoredFontCache int Return in bytes the font cache value found on the current disk a Read only 7 133 Chapter 7 Emulation KPDL User Parameters The following table summarizes the user parameters The user parameters establish tem porary policies on functions such as naming the current job for a user Table 7 48 KPDL User Parameters Preceding stack Parameter Result Description AccurateScreens bool Turn on offthe accurate mode flag for the setscreen operator true detail screen on false default JobName string Returnthename ofthejob currently being processed by the printer JobTimeout int Return the current job timeout value MaxDictStack int Indicate the maximum size of the dictionary stack MaxExecStack int Indicate the maximum size of the execution stack MaxFontItem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by a pixel array for a single character in the font cache MaxFormltem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by the form of a single cached form MaxLocalVM int Indicate the maximum number of bytes of the local MaxOpStack int Indicate the maximum size of the operand stack MaxPatternItem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by the form of a single cached pattern MaxScreenltem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by a single half tone screen MaxUPathItem int Indicate the maximum number of bytes used by a sing
128. the PRESCRIBE mode Remember that this command must always precede each sequence of PRESCRIBE com mands The RES RESet clears the current page from printing system memory and re estab lishes the printing system s permanent defaults Although you would not include this command in every sequence of PRESCRIBE commands we include it in this example to ensure consistent results As a standard practice include the RES at the beginning and end of each job The STM and SLM set both the top and left margins to 0 5 inches 1 27 centimeters The SPD Set Pen Diameter command determines the thickness of lines In the standard graphics mode this setting determines the thickness ofall lines drawn after the command is issued In this example the line width is set to 0 01 inches The starting point of the line is established with the MAP Move to Absolute Position command This command moves the cursor to a point that is a specified distance from the top and left margins In this example the point specified is 0 5 inches from the left margin and 1 inch from the top margin If the margins are changed the position specified by MAP also changes correspondingly On the next line of the program the DAP Draw to Absolute Position command draws a line from the starting position to the point 2 inches from the left margin and 0 5 inches from the top margin Finally PAGE prints out the page allowing us to look at the result of our work Zero rela
129. the current interface only Any changes made to the parameters on one interface will not change parameters on the other interfaces To change a similar parameter on another interface first switch to that interface then issue the FRPO command The nterface independent parameters affect all interfaces simultaneously If the printing system is shared with other users remember that changes made to non interface dependent parameters can affect users on other interfaces as well Certain parameters are available only when the printing system is installed with the rele vant option equipment Interface dependent Parameters Table 6 1 Interface dependent Parameters Sheet 1 of 3 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Top margin Al Integer value in inches 0 A2 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 0 Left margin A3 Integer value in inches 0 4 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 0 Page length 5 Integer value in inches 13 170 A6 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 61 30 Page width AT Integer value in inches 13 17 Fraction value in 1 100 inches 61 30 5 Page orientation 0 Portrait 1 Landscape 0 Default font No C5 First two digits of power up font 00 C2 Middle two digits of power up font 00 C3 Last two digits of power up font 00 Operation panel settings saving C6 0 Is Not saved at
130. the result for section y is 2 and that for sec tion x is a character other than 2 then no characters may be omitted In terms of the pro gram example above what this means is that the bit map string X0 OA 0CCOFA8LG XQ6p03pG3X06LG6 FA8CCOAfOG 0GX0 may be shortened by four characters to OAFOCCOFA8LE lt X 3p 3X 6LE lt FA8CCOAEO 0X0 Patterns defined by the XPAT command remain effective until they are redefined by another XPAT command or until the printing system is turned off Drawing Pie Charts The standard graphics mode provides a convenient function for drawing pie charts See the following example RES UNIT SPD 05 2 10 10 PIE 2 0 10 20 30 40 PAGE EXIT Figure 2 12 PIE Example The PIE command uses the format PIE radius starting angle size of slice In the example above the radius is 2 centimeters since we set the unit to centimeters with the UNIT command and the starting angle is 0 degrees Four pie slices are speci fied with sizes of 10 20 30 and 40 The printing system automatically converts the slice sizes to angles totalling 360 degrees Then it draws the first slice with a cut at the angle specified by the second parameter 0 degrees in our example or straight up The remaining slices are drawn in sequence clockwise around the circle The line thickness used for drawing the circle and the lines between slices are designated by
131. tice pet Det eie e HE cus ce Ee edens 5 14 Creating a Macro PDF 417 Representation nnne 5 14 Permanent Parameters Interface dependent Parameters 2 eene enne nennen nennen 6 2 Interface independent Parameters eee ener nnn 6 5 Emulation Automatic emulation sensing 2 20111 1 7 3 General Information on Emulation sse eere 7 3 Line Printer Emulation Mode 0 ener nennen eren 7 3 Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 sss ener 7 4 Proprinter X24E Control 2 2 42 0420 4000 0000000 000000000000 7 6 Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 esee ii E n i nre nes 7 12 Diablo 630 Control Codes ect ac pro aeq NO tod ae atest 7 14 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 7 21 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 sss 7 33 LaserJet Fonts et E BERI E E SIR DRE eq 7 35 LaserJet Symbol usan ott etie e tie DOE e e RC RUE eise 7 37 Resource Protection neis e eee ee tete e tede idet 7 40 Switching the Print Resolution sees ener nennen nennen nnn nnns 7 42 HP LasetJet Reset State eap cete dee eese viet etre 7 43 LaserJet PI as 7 43 PJE Syntax
132. vv 82 21 J 4 gt 160 Stc 612 0 851 23 eei LOT 16 SL 68 tv TT L L x I c 9 a A o E NUN NO 052 812 202 981 ot vst ger eel 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 OL lt 4 il a ea 2 x vU eee 102 Set 691 est Tet SOT 68 tL 18 152 6 lol ri iF 192 FTFIA I 6 Bre etc 912 002 781 991 291 9 021 01 88 94 ov ve 8 o 1 6 4 xX ul x H 8 QJ Lee 152 siz 661 191 Set 611 Eor 18 u 95 68 z 1 144 972 02 861 281 991 051 vtt i 201 98 0L 9t 9 a ol 4 3 4 9 1 3 See 622 ele 161 181 SOT 6 eel 101 58 69 eg 18 5 Joja FIN eo vro 822 212 961 081 91 281 91i 001 v8 89 29 96 02 2 Ja a4 buo jve 3np a a v O I ere Lee 1 561 641 91 Tet Sti 66 8 19 16 se 61 t s 2 s o e o evo 922 012 761 BT 291 971 oet vl 96 28 99 05 8t 2 1111 4 ojx We 522 602 61 LLI T9t Stl 621 16 6v it 1 191217 ble 0 22 802 261 911 09 921 Hii 96 08 v9 9r oT 0 9om13189 35 d a eo 8 a 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 852 62 22 102 161 691 evt el iii 6 61 9 i Ini 1 L Ulm 15 Se BEZ 222 902 061 vL 851 evt 921 OIL v6 aL 29 9 vl ule lt
133. you are using embedded commands of word processing software To ensure that the saved font 1s retrieved with the correct code set add the SCCS Save Current Code Set and RPCS Return to Previous Code Set com mands to the SCF and RPF command respectively For instance to select a font using embedded commands you can save the current font call a new font enter the text and return to the previous font as in the following sequence SCF FONT 7 EXIT Text of footnote RPF EXIT This sequence leaves the current font prints the footnote in font 7 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Roman then returns to the previous font Placement of Font Commands It is important to note that most existing word processing software will not recognize PRESCRIBE font selection commands However this software typically accommodates embedded print commands whereby the PRESCRIBE command placed in a document is recognized as a print command and not as document text The following command sequence demonstrates the embedded commands which might appear in a document Example of an appropriate command placement end of previous paragraph IR ALTF 2 EXIT Title or Heading R ALTF 1 EXIT Start of next paragraph The first ALTF command appears on a blank line The second ALTF command is placed at the end of a short title or heading so that it fits on the same line and does not affect the line count Chapter 4 Fonts Font Selecti
134. 0 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 User defined ESC t J 2 743044 No No No No Yes dither Monochrome ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 30 No No No No Yes user defined 4A dither Ordered dither ESC t J 1B 2A 74 3131 No No No No Yes 4A Monochrome ESC t J 2A 74 31 32 No No No No Yes ordered dither 4A Noise ordered ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 33 No No No No Yes dither 4A Monochrome ESC t J 1B 2A 743134 No No No No Yes noise ordered 4A dither Continuous ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 35 No No No No Yes tone smooth 4A Mono ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 36 No No No No Yes continuous 4A tone detail Mono ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 37 No No No No Yes continuous 4A tone smooth Continuous ESC t J 2 743138 No No No No Yes tone basic 4A Mono ESC t J 1B 2A 74 31 39 No No No No Yes continuous 4A tone basic Select Palette PaletteID ESC amp p S 1B 2670 53 No No No Yes Set Viewing f of Bytes ESC l W 2A 69 No No No No Yes Illuminant 57 Simple Color 3 Plane ESC r U 1B2A722D33 No No No No Yes Device CMY 55 Palette 1 Plane K ESC r U 1B 2 723155 No No No No Yes palette 3 Plane ESC r U 1B 2A 723355 No No No No Yes Device RGB Palette Transfer of Bytes ESC b V IB 2A 98 No No No No Yes Raster Plane 56 Not supported by HP PCL 7 63 Chapter 7 Emulation HP GL 2 Context Printer Commands In the command tables below parameters in brackets are optional Table 7 26 HP GL 2 Context Printer Commands Sheet 1 of 2
135. 0 pages at position 3 on the page lt lt Staple 3 StapleDetails lt lt StaplePosition 3 Count 20 gt gt gt gt setpagedevice To punch in sub style use the following example lt lt Punch 3 PunchDetails lt lt PunchMode 2 gt gt gt gt setpagedevice CollateDetails Parameters CollateDetails has the following parameters as tabled below according to the key of operations By making Collate true CollateDetails enables the printing system to implement the e MPS function according to the keys explained in the following table Table 7 50 CollateDetails Parameters Key Type Meaning Parameters default Mode integer Job mode 0 HP Mopier mode Job retention 0 1 Volatile job 2 Nonvolatile job 8 VirtualMailbox job Type integer Job Retention enable 8 Enable Job Retention Hold integer Job Retention mode 1 QuickCopy 2 Stored job 3 Proofand Hold HoldType integer Job Retention security 0 security 0 1 Security with PIN code HoldKey integer code Number of 4 bytes Barcode integer Barcode output 0 Output on first page 2 1 Output on all pages 2 Do not output BarcodePosition integer Barcode printing position 0 Lower right bar only 0 viewed in portrait 1 Lower right perpendicular bar only orientation 2 Upper right perpendicular bar only 3 Upper right bar only 4 Upper left bar only 5 Upper left perpendicular bar only 6 Lower left perpen
136. 02 061 v 951 evt OIL v6 84 29 9v oe vl FIA goin DEUM OE ME ESZ 152 Tee 904 681 elt 191 i Set 601 6 19 Sv 62 et n 292 964 022 02 981 edt 9 vet 901 46 94 09 22 4 et I T 182 Gee 612 02 181 1714 991 6 eet LOT 16 SL 69 tr I PISIA UFI 91H 052 vez gre 202 981 BET eet 901 06 vL 89 27 92 OL zi 7 x 62 652 2 102 SeT 691 Tet 501 68 tL 15 42 Se 6 a Oe d py s A TIA I 6 C Bre 252 92 002 991 291 9et 021 01 98 24 99 11 8 ty X UXIH 8 Lye 152 512 661 81 191 151 Set 611 Eor 18 EH 2 4 n uj 9ADI IL 972 oez 12 861 281 991 051 vel BIT 201 38 04 vo 9 22 E I 9 NI I FS 9 79 Svo 622 i 161 GOT 6vt eel ZET 101 58 69 es I 9 5 nj a 6 4 822 ele 961 081 91 261 91 001 ve 89 29 9 02 t beig golg 1 eye Lee 561 611 91 nii Ter SIT 66 8 19 19 se 61 dg 0 a 512510 F 2 922 012 761 847 291 9vt 01 vit 86 28 99 05 ve 8t e 210101 4v ie 522 602 61 191 StL 621 16 18 59 6v t 1 dviieAv i 0 2 22 904 261 091 get 96 98 v9 ay 26 91 0 4 _ ding veo 4 a 6 8 L 9 S Y t 0 91 amp ueuues 12 051 4 2 69 0SI 7 70 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6
137. 052 veo 812 204 981 get 221 901 06 vL 95 ev 92 ildiz oA 2 x lt m 6vc ttc 102 SeT 691 esT LET Tet 501 68 eL 1 152 6 rdi 1 6 282 91e 002 H81 891 291 9et oet OT 98 2L 95 0 vo 8 of A 7 4 X 4 X H 8 le Tee 912 TST Set 611 Eor 8 u 99 52 j ujn si L 11 2 gt 4 1 972 052 12 OST vel git 201 98 OL 9c 22 9 ad h 3 BR 3A dH 99 9 64 622 Bird 61 eel fit Tot 98 69 eg 18 T 8 9 3 nenas e 124 822 212 ae ett 001 v8 89 28 9t 02 t b oj 1 91 P Lia i b ew Lee Tle Lvl Ter SIL 66 Eg 19 15 se 61 N 5 1 evo 922 02 9 1 081 vU 86 28 99 0 8r 2 Y 9 1q uj tie We 522 602 621 16 18 89 6v t ri 1 2 y 0 2 802 821 96 08 t9 9r et 9t 0 0 4204 49 04 E a 6 8 L 9 S v t c T 0 662 682 22 102 161 661 r 96 6L 9 n ST UmiT Ln fly 91e i 52 geo 222 902 061 vl 861 evi 921 011 v6 94 29 9 oe vl JL u at Fl NV ese 152 172 504 681 LST Tel Sel 601 6 19 Sy 62 01115445 CIN e es 252 962 022 02 881 et 9st 071 vol 801 26 91 09 22 82 Hi cuis 1 1 i36 192 Gee 612 202 181 551 101 16 SL 65 ey BE 5 092 vto 812 202 981 O T St get eel 901 06 vL 86 ev 92 or Olt iz 11 10182 2 17 11 lt
138. 061 v gst evt 91 ott v6 BL 29 9 0 v1 a 20 3b o gt Wi VINI lt vi 52 LEZ 122 502 681 197 S21 601 6 LL 19 er 62 015 6 I 3g iu W ely 252 982 022 02 881 ett 951 773 vel gor 26 OL 09 to 82 a d r o 3 l lll V1 mE 152 612 02 191 ut SST EZI LOT 16 SL 6S ev JL S adl Jia Eeg 052 vec 812 202 981 1 Ber gl 901 06 vL gs ev 92 01 o xJ sei il H ei z OZ ry ct ale 8 672 eee 2 102 set 691 st SOL 68 LS 17 Se 6 m L of a Elz 4 t a I 6 ere eto 912 002 vet 891 9et OZI 88 eL 95 0 vo 8 2 mINIHO x uXH 8 D EH Lye lec 912 661 eet 191 IST SeT 611 gor 18 u 86 6 ez 1 AJIAN Vio 8 Li e 972 062 712 861 28 991 OST ver git 201 98 04 tS ee ec 9 A n olmi v Illy JA H 979 7 97 622 ete 161 Tel 591 6 eet Ait TOT 98 69 es 1 S nenas see 842 21 961 081 9 2el OIL 001 Y8 89 25 9e 02 t X alai 1 PLA ble GA Lee 112 661 611 91 SIL 66 8 19 16 5 61 2 olaj xH q siol sld 2 2 922 012 BLT 291 OPT 0er 1 86 28 99 05 vt gt H olo H o o Ilqa Alai z we 922 602 61 nii 191 621 16 18 9 6v et rii T T I beovilli ove 722 802 261 9 1 091 vel gel 96 08 9 71 2e 91 0 2 Lin iL d 40 Ei 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 5 662 22 10 161 9 1 681 tet
139. 1 16 SL 6S ey 1e It JL Le Ai wigs a 1 5 052 yee GA HA 98T OLT VST get 221 901 06 tL ev 92 0t 8 1 9 2 fiziti i I9 6 2 eez 102 Set 691 est 11 121 SOL 68 L Lg 92 6 L 4 tx 1 6 2 2 912 002 val 891 est 9er 021 01 21 99 0v vo 8 Imig ama u xn 90250 Lye lec 912 661 eet 191 ISL Set 611 01 18 u 9 6 4 L b 9 2 02 vu 861 281 991 OST vel git 201 98 0 vs Am 9 4 Fs Ala OPI E 622 Siz 161 Tet 691 eel 101 58 69 eg Le 12 S 3 EFlexanenjas 8 Bec 212 961 08r 91 261 91 001 v8 89 29 96 02 t 1 Lee 112 661 641 91 nii Tet SIT 66 28 19 15 Se 61 t 1145 fl xA 1 9 S O ila Zo 922 012 761 841 291 OFT 0t 86 78 99 0 ve 8t 2 I 14 wal sa wg sie iz 522 602 61 mii 191 Stl 621 eu 16 I8 59 6v 4 1 s 912 909 b 1 Ove ZA 902 261 911 091 vel 8et eu 96 08 v9 8v 9 0 drh 4 0 d a 6 8 L 9 8 t 0 2d 7 88 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 62 73 4 161 SLT 651 ut 96 6L 9 n t o 12 9 9 9 A HE 52 BEZ 222 902 061 891 evi 921 Olt v6 84 29 9 0 v
140. 1 281 991 OST vet BIT 201 98 OL ge e 9 X 2 7 9 52 622 ele 161 Tet S91 6vl Li TOT 98 69 eS Le 12 5 LJ if vim a s L3 822 212 961 081 91 eet OIL 001 vU 99 96 04 Y gt alex vivo ere Lee Tle 861 6141 91 Tet 66 8 19 1g 5 61 t i ti1nlei t eve 922 012 761 9 1 291 OT 081 vit 86 28 99 0s vt 81 x 1 m e 0 9 x Tre 522 602 61 191 Srl 621 etl 6 18 99 6t at lo LTA Ove vee 804 261 911 091 get eit 96 08 9 77 28 9r 0 LIJ ve d a 9 6 8 9 9 Y t 0 952 62 22 102 161 SLI 661 96 6L 9 t 1 ST E Oli 92 gez 222 902 061 vit 861 evt 9el 017 v6 8L 29 9y 08 vl a u lt 1 122 502 681 elt 191 IU Sel 601 6 19 Sy 62 l 252 92 022 04 88r 211 9S1 OT ver 801 26 9 09 82 21 3 1 Y 1 exe eT s 152 92 612 02 81 ut SST 6 1 get LOT 16 SL 65 tv 4 Jia 1 052 vto gie 202 981 0 1 YSI get 221 901 06 v 85 ev 92 or Z Fz tl 6 2 eee Ze 102 881 691 est Let Tet Sot 68 tL 1S 1 Se 6 A 1 I tj I 6 173 2524 972 002 891 291 9et 0921 701 88 96 0 8 X0 X 8 Lye Te 912 661 EBT 191 191 Set 611 Eor 18 u 96 6 ez L 9 8 H 8 L 9 2 082 vw 861 281 991 051 git 201 98 04 Be 22 9 9 39 7 JA dH
141. 1 98 04 9 22 9 I 2 9 A A 9 4 622 eu 161 91 pr Au 101 98 69 es Le 12 5 X I 9e 5 su nen s s amp 822 212 961 081 H91 281 gti 78 28 9 0 t bieleie 3 d eve nz 112 561 611 91 Tel SIL 66 8 ig 15 S 61 S SO ee 2 922 ote v6l 841 291 9 081 vi 86 28 99 0S e Hl H B 9 4 I q aja z u V 12 522 602 61 LT 621 giu 16 18 9 6t ri 1 diV iiig 3 biel Oo v rTi i Ove pee 802 26 9 1 091 vel get eit 96 08 9 2 9 0 a YY 5 _ a ja gjo a 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 L9 aouesy 014210 sjeg 04 6 069 014810 62 sn 014714 7 16 Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 992 662 73 102 161 Sit 6ST ert e TIL 96 6L 9 n ois Quse lJ 752 222 902 061 713 991 evt 921 ott v6 84 29 9v 0t vl ago 4 0 _ lt 52 152 122 902 681 eL 481 Tet Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 er lt AIT EIQ u 292 952 022 02 881 ett 991 ovt vet 801 6 9 09 rd et 4 gm S t9 ER S 5 152 562 62 02 181 Lut 981 6eL cl LOT 16 91 68 ey 4 gt Sm dus 052 154 872 202 981 St BET 221 901 06 85 ev 9 OL z EIZO 6v2 eez Le 102 881 691 LST Tet SOT 6 tL 18 152 6 AE ACE et
142. 1 otl vei 801 26 94 09 vv 2 J cs gt alae 152 Sez 612 602 181 ut SST GeT 621 TUBE 16 GL 68 v i si Ela a diay 5 is 052 vec 912 202 98 st 221 901 06 86 ev 92 0t odiy al z fzr 6 2 62 ri 104 51 691 est Tei SOL 68 eL 15 Ww 6 el jt 25 E 972 002 81 24 91 021 88 21 95 X 8 4 x u x HI 8 Du nis lye 152 912 661 191 TSI Sel 611 Eor 18 u 85 6 1 i445 ele 972 062 ve 861 OST vel 201 98 OL vS ee 9 njd j4 jja Stc 622 161 101 58 69 6 1 Te E 4 al 822 eie 961 8r E 00 78 89 25 9 v 115191 o gi P Lia e ere nz S61 Lv SIT 66 8 9 1S 61 144 01 4 evo 922 ote 761 971 oet 86 28 99 05 9i 4 i al Tee 922 602 51 61 46 18 99 6 ee 1 T g n b 1 092 22 802 26 224 821 96 08 v9 9v 2 9T 0 0 819 1400 4 6 8 L 9 S Y e T 0 552 6 2 EZ 102 161 51 6ST 41 TIL 56 64 9 t 16 SL Um ttf 5 fo 762 92 222 902 061 vil 861 e 921 ott v6 BL 29 9v 09 vU B p lt v 7 Le 122 502 681 61 Tet Set 601 56 m 19 Sr 62 9 c
143. 10 Prop Dutch801BM8 Roman 5 22 8 Prop Dutch801BM8 Italic 41 8 Prop Dutch801BM8 Bold 42 70 8 Prop Dutch801BMS8 Boldltalic 43 8 Prop PrestigeEliteBM10 Roman 6 23 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM10 Italic 44 24 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM10 Bold 45 71 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM10 BoldItalic 46 72 10 12 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Roman 7 25 7 2 16 67 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Italic 47 7 2 16 67 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Bold 48 73 7 2 16 67 PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Boldltalic 49 7 2 16 67 LetterGothicBM12 Roman 8 26 12 12 Font Selection Font Name Font Number Height Pts Pitch cpi Port Land LetterGothicBM 12 Italic 50 27 12 12 LetterGothicBM 12 Bold 9 28 12 12 LetterGothicBM12 Boldltalic 51 79 12 12 LinePrinterBM8 5 Roman 88 8 5 16 67 Swiss721BM14 4 Bold 10 29 14 4 Prop Swiss721BM14 4 BoldItalic 52 14 4 Prop Swiss721BM12 Bold 11 30 12 Prop Swiss721 BM12 Boldltalic 53 12 Prop Swiss721 BM10 Bold 12 31 10 Prop Swiss721 BM10 Boldltalic 54 10 Prop Swiss721 BM8 Roman 13 32 8 Prop Swiss721 BMS8 Italic 55 8 Prop Swiss721 BM8 Bold 56 74 8 Prop Swiss721BMS8 Boldltalic 57 8 Prop Swiss721 BM6 Roman 14 33 6 Swiss721BM6 Italic 58 6 Prop Swiss721 BM6 Bold 59 75 6 Prop Swiss721BM6 Boldltalic 60 6 Prop LinePrinterBM9 Roman 15 34 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM9 Italic 61 35 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM9 Bold 62 76 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM9 Boldltalic 6
144. 11115 1524 SEZ 612 02 181 SST 6 1 eel 01 16 GL 68 ey Il JL L Mam 5 9 3x 1x elge 054 vee 812 20 981 041 221 901 06 vL 86 ev 9 01 vie mli5 4vizifiziti x 9 6 2 82 12 102 Sgt 691 est 121 SOL 68 L 18 17 92 6 d L zlo iE di wl 4 TIAL IT 6 Ci tio 262 972 002 81 891 20 gel 021 88 24 96 0t vo 8 44 E dioj r x uj xX 8 n n TEZ 972 661 191 151 611 01 18 45 6 ez Y 4 x ooj 9 2 oez Lin 861 281 991 OST vel gli 201 98 04 5 3 22 9 10154 F oa H 49 622 12 461 91 eer LAT TOL 98 69 es 4 12 14 E 3 7 na sic Se 124 822 eu 961 081 91 grt 261 91 0901 ve 89 28 9 0 t J ia lik alo ali plL alr ble 2 TIZ 561 641 91 ni Tet SIT 66 8 19 19 se 61 z umHdlinialvisio solte ila evo 922 012 61 841 291 OFT OET 86 28 99 05 gr 2 3 By Lid aa a z tle 172 Scc 602 61 Lit 19 Svl 621 16 18 99 6v f 4l 1 get P Be F y b vov iio 072 vee 902 261 911 09T ver get e 96 08 9 ey 2 9t 0 114 vid aalo a a a a X 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 Of 91 r 40019 8 24 7 87 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 682 22 102 161 SLT 6ST ur 6 64 9 ly ST b ete 222 902 061 BST evt v6 94 29 9v 0 v lt lt 90 Lee lec 502 681 elt
145. 2 12 0 49 14 14 00 20 00 397 x 567 420 x 567 0 35 10 0 35 10 14 11 x 19 30 400 x 547 Postcard 10 x 14 8 297 x 4215 0 46 13 0 35 10 9 56 14 14 271x401 283 x 420 0 35 10 0 35 10 9 28 x 14 11 263 x 400 Ledger 11 17 792 1224 0 16 12 0 11 8 10 68 16 78 768 1208 Legal 8 5x 14 612 x 1008 0 16 12 0 41 8 8 18 x 13 78 588 x 992 Letter 8 5x 11 612 x 792 0 16 12 0 11 8 8 18 x 10 78 588 x 776 Ltr Small 8 5x 11 612 x 792 0 35 25 0 35 25 7 8 x 10 3 562 x 742 Executive 7 25x 10 5 522x756 0 16 12 0 11 8 6 93 x 10 28 498 x 740 Com 10 4 125x 9 5 297x684 0 16 12 0 11 8 3 79x 9 28 273 x 668 Monarch 3 875x7 5 279 x 540 0 16 12 0 11 8 3 555 7 28 255 524 6 3 625x6 5 261x468 0 16 12 0 11 8 3 29 6 28 237 452 9 3 875 8 875 279 639 0 16 12 0 11 8 3 54 8 666 255 623 Custom 11 7 17 7 842x 1274 0 11 8 0 11 8 11 47x 17 47 826x 1258 For A3 ledger models b For A4 letter models 7 141 This page 15 left blank intentionally 7 142 Numerics 16 bit word 4 13 A Absolute coordinates 2 19 Absolute position 2 2 Arc 2 10 path mode drawing 2 24 B Baseline 1 8 Beveled line join 2 21 B zier curve 2 26 Binary number 2 13 4 13 Bitimage 2 34 Bitmap font 4 6 Bitmap fonts 1 6 4 6 block 2 10 Box 2 6 Butt cap 2 20 C Cartesian X Y coordinates 2 5 Case 1 12 exception 1 13 Cassette size 1 4 Character cells 1 8 Character path 2 33 Character set KC GL 7 96 Character spacing
146. 2 34 7 35 Text positioning 1 7 Thickness of lines 2 3 Tilt SENT 4 8 Transparency mode 2 37 Two s comlement TIFF 2 35 Typeface 4 1 U Unprintable area 2 2 Upper and lowercase letters 1 12 US ASCH 7 3 7 33 US Legal 7 3 User unit KC GL 7 100 USPS barcode 5 2 Word processing software 1 5 4 12 7 1 X X Y coordinates 1 7 2 Zero relative coordinates 2 24 62007 2009 KYOCERA MITA Corporation 4X KYOCERd is a trademark of Kyocera Corporation Rev 4 7 2009 7
147. 2 9 111154 fl elol ol sity 622 ete 161 691 61 101 5 69 es 18 12 Li E sie 822 ete 961 081 91 BHI eet 901 8 89 eS 9g 0c Jixi3i bi 8 tre Lee Hn 661 41 eo Tel SIL 66 ee 19 19 61 1111141 1101 5 eve 922 02 vet 291 9vt 0981 vll 96 28 99 06 ve gt 2 z I L H g qd we 5 2 602 261 Lt 191 Srt 621 16 18 99 6v 1 pt 191217 alo ove veo 902 261 9 091 vv get eu 96 0g 9 gv 2 9t 0 151514 al d a 6 8 L 9 S Y t c X 0 29 98 2d 7 11 Chapter 7 Emulation Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 7 12 To set the power up emulation for Diablo 630 send the printing system the following PRESCRIBE command sequence FRPO Pl 2 P3 1 EXIT The Diablo uses ten symbol sets as shown below To select one of these symbol sets use the INTL command or the operator panel keys Permanent setting of the symbol set is made with the FRPO U6 and U7 parameters The factory setting for the symbol set at power up is IBM PC 8 for all emulation modes Table 7 7 Diablo 630 Emulation Symbol Sets Symbol set Message display FRPO commands US DIABLO US FRPO U6 0 FRPO U7 2 France DIABLO France FRPO U6 1 F
148. 2 9 2 022 02 881 ett 951 OvT vel 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 el 4 gs 39 2 Due gt 152 92 612 02 181 ut SST 681 cl LOT 16 SL 68 er 4 gt S AE tft 052 vee 812 202 981 51 ger 221 901 06 vL 89 ev 92 ot 2 595029 z Ciz Es 6v na 102 Sgt 691 esT P 121 SOT 68 tL 4S i 92 6 e Elie oP 6 872 eec 912 002 781 891 24 9 21 toT 88 95 0 X u X H 8 na Te 972 661 81 91 1ST Set 611 00 18 u 85 68 c L m 5 972 062 i 861 91 991 097 vel 8tt 201 98 OL vS BE 22 9 I 2 9 NIF A Z A 4 9 5 972 622 e 161 181 591 61 eet 101 99 69 9 18 12 X I 9 5 n s n N3 S 74 ele 961 081 91 7 261 OTL 00 78 89 29 9 02 biel ei gidig S Ede xr es tbe Lee Tle 561 6 528 Tel SIL 66 8 19 1S 61 sg2 3 evo 922 012 761 BT 291 0er yu 96 28 99 06 vt et 2 41 a We 602 661 Lt 191 621 16 T8 99 6v it s x b elo v rti i V A V 0 2 vee 902 261 941 091 821 Hii 96 08 v9 ay 2 9t 0 aly yig d l al l o VY d a 6 8 L 9 S Y t 0 142 le 014810 7 19 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 662 62 102 161 6ST kas TEL 56 6L 9 E TE St amp 2 gee 222 904 061 Zi 861 evt 9et ott v6 BL 29 9 06 vr S O LINIS C 652 152 Tee 504 681
149. 2 9 6 01115 ol wP 4 T A 16 gro eec 912 00 et 891 2st 9e1 021 01 88 21 96 ov ve Mi OIA OILI x y4 8 Lee 162 512 661 ger 91 151 Set 611 01 18 95 1 5 ZL 9 2 062 772 961 281 991 061 vel Bit 201 98 0L vS ge 22 9 TON 6 29 Z bii i JlA dH 9 Svo 622 161 187 691 6 rii 10i 68 69 es Le 12 H 7 amp e non gs 5 2 922 212 961 081 91 grt ett OIL 001 ve 89 29 9 0c v 14 dc LS GE SES RBS s n Tle 661 6 1 91 Lv SIL 66 8 19 IS 5 61 AJZ Il a J S 9 S O evo 922 092 v6i elt 291 9 061 vu 86 28 99 0s al 2 5 9 a V n 1 4 A a T ve 922 602 61 LL 191 621 16 18 59 6v ee i d olda y F beo viri 0 2 22 802 261 9 1 09r get 96 08 t9 gv ZE 91 0 10 4 90 d a a 6 8 L 9 8 T t 0 552 682 eec 102 161 51 6ST 56 64 t9 i Te St Pe sd 2 z z z Se BeZ 222 902 061 viU 891 ert v6 BL 29 9 0 v lt e i pi I 1 ZZ U v N esz 152 122 902 681 e 191 1524 Set 601 t6 dL 19 97 62 et Ai Alpa a Lb tu wi 2 92 022 702 881 ett 99 ovt vol 801 26 9 09 vv 82 ei 141 1 sigi l I gt 152 Gee 612 802 181 ut 861 61 eel 16 SL 69 n lt lt op 3 XL 0 veo 872 202 981 YSI 221 901 06 vL 85 e 92 or 8 5 Zz
150. 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t T 0 552 662 22 Loc 161 GT 691 56 6L 9 n ST L aa 2 9 0 O A Xt 752 BES 222 902 061 9 ett 921 v6 7 29 9 0 vl Id al gt x vy lt CIV E 55 Lee 122 904 681 eT LST 1 601 t6 LL 19 9 62 l 1 ME 5 011 eig 292 962 022 02 991 et 9st Ort vei gor 26 9L 09 22 8 el elm eA 3 al ap v 1 4115 ISZ Sec 612 02 181 Ut 991 681 EZI LOT 16 SL 68 r lt d al dja 0 vez ete 202 981 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 0t Olt f Z tr ttc ri 102 S81 691 est Tet 501 68 eL 18 Ww 6 Eeo rale 262 912 002 ter 891 est 961 oet 01 98 24 94 ov ve 9 1411910 41 8 Lye 152 512 661 eet 191 161 Ger 611 01 18 u 99 6 1 d n 5 3 of 2 A 9 L 9 062 Lin 861 281 991 OST vel gt 201 98 0L ae 22 9 4 99 JA dH 97979 92 622 ele 161 181 591 6tT TOT 8 69 es 1 Te 0 titi vin ojala 5 5 bre 842 ete 961 991 zel 91t 001 ve 89 28 98 02 v belgi b tre n 112 661 91 n Tet SIL 66 eg 19 TS 61 t 4 oj eve 922 012 761 291 91 oet Hii 86 28 99 05 ve a 2 gc qjala z te We 73 602 60 T9T 621 iii 16 18 99 6 t 1 919 7 Ove voc 902 261 091 8
151. 21 21 96 08 v9 gt e 9T 0 4 324 4 00 4 E a 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 06 098 2d 0 069 2 7 10 IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 552 6 2 102 161 6ST 1 Hut 56 61 9 t T St L A Ul V Q 62 2 222 902 061 8st evt 921 v6 84 29 9v 08 a Pla lt 652 LEZ 122 502 681 et LST 152 621 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 1 282 982 022 02 981 etu 991 Ov vol 801 26 9 09 82 Hi 1 1 3 gt 1 6 192 Sec 612 602 181 561 681 621 LOT 16 94 68 v Le It 9 Bet zo ixi x fe 052 vec giz 202 91 OT ST get eet 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 0r 42 70 1 Le n 2 ZIP 62 102 581 691 est Le Tet SOT 68 19 142 6 J L ee rid l la Tie ere 22 912 002 991 291 9 t 021 01 88 96 0 vo 8 ei cT l Lye 162 97 661 eet 91 IST Set 611 Eor 18 Th 5 1 1141 972 oez v 96t 281 991 OST BIT 20t 98 04 tS Be 22 9 91 alizal 4 9 7 v 622 ei 161 Tet 91 TOL S8 69 6 Le 12 S o 3 t EN s s s e 4 822 212 96i 081 91 zel 911 90 89 eS 9t 02 v
152. 22 702 Bal 20 951 vel 801 26 91 09 vb 92 21 1 gt nu 152 2 612 08 181 997 123 eer LOT 16 GL 68 er JL 1 E kl za tpay ty tye 052 vio 812 202 981 ST 9er 221 90 06 vL 9s ev 92 o i ll 2 60 2 rin 102 SBT 691 est 161 SOT 68 L 18 6 olr di iF 09 A T XA I 6j 26 912 002 891 291 981 041 01 98 24 95 0 8 olal 1 0 Lye Te 912 661 eet 191 Ist Set 611 Eor 48 14 55 6 4 5 5 i Sjm 972 ote Z 961 281 991 0 vel i 201 98 04 79 8 22 9 se Maye H 10 alz 99 59 622 ele 161 SOT 601 eel 101 98 69 eg 1 12 8 F yi a e a a s s 822 212 961 081 791 eet OIL 001 v8 99 29 96 02 v J S a aj 7 a 174 Lee ue 61 61 91 ni Tet SIL 66 8 19 16 Se 61 e s 4 a 4 0 s gt 2 922 012 v6l 841 291 9vt oet 86 28 99 0s 2 110 0 8 922 602 61 mi 191 621 ett 16 18 99 6 ri T 19217 lyv tliilg 0 v 802 261 941 091 821 zi 96 08 v9 L4 or 0 o r 1 a alo E a x 6 8 L 9 S v T 0 552 662 tee 1 161 661 v e nt 56 6L 9 t St L Ul ml F Ol 5 758 Bez 222 904 061 vil
153. 28733238 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 38 3235 54 Times New ESC s1690IT 1 28 73 3136 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roman 39 30 SimHei ESC s37110T 1 28 733337 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 31313054 SimSun ESC s37058T 1 28733337 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 35 38 54 Symbol ESC s16686T 1B 28733136 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 36 38 36 54 Wingdings ESC s6826T 28 73 3638 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 32 36 54 Wingdings ESC s31402T 1B 28733331 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 34 30 32 54 Font Default Font Default Primary Font ESC 3 1B 28 33 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Secondary ESC 3 1B 29 33 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Font Underline Underline Enable Fixed ESC amp d0D 26 643044 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Enable ESC amp d3D 26 643344 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Floating Disable ESC amp d 1B 26 64 40 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Text Parsing 1 Byte ESC amp t0P 1B26 743050 Yes Yes Yes Yes Method 1 Byte ESC amp t1P 1B 26743150 Yes Yes Yes Yes 1 Byte 2 Byte ESC amp t21P 1B 26 743231 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 1 Byte 2 Byte ESC amp t31P 1B 26 743331 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 1 Byte 2 Byte ESC amp t38P 26 743338 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 50 Transparent Print Transparent of Bytes amp 1B 2670 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Print Data Data FONT MANAGEMENT AssignFontID Font ID ESC c D 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 Font and Delete all ESC cOF 2 633046 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Character Fonts Control Delete all ESC c1F 1B2A 633146 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary fonts Delete last ESC c2F 1B
154. 2A633246 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes font ID specified Delete last ESC c3F 1B2A633346 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes character specified Make font ESC c4F 2 63 3446 Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary Make font ESC c5F 2A 633546 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes permanent Copy Assign ESC c6F 2 63 3646 Yes Yes Yes Yes the currently invoked font as temporary Soft Symbol Set Management Creation SetSymbolSet ID ESC c R 2 63 Yes Yes Yes 52 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 9 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000 Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 DefineSymbol of Bytes ESC f W DAT 1B2866 457 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Set A Symbol Set Delete all ESC c0S 2 63 3053 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Control symbol sets Delete all ESC cIS 1B2A633153 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes temporary symbol sets Delete current ESC c2S 1B2A633253 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes soft symbol set last ID Make current ESC c4S 1B2A633453 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes soft symbol set temporary Make current ESC c5S 1B2A633553 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes soft symbol set permanent Font Selection by ID number Select font ID 4 primary 1B 28 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes with ID font ID ESC X 1B 29 58 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes secondary font Soft Font Creation Font descriptor of bytes ESC s W Data 1B2973 5
155. 3 77 9 16 67 LinePrinterBM7 Roman 16 36 7 21 43 LinePrinterBM7 Italic 64 7 21 43 LinePrinterBM7 Bold 65 78 7 21 43 LinePrinterBM7 Boldltalic 66 7 21 43 Font Selection There are several ways to select the fonts one way is to use the appropriate keys on the printing system s control panel a second way is to place a PRESCRIBE command in the file to be printed as in the examples in Chapter 1 a third way 15 to select a printing sys tem driver within a software application This third way is preferable because the fonts are integrated directly into the software In the absence of this support the user should read the following information on choosing and placing PRESCRIBE commands Font Selection by PRESCRIBE Commands The PRESCRIBE commands associated with font selection include FSET change current Font SETting by characteristic SENT Select current FoNT by typeface ALTF select ALTernate Font and SETF SET alternate Font SCF Save Current Font and Return to Previous Font SCCS Save Current Code Set RPCS Return to Previous Code Set 4 7 Chapter 4 Fonts CSET Change current symbol SET e FTMD set bitmap FonT FONT select current FONT by number SFA Set bitmap Font Attributes The FTMD and SFA commands are only valid with bitmap fonts which are simulated by resident scalable fonts The following is a guideline to the use of these commands Also th
156. 4 Be 22 9 gl a al ol eit Svo 622 elc 161 IBI S91 61 eel rii 98 69 es 18 fod F fd 822 ele 961 087 91 eet 001 v8 89 29 9 02 1 Pp ere lee 661 6 91 ti Tet Sti 66 eg 19 195 S 61 S 2 ny Oo 8 S O evo 942 291 OFT 01 96 2 99 09 vt gt 2 1 og te we 922 191 621 16 18 89 6v et 1 Fig an bl gt Ove voc 091 vrl get el 96 08 v9 er 28 91 0 0 31423514 4 4 a 6 8 L 9 v t 0 552 662 22 102 160 GAT 6ST 56 6L 9 t 1e St mL o U a ov amp A X 792 BEZ 222 902 061 vil 861 evl 921 OIL v6 84 29 9v 0t vl i lt ovt 5 152 122 904 681 151 Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 1 252 962 022 702 gar Hi 951 vel 801 26 9 09 2 92 10 gt 316 152 982 612 02 181 SST 61 cl LOL 16 Gt 69 ey E Ela a 1 55 19 052 veo 812 202 981 st 221 9010 06 vL 89 ev 92 or oiy la 7 fy zie x lt 8 eee ria 102 581 691 Tel SOT 68 7 Lg Ww 92 6 olr d 4 1 16 262 912 002 Yer 891 291 9et 021 01 98 21 95 07 E 2 1 2 8 lye Tee 94 661 EBT 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u 95 6 Ez E iidji5 n 3
157. 51 Folio 52 Youkei 2 53 Youkei 4 Default margin settings R3 0 compatible margins 0 1 Full PCL printable area 2 Character pitch given by U2 and U3 3 Full PCL printable area with character pitches given by U2 and U3 10 IBM HT reference point as the left margin 11 Full PCL printable area for HP emulation HT reference point as the left margin in IBM emulation 12 Uses Courier font for IBM emulation using the pitch given by U2 and U3 Default cassette R4 0 Multi purpose tray 1 1 Cassette 1 2 Cassette 2 3 Cassette 3 4 Cassette 4 or Envelope universal feeder 5 Cassette 5 6 Cassette 6 99 Envelope universal feeder FS 9000 Page protect R5 1 3 Automatic 1 4 5 0n MP tray paper size R7 Same as the R2 values except 0 0 0 Maximum paper size of the printing system Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 5 of 7 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Daisywheel data length R8 7 7 bit 7 8 8 bit Default envelope feeder R9 Same as the R2 values except below 0 paper size 0 A4or Letter A4 letter equation S4 0 Off 0 1 On Host buffer size S5 0 10 x H8 1 1 100 x H8 2 1024kB x H8 RAM disk capacity S6 0 to 1024 MB 50 RAM disk S7 0 Disabled 0 1 Enabled Serial interface mode 89 0 Normal 0 1 Barcode reader MP tray mode TO 0 Cassette mode 1 1 First mode overrides other paper sources Cassette papersiz
158. 52 812 202 981 Bet eet 901 06 vL 98 ev 92 0t oiy 01 z fizir em 62 ttc 102 581 691 est 161 Tet 501 6 eL 18 1 6 el rit Fiala 4 6 eco 912 002 891 291 9ST 021 01 98 24 96 0 v 9 olla E 8 Di Lye lec 512 661 81 191 ist Set 611 01 18 84 6 e 1 E oj 2 ja 3 mio 2 Tle 992 062 vlc 861 281 991 OST vel BIT 201 98 0L vS 88 e 9 1 JA d 9797 9 She 622 eel fit 101 58 69 es Le 12 5 9 ginj najs vro 82 21 OTL 001 v8 89 25 96 02 v 3 ble eye Lee Tel SIL 66 t8 19 TS S 61 t i e s Ss O t i 4 eve 922 oet vi 86 28 99 05 ve 9r e 1 e 1qwuwg8c tje Wwe 522 621 16 18 99 6 ee 1 9 ove 22 821 21 96 08 v9 gr 2 91 0 mn 31427470 4 E 8 L 9 S Y t tT 0 042 amp oN 2d 8 24 7 95 Chapter 7 Emulation HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 7 96 Basic The HP 7550A emulation applies only to the printing systems that handle A3 size paper The printing system emulates the Hewlett Packard plotter model HP 7550 and uses the Kyocera Graphics Language KC GL While it shares features with the HP GL lan guage it is designed to provide additional features the plotter cannot give KC GL uses a simple mnemonic graphic language consisting of two letter instructions Some typical examples are PA for Plot to Absolute coordina
159. 6 08 v9 ee 9t 0 4 0 E 2 6 8 L 9 v 2 T 0 N91 9r901 OSI 7 90 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 982 62 tee 102 161 S41 6ST Let 96 6L 9 n ST A sper Te Lcd Eo 0 amp 752 gez 222 902 061 951 evt 91 v6 94 29 9 06 v zla I ESZ Lee Tee 504 681 61 i SzI 601 6 Lt 19 9 62 Aud d qe 252 922 022 02 881 et 9871 OHT vel 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 4 lit N T gt 152 See 612 02 181 991 21 101 16 94 6 eV gt i ni Q gt lt mle t 052 812 202 981 9 get 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 01 0 9e ln 8 gz Z 62 gez 102 Set 69T esT 1 Tet SOT 68 tL 1 Ir 92 6 Q a wm 6 872 etc 912 002 HBT 991 est 98T 02T 88 24 95 07 8 o 9 0 MEUS X H 8 Lye lec 912 661 80 191 101 Set 611 eor 18 6 6 c 1 972 otc vie 861 281 99T 0S1 vel BIT 201 98 04 ee ec 9 1 35 3A4 4 9 95 Sv 622 in 161 Tet 91 101 68 69 es 5 siz 73 820 212 961 OBIT OT evi eet 001 v8 89 25 98 02 v Hu 2 a 3 7 s Lee TZ 561 61 SIL 66 19 16 Ge 61 t o Oo lYe 3 J 8 o S boD t amp eve 922 072 61 8t e9
160. 6c gt LW 252 982 0922 voz 881 ett 951 vel 801 26 9 09 vy 82 E a 59 II VTI 1 sez 616 02 181 561 Gel eel 101 16 s4 65 ey lt 3 Tia 092 vto 912 202 991 761 eet 90T 06 vL 8 ev 92 0t Z 7 1 x Eez 104 GBT 691 st Let Tet SOT 68 eL 1S lw 6 10119 A I 6 Bre eec 912 002 v8l 891 291 981 041 01 88 eL 98 op 8 X 8 Lye lec Sic 661 191 TST Set 611 01 18 u 8 6 Ez L I S3 ADIL 970 062 vlc 861 281 991 091 vel BII 201 98 e Li I 2 9 N I 9 Sve 622 in 161 Tet 891 6 eel ait TOL 98 69 es 12 I 5 o n 822 22 961 081 v91 cet 911 001 v8 89 25 9g 02 1 20 4 erc 122 96 6 1 91 Tet SIT 66 eg 19 19 61 si 91 S O eve 922 012 761 BLT 291 087 86 28 99 05 t et 2 au Tee 2 602 561 19 Set 621 u 16 18 59 67 ee f dv i 0 2 22 802 261 941 091 921 ZI 96 08 9 9v 2 9t 0 41 14 9 0 E 2 a 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 no 125 9 OSI 7 69 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 662 73 Le 161 661
161. 7 Emulation 952 682 73 102 161 SAT 661 e ut 56 64 9 1 Te St Li 2 Ulm T fy uo O0 amp 5 2 82 222 902 061 vl 9st 921 01 76 84 2 9v 0 vl gt ir ynuniN s 3 9 ese 182 122 502 681 yaa LST Ter Set 601 6 LL 19 Sy 62 1 1 zlo uu vin J V E 982 022 702 881 edt 9S1 091 vet 801 26 91 09 17 82 1 1 m 1 152 Er 612 902 181 5 338 get LOT 16 91 65 TE t tl tl tle 052 HEZ 812 202 98 HSI BET 221 90t 06 vL 8S ev 92 9 loldimil ig ls zit zinj l e u 6vo eez Le 102 eT 691 est et tet 901 68 L 18 6 1 L Tye 2 E 912 002 vet 891 291 9er 021 v0t 98 24 99 0 9 ct 3 4 x a 8 9 Lye Tec 92 661 eet 191 Ist Sel 61 01 18 5 66 ec 1 5 4 5 M oe Y 974 062 vic 861 991 0S1 ver BIr 201 9 04 vS ee e 9 111114 A 4 9 5 83 622 in 161 991 61 eel 101 98 69 18 12 5 FIN oO e e n 6 9 tro azz 22 961 081 t91 eet OTL 001 T8 89 25 9 02 2 Jaa3l l Fuo v 3 P n erz Le ini 861 6 1 91 Tet SIT 66 8 19 15 se 61 1114141110 82 16 2 1 lt 9 eve 922 012 67 BAT 291 OFT 0981 vU 86 28 99 06 vt 8t 2 4 17 Sce 602 61 191 Srt 621 16 18 99 ee 4 mes L b ejl Tt ilg
162. 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes font header Download of bytes ESC s W Data 1B2873 57 Yes Yes Yes Yes character Character code Character ESC c E 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes code 45 decimal GRAPHICS PCL Vector Graphics Switching Set Up Enter PCL Use previous ESC 0A 1B 25 30 41 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Mode PCL cursor position Use current ESC 1A IB 25 31 41 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes HP GL 2 pen position for cursor position Enter Use Previous ESC 0B 1B 25 30 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes HP GL 2 HP GL 2 pen Mode position Use current 1B 25 31 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PCL cursor position HP GL 2 Plot Horizontal ESC c K 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal size in inches 48 Size HP GL 2 Plot Verticalsizein ESC c L 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Vertical Size inches 4C Set Picture Set anchor ESC cOT 2 633054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Frame Anchor pointto cursor Point position Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c X 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal 58 Size Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c Y 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Vertical Size 59 7 57 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 58 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 10 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 95000 3800 6900 Raster Graphics Raster 75 dots inch ESC t75R 2 743735 Yes Ye
163. 8 2598 4348 2598 Ledger 6916 4348 6916 4348 7 110 HP 7550 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 Coordinate Values Mode B RO 90 Papersize P1x Pty P2x P2y A4 2480 4700 2480 4700 4700 6680 4700 6680 Letter 2598 4348 2598 4348 Ledger 4348 6916 4348 6916 Summary of KC GL Instructions The table below lists KC GL instructions supported by the printing system The follow ing legend is used c Character string d decimal 128 0000 to 127 9999 i integer 32768 to 32767 sd scaled decimal 32768 0000 to 32767 9999 Table 7 38 KC GL Instructions Sheet 1 of 2 Instruction Parameters Description AA x coordinate i sd y coordinate i sd Arc absolute center angle 1 resolution 1 AF Advance page AH Advance page AR Ax i sd Ay i sd arc angle i resolution i Arc relative BL character string c terminator Buffer label CA character set no i Designate alternate character set CI radius i sd resolution i Circle CP horizontal character count d Character plot vertical character count d CS character set no i Designate standard character set CT Chord tolerance for AA AR DF Default DI run d rise d Absolute direction DR run 4 rise d Relative direction DT terminator c Define label terminator EA x coordinate 1 54 y coordin
164. 96 6L 9 le ST F O 52 Bez 222 gA 061 861 evt v6 BL 29 9 0t v FIA 9 9 n J NI lt C 552 152 122 902 681 ELI 151 1124 Set 601 6 m T9 St 6c 11218 nwi 4 292 982 022 v 981 edt 9ST Ort vet 801 26 94 09 L1 9c ei 1 sid tX 1101 1 gt 152 Gee 612 eiz 181 991 eet 16 GL 66 ey 5 3 ALY a 052 vee 812 202 981 51 get 201 900 06 89 ev 92 ol al zi Z f 1 6 Dr Wee 581 691 est Let Tet 901 68 L LS li 6 1015971 A tl A I 6 282 912 02 891 291 9 1 oet Hor 88 99 ov ve 9 X UXIH 8 lve Tee 912 661 81 191 181 Set 611 eor 18 M SS 6 3 4 SADIL 92 082 vu 861 egt 991 OST SIL 201 98 OL 5 22 9 9 9 NIT A FA J 98 972 622 Dini 161 Tet 91 6 eel Lut 101 E 69 18 S I 1 8 d S 96 vro 822 212 961 081 91 261 OTT 001 78 89 29 9 02 v tre nz 112 661 61 91 let Stt 66 9 15 Se 61 5610150 eve 922 otc Yv6l BLT 291 9vt 0er 2244 86 e8 99 05 ve at 2 Tre 522 602 667 Li 191 Svt 62i elt 16 18 59 6v a 1 diyi i 0 2 902 261 091 vel get e 96 08 v9 9v 2 0 _ 4 4900 E 2 9 6 8 9 v t 0 952 682 EZZ 102 161 9 1 691 56 61 9 t 16 E 3s O 752 860 222 9
165. 962 022 702 881 ZLI 9st ovi vel 801 26 94 09 vv 92 4 gt 1 Sec 612 02 181 991 66 fel LOT 16 4 68 V It 4 Fs pt o X f m fy t 052 veo 202 981 St 221 901 06 89 et 92 E ag zs pm a tg 62 ttc rid 102 581 691 est LST Tet SOT 68 L Lg 6 A T A I e6 174 282 912 002 ter 991 291 ger 01 701 98 24 99 0v vc 8 8 Lye Tee 972 661 eel 491 TST Set 01 8 9 6 4 Ye SQ m M D 4 972 oez vie 861 ear 991 OST vet BIT 201 98 OL 9t 22 9 A J3 A 4 9 5 92 622 Din 161 s91 22 33 LIL 101 69 tS 18 12 9 XI 9 5 nieln uls 4 822 elo 961 081 91 eet OTT 001 v8 89 28 9 02 v bleg eo gag D 2 661 64 91 Tet 66 t8 19 Tg S 61 e ee eve 922 02 761 8L 21 971 oet vll 96 28 99 05 ve 9r H e EP ue X qua jz u We See 602 61 1 191 621 16 18 9 6v t 4 1 diyie siVv S EL 0 voc 802 261 911 091 821 el 96 08 v9 ev e 91 0 gl d 8 0 8 a 2 a Ww 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 esz ureds 014210 552 662 7 10 161 SIT 661 Lei TH 96 6L 9 t St Aig 752 gez 222 902 061 vt 8st ev 921 OIL v6 BL 29 9v 0t Yl F Agl QF IE E INIS 0 652 162 122 902 681 Tii 151 Wt Set 601 6 LL 19 Sy 62 25
166. 972 22 912 002 vet 891 291 9et 0901 01 88 21 96 0v ve 8 zero vete X u x H 8 Lye Tee 512 661 81 191 161 SeT Eor 18 56 6 c 1 tT DIL 972 062 H 861 281 991 OST vel 201 98 04 YS ge 22 9 m qug o NI A 4 9 5 I NIJ 5 622 ele 161 Tet 8691 224 eel 101 58 69 9 18 8 2 we s 74 212 961 081 v91 24 eet 9tt 01 8 89 25 9 0 1 eye Lee 561 611 91 n iet SIL 66 8 19 TS 61 t iG BIO S l3 22 922 012 v6l 8t 291 9vt oet p 96 28 99 05 ve er 2 aja iH Z u Tre 522 602 61 Lt 191 621 16 18 59 6 tt CIUS EM b el l Y CE 34 0 2 vee 902 261 Sit 091 821 96 08 v0 eb 9t 0 d E E a 2 a 6 8 L 9 v t T 0 554 6 2 522 102 161 6ST eel Le TIL 86 6L 9 ly St AO We a S 82 gee 222 902 061 HLI 861 921 ott v6 BL 29 9v 0t vl a Has 121919 0 EU LN 90 152 Tee 902 681 41 LST Sei 601 t6 n 19 5 62 er amp A TFI Su 2 922 022 70 881 ett 991 vel BOT 26 09 2 82 21 4 BT Ou 152 Stc 62 02 181 ut 61 eel LOT 16 GL 6 V 1 B S qms 052 gie 202 981 091 vst get 221 90 06 vL 8 ev 92 o9 z OM Naa e 6v eez Ara 102 681 691 est det Tet SOT 68 eL 15 iw 5 6 4101 28 T A I 6 eve 2 2 912
167. 9L 09 22 gc iD ILM T gt 152 Sec 612 902 Ut Sst eet 16 6 r IL diay 5 052 tez 812 202 987 791 221 901 06 vL 85 e 92 or z Iz f x 6 2 eee Le 104 Sgt 691 AT Tei SOT 68 e 15 17 Sc 6 n nig 1 6 eve 262 972 002 891 291 9 oet v0 98 24 95 ov ve 9 9 2 0 d Z 8 X UV X H 8 lec 972 661 eer 91 TST Set 611 Eor 18 TL 6 6 te 1 gt 39 S ove 062 vu 861 281 991 OST vel SIL 201 98 04 tS Be 22 9 J A d3 9 52 622 ez 161 TS 591 61 Aat Tot 58 69 t6 S yi ni Si 73 212 967 087 91 261 OIL 01 78 89 29 96 02 v 2 erz na 561 61 91 let SIT 66 eg 19 TS S 61 t F s f S E evo 922 012 61 81 291 9yl 051 v 86 28 99 05 7 BI 2 a we 2 602 61 191 621 16 18 99 6v et a 1 beo villi 0 2 22 802 261 09t vtl 821 elt 96 08 9 I at 0 9 FIG VY 4 d 0 2 9 6 8 L 9 S v 0 552 6 2 74 102 161 91 651 tet 64 ly Te Sr amp 1g I _ Oa 792 BEZ 24 902 061 714 8ST evt 921 oft v6 BL 29 9v 0t vl dirid IX e lt 92 42 122 502 681 LST 1149 Set 601 6 dL 19 6c I A FAL IAI Qu N 252 92 022 02 981 9ST OvT vel 801 26 9L 09 vv 92 zi n
168. A4 size paper a5tray Find tray containing A5 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for A5 size paper Find tray containing A6 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for A6 size paper bStray Find tray containing BS size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for BS size paper b6tray Find tray containing size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for size paper legaltray Find tray containing legal size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for legal size paper lettertray Find tray containing letter size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for letter size paper executivetray Find tray containing executive size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for executive size paper c4envelopetray Find tray containing International C4 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for International C4 envelopes cSenvelopetray Find tray containing International C5 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for International C5 envelopes 10 Find tray containing commercial 10 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for commercial 10 envelopes com envelope tray Find tray containing commercial 6 envelopes sele
169. A80 Fonts 14 FS 5900C PCL 5C KPDL 1200 KPDL 600 Bitstream45 15 FS 6900 PCL 6 KPDL 600 300 Bitstream45 16 FS 8000C PCL 5C KPDL 3 600 bi level 600 Contone 161 17 FS 9100DN PCL 6C KPDL 3 Fast 1200 600 300 161 18 FS 9500DN PCL 6C KPDL 3 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA161 19 KM C830 PCL 5 KPDL 3 600 bi level 600 Contone 161 20 KM 1510 PCL 6 KPDL 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 21 KM 1530 PCL 6 KPDL 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 22 KM 1810 PCL 6 KPDL 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 23 KM 2030 PCL 6 KPDL 600 300 AGFA80 Fonts 24 KM 2530 PCL 6C KPDL 3 Fast 1200 600 300 AGFA161 25 KM 3530 PCL 6 KPDL 3 Fast 1200 600 300 161 26 KM 4230 PCL6 KPDL 600 AGFA80 Fonts 27 5230 PCL6 KPDL 600 AGFA80 Fonts 28 KM 6230 PCL6 KPDL 600 AGFA80 Fonts The factory default symbol set is PC 8 To change this default symbol set use the FRPO command with the U6 and U7 parameters The default font is Courier To set the printing system to power up in LaserJet mode send the following PRE SCRIBE command FRPO Pl 6 FRPO 1 EXIT To use the TimesNewRoman font of 14 25 points as the default font add the following lines TimesNewRoman V1 14 FRPO V2 25 See Chapter 6 for details of the FRPO V parameters The symbol set can be changed after power up with the CSET or INTL command or from the operator panel keys or with LaserJet symbol sets typically accessed through software
170. ASCII code 127 which is the unprintable delete code Character 47 may therefore be used instead The resolution may be specified for 300 or 600 dpi only in printing system models that support the 600 dpi resolution printing LDFC generated 300 dpi characters may print when the default resolution is 300 or 600 dpi It is not possible for 600 dpi LDFC gener ated characters to print at 300 dpi The bit map data proceeds from left to right across the character pattern then from top to bottom The data can be formatted by inserting line feeds but not spaces If we assign this character an x offset of 0 and a y offset and cell width of 500 micro dots each and make it ASCII code 42 of font 1000 it creates the following LDFC command IR LDFC 1000 42 13 13 500 0 500 250 0 8708 OApOApOCx00 At0 380 AtOCxOApOApOG 08 0 UNIT C BOX 4 35 0 75 1 FONT 1000 TEXT ko The page printing system can produce sets of alphabet numeric and symbol characters These sets with each character assigned to a particular code are known as symbol sets 4 13 Chapter 4 Fonts The following figure shows all the characters included in the most common symbol set HP Roman 8 Figure 4 2 Roman 8 Symbol Set 1 3 amp 0123456789 lt gt ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXY2Z 1 abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzi X AAEBETI U0 fy CccN i cHe Sf6 aeo u eou e ouA
171. C amp 0H 1B 266C 3048 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 Upper Paper ESC amp 1H 1B 266C 3148 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 1 Manual ESC amp 2H 1B 26 6C 3248 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Feeder 2 Manual ESC amp 3H 1B 26 6C 3348 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Feeder 3 Lower 1 ESC amp 4H 1B 26 6C 3448 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 4 Lower 2 ESC amp 5H 1B266C3548 No Yes Yes Yes No Tray 5 EnvelopeTray ESC amp 6H 1B266C3648 No Yes Yes Yes No 6 Auto Select ESC amp 7H 1B266C3748 No Yes Yes Yes Yes Media Type 3rd TrayinPF ESC amp 20H 1B 266C 3230 Yes No Yes No 60 4th Tray in 48 PF 30 5th Tray inPF ESC amp 21H 1B 266C 3231 No No No Yes No 30 48 6th Tray in PF ESC amp 22H 1B 26 6C 3232 No No Yes No 30 48 7 49 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 50 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 2 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 Output Bin Destination ESC amp IG 1B256C3147 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 1 Face down Destination ESC amp 2G 1B 25 6C 3247 No Yes Yes Yes Yes Tray 2 Face up Destination ESC amp 3G 1B 26 6C 3347 No No No Yes No Tray 3 Opt Face down Destination ESC amp i4G 1B266C3447 No No No Yes No Tray 1 Face down Destination 5 5 1B266C3547 No No Yes No Tray 2 Face down Destination ESC amp 6G 1B266C3647 No No Yes No Tray 3 Face down Destination ESC
172. Command not recognized 2 1 2 Wrong number of parameters Table 7 39 E Mask Bit Values Bit Error No Description 4 2 3 Illegal parameter 8 3 4 Unknown character 16 4 5 Unknown character set 32 5 6 Plot position overflow 64 6 7 128 7 8 S Mask P Mask Values Table 7 40 S Mask P Mask Values HP 7550A Emulation KC GL Mode 8 S Mask P Mask Values Bit Value Description 1 0 down 2 1 Changed 1 or P2 4 2 Valid digitizing point 8 3 Initialized 16 4 Ready 32 5 Error 64 6 128 7 Device Control Instructions Table 7 41 Device Control Instructions Instruction Parameters Description ESC Plotter ON ESC Y Plotter ON ESC Plotter OFF ESCZ x Plotter OFF ESC lt DEC gt lt DEC gt Plotter configuration ESC B Output buffer space ESC E Output extended error ESC H lt DEC gt lt ASC gt Select handshaking mode 1 lt ASC gt lt gt ESC I lt gt lt gt Select handshaking mode 2 lt ASC gt lt gt ESC J Ignore device control instructions ESC K Ignore plot instructions ESC L Output buffer size ESC M lt DEC gt lt ASC gt Select output mode output trigger character echo lt ASC gt terminator output terminator lt ASC gt lt ASC gt lt ASC gt ESC N lt DEC gt lt
173. Direction 1B55n ESCWn Continuous Double Wide 1B57n Yes Printing ESCXnm Set Horizontal Margins IB58nm Yes ESC Y nl n2 v1 v2 vn Dual Density Bit Image 59 nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics Normal Speed ESC Z nl n2 v1 v2 vn High Density Bit Image 5A nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics ESC nl n2 m1 m2 m3 m4 Double High Printing 1B 5B 40 nl n2 ml m2 m3 m4 Yes ESC nl n2 in id pl p2 Set Initial Condition 1B 5B 4B nl n2 in id pl p2 Yes ESC T nl n200c1 c2 Set Code Page 1B 5B 54 n1 n2 0 0 c1 c2 Yes ESC Anl n2 tl t2 gl g2 Set Vertical Unit IB 5B 7C n1 n2 tl t2 gl g2 Yes ESC g n1 n2 m data High Resolution Graphics 1B 5B 67 nl n2 m data Yes ESC nl n2 Print Continuously From 1B 7C nl n2 Yes Characters Chart ESC Print Single Character from 1B 5E Yes All Characters Chart ESC_n Continuous Overline 1B2Dn Yes ESC dnl n2 Relative Move Inline Forward 1B 64 nl n2 Yes ESC j Stop Printing 6A ESC enl 2 Relative Mode Inline Back 1B 65 nl n2 Yes ward IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 552 662 173 102 161 661 r 41 96 6L 9 iv St oO ela 752 862 222 902 061 861 etl 921 ott v6 94 29 9v 0 vt JL p lt y gpl 652 152 122 502 681 LST WU Sel 601 6 19 Sy 6 er I N Te fia 4 2 4 2 962 022 02 881 9S
174. ESL command Alternatively if you need to use the 600 dpi resolution increase the pen thickness to the double Reducing Data Larger Than A2 Size The KC GL can print the data of paper sizes larger than A2 size reducing it onto a paper size specified using the SPSZ command Reduction of data is achieved by the FRPO J9 parameter or from the printing system s control panel See below Format 49 x EXIT x data size 0 noreduction 1 A2 2 Al 3 AO 4 B3 5 B2 6 7 0 Plotter Units and User Units Plotter Units The plot area is subdivided into a grid with 0 025 mm steps Each step 15 a plotter unit the smallest unit of plotting motion One millimeter corresponds to approximately 40 plotter units In the plot area you can specify positions in plotter units from 223 to 223 1 in the PA instruction When using plotter units only integer values are valid User Units The Scale instruction SC establishes a system of user units in the plot area by specify ing the coordinates of two scaling points P1 and P2 Parameters of the Scale instruction can use integer values from 22 to 223 1 any digits to the right of the decimal place will be ignored Plot instructions use the same range of parameter values but digits to the right of the decimal point are valid If designating 0 0 and 1 1 as scaling points all data will be real numbers between 0 and Setting the Scaling Points HP 7550A
175. EXC 1850 ASCII characters Numeric compaction mode 2725 digits For Macro PDF417 which transparently distributes information among a number of PDF417 symbols the above storage limits are increased to more than one million bytes in Binary ASCII Plus mode and morethan 2 5 million bytes in EXC mode 5 13 Chapter 5 Barcodes Macro PDF417 Macro PDF417 provides a powerful mechanism for creating a distributed representation of files too large to be presented by a single PDF417 barcode Macro PDF417 barcodes differ from ordinary 417 barcodes in that they contain additional control options which are added by modes 10 through 19 of the XBCP command This allows a reader to make use of this information to correctly reconstruct and verify the file independent of the barcode scanning order The terminology PRESCRIBE macro and macro PDF are not the same Refer to the PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference for the PRESCRIBE macro commands MCRO ENDM etc The following modes of XBCP are used for Macro PDF417 to represent additional con trol options for XBAR Note that implementation of these parameters are optional except XBCP 17 and XBCP 18 XBCP 10 File name XBCP 11 Block count XBCP 12 Time stamp XBCP 13 Sender ID XBCP 14 Addressee ID XBCP 15 File size XBCP 16 Check sum XBCP 17 File ID XBCP 18 Macro PDF417 execution XBCP 19 Distributed barcodes positioning Creating a Macro PDF 417 Representation A Macro PDF417
176. EXIT The Epson LQ 850 emulation uses 13 symbol sets that include both plain and italic char acters The desired symbol set can be selected with the U6 parameter of the FRPO com mand or changed temporarily with the INTL command or from the operator panel keys The Epson LQ 850 supports the following Epson symbol sets Tables of the basic sym bols are given at the end of this section The factory setting for the symbol set at power up is IBM PC 8 for all emulation modes Table 7 10 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Symbol Sets Symbol set Message display FRPO commands U S A LQUS FRPO U6 0 FRPO U7 0 France LQ France FRPO U6 1 FRPO U7 0 Germany LQ Germany FRPO 6 2 FRPO U7 0 U K LQU K FRPO U6 3 U7 0 Denmark 1 LQ Denmark FRPO U6 4 FRPO U7 0 Sweden LQ Sweden FRPO U6 5 U7 0 Italy Italy FRPO U6 6 FRPO U7 0 Spain 1 LQ Spain FRPO U6 7 U7 0 Japan LQ Japan FRPO U6 8 FRPO U7 0 Norway LQ Norway FRPO U6 14 FRPO U7 0 Denmark II LQ Denmark2 FRPO U6 15 FRPO U7 0 Spain II LQ Spain2 FRPO U6 16 FRPO U7 0 Latin America Latin America FRPO U6 17 FRPO U7 0 The printing system supports the Epson graphics character sets code page tables of PC 437 Epson Extended Graphics PC 850 Multilingual PC 860 Portugal PC 863 Canada French and PC 865 Norway These sets are available only through the use of Epson control codes Another
177. Emulation KC GL Mode 8 At power up scaling point P will be in the lower left corner of the paper the default plot position Point P2 is always diagonally opposite to P1 These two points define the diagonal of a rectangle which by default is centered on the paper P1 and P2 can be moved by an instruction which defines any rectangle independent of the actual paper size The default positions of the scaling points in modes A and B are listed at the end of this section as Coordinate Values Sample KC GL Program The following file draws circles according to the KC GL instructions The result appears in Figure 7 30 on page 102 IN 0 0 400 400 SGO d DT SP1 PA10 19 CI 1 PR0 1 CI 2 PR0 2 CI 4 PR0 4 CI 8 PR0 8 SP2 CI1 6 PR0 1 6 CI3 2 PRO 3 25 SP8 CI 1 PR 5 5 SP2 CS0 SI 2 3 LBCURSOR SP 2 Initialize plotter P1 and P2 1 cm square Scale user unit 1 cm Select pen 1 Move Draw four circles Select pen 2 Draw two circles Select pen 8 Draw circle Select pen 2 Print label This instruction locates at 0 0 and P2 at 400 400 in plotter units 400 plotter units 1 cm 0 025 mm x 400 ETX End of Text character code 03 is required as a terminator 7 101 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 102 Figure 7 30 KC GL Sample Program CURSOR Plotter Status Information When the RS 232C inte
178. Eor 18 14 95 68 52 L SADILI one 02 vie 861 281 991 051 vel SIL 201 98 0L v6 9t 9 9 9 1 1 ATF A A 9 622 tle 161 TST 91 24 eel rni 58 69 tS 18 12 Ei Ire 5 a S 822 212 961 Oat 9v 21 9tt 001 78 89 28 9 02 v tre lee S61 641 91 n Tel Sit 66 8 19 16 St 61 Li olg 510 5 22 gzz ore v6l 8 1 291 9vt oet Li 96 28 99 0 ve 144 u 922 602 61 LL 191 Srt 621 16 T8 9 6v ee I ove 22 802 261 9 1 091 vel 921 eu 96 08 v9 8v e 9 0 2 _ 4 40 0 2 a 6 8 L 9 v t 0 Ng g uewoy dH 952 6 2 522 1 161 661 T 6 6L 9 t St 415 a F 9 Bee E 902 061 vil BST evi ott v6 BL 29 9v 0 yt fla lt tSc 182 122 G02 681 elt LST Ivi Sel 601 6 m T9 St 62 fI SINISI Q W 252 982 022 702 981 eti 951 vol 80r 26 94 09 bt 2 el 0 I I MT 152 Stc 612 02 181 ut Sst 61 cl 101 16 SL 66 tv Le It 85 p alzi 3 X 1 052 vez 812 202 981 041 vst 9er 221 901 06 vL 8 ev 92 OL 191019 Z LZ f s 6 Eez 102 581 691 esT T SOT 68 L 19 lv 92 6 779 A IJA 16 2 2 2 912 002 vel 891 est 961 021 01 88 9 ov ve X UIXH 8 Lye 12 912 661 491 IST SET 611 801 18 6 6 ec Oojemnu lI 3
179. Epson control code also provides the US Legal character set The Korean character set is not supported When power is first switched on or after a reset the printing system always defaults in the Courier font 10 cpi This default font emulates LQ 850 s Draft 10 cpi and cannot be changed for the LQ 850 emulation The printing system also emulates the other four LQ 850 fonts five in all These fonts can be selected by embedded commands in the word processing software or using an Epson LQ 850 printer driver Double wide and double high effects are available for all five fonts Chapter 7 Emulation 7 22 Figure 7 11 Epson LQ 850 Font Printout This is Draft Epson Courier font 10 cpi Various and condensed picthes are available This is Epson Roman 10 cpi This is Epson Sans Serif 10 cpi This is Epson Prestige 10 cpi LQ 850 word processing capabilities include italicization at the press of a key plus emphasized print and double strike print superscripts 1 and subscripts 2 underlining and overlining strike threvgh DOUBLE WIiDeE DOUBLE HIGH and even DOUBLE WIDE AND HIGH The five LQ 850 fonts actually use the printing system s resident fonts The font mode in the Epson emulation is 0 The printing system does not automatically adjust character spacing If you do not need exact character spacing you can improve the appearance of these fonts by changing to font mode 13 The printing system generates doubl
180. HB 62 Eez Luc 102 81 691 91 Let 141 SOT 68 eL 1S Ww 6 ei rit Kalo 16 252 92 002 891 251 981 0921 98 eL 95 ov vo 8 21 1 b e x ux H 8 D 4 n Lye Te STZ 661 eer 91 Ist SeT 611 01 18 95 68 ee A E oR Sla 3 mjo 13 92 0 2 vie 861 991 OST vel SIL 201 98 OL YS T 2 9 galz Aala 9797 9 sre 602 ecT 101 58 69 64 12 Ei 214 v nlen ga s 822 212 281 9i 001 v8 89 25 9 0 Y v 1 sib 2 Tel Sit 66 8 19 19 61 t 5 2 1 la 2 2 922 012 961 86 28 99 06 vt i 2 rt e iquuac ite we 922 602 621 16 18 59 6r ee i 9 n b e djy 0 2 22 804 get e 96 08 9 gv 2 91 0 0 219 40 0 lt d 6 8 L 9 9 v T 0 N9Z SLL Od NSZ Aemion 698 2d 7 94 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 992 662 eee 102 Tet 6st Let 56 6L 9 ly 16 ST ZME E Uim amp A Xt 780 BES 222 902 061 714 861 evi 921 91 v6 7 e9 9v 06 vL jl ivi 2 lt vm 692 152 Tec 902 681 151 UT 521 601 6 m T9 Sv 62 1i 1 i ri tial cle 2 962 022 02 881 20 991 OvT 801 26 94 09 vv 82 et alo gt 182 Sec 612 502 181 ut Sst 61 16 SL 68 ty six 4 0
181. Ignored in some emulation modes b For models supporting A3 and ledger size paper S Characters higher than 127 are printed regardless of C8 value However setting C8 to 0 does not print character code 160 P4 P5 Automatic Emulation Switching The FRPO P4 command establishes Automatic Emulation Switching AES between KPDL and the alternative emulation With the P4 value of 1 the printing system will switch from KPDL emulation to non KPDL emulation or vice versa Switching is triggered by the command specified by the FRPO P7 value The FRPO P5 value specifies the alternative emulation to which the printing system switches from KPDL The factory default for P5 is the HP LaserJet The automatic emulation switching mode may not operate properly if the print job contains PRESCRIBE commands V0 V3 Default power up font These parameters define the default font at power up The V3 parameter accepts a scalable font name of up to 32 characters and defines it to be the power up font The factory set default font is Courier The VO V1 and V2 parameters specify the height of the font The default size is 012 00 points 00 12 00 respectively The 0 3 parameters are ignored if the specified font is not present at power up and the printing system selects Courier as the default font for V3 The example below gives the PRESCRIBE sequence which changes the default font to TimesNewRoman 14 25 points IR FRPO V3 TimesNewRoman
182. KC GL parameters that are interpreted as user units are scaled Character string A combination of characters numeric expressions and string variables When coding an instruction with two or more parameters Examples PA PR PU PD remember that the parameters must be set apart by a separator KC GL Environment Options The FRPO GO command establishes various options for the KC GL environment The following table lists the meanings of the individual bits in the command Each meaning is explained in the following sections according to the bit position Table 7 28 FRPO GO Command Options Bit Position Bit Value Logic Value Description 0 0 0 Plot coordinate mode A Plot coordinate mode B Form feed in response to SP SP Automatic plot coordinate transition Fixed plot coordinate Normal mode N amp o l o o Enhance mode Chapter 7 Emulation 7 98 Table 7 28 FRPO G0 Command Options Bit Position Bit Value Logic Value Description 4 0 0 Landscape page orientation 16 1 Page orientation to FRPO 1 5 0 0 Default cursor at top left 32 1 Default cursor at bottom left Plot Coordinates bit 0 This bit defines one of two plotting coordinate modes See Figure 7 29 on page 98 0 ModeA 1 ModeB In mode A the origin 0 0 starts at bottom left In mode B the origin starts at the center of the page Response to SP Instruction bit 1 This bit
183. LST Set 601 6 19 Sv 62 t n re n tu N 2 962 022 02 9er edt 951 opt vel BOL 26 9L 09 vv ge m SHE L dq xL 152 4 672 502 181 ut Eri 681 EZI LOT 16 SL 65 Et 01517 yal Da 092 vee 812 202 981 041 VST BET eet 901 06 9s ev 9c or z 7 1 6 2 eez 102 581 691 61 i 121 901 6 LH 18 Ww 6 edol a A ti A I 6 87 252 912 002 781 891 291 981 021 vot 98 24 94 ov v 9 X WXI H 8 Lye Tee 912 661 191 191 Set 611 eor 18 u 86 6 3 1 nu I m 8 MAIDIL 972 082 vie 867 281 991 OST vel i 201 98 0L HS gE 22 9 I 9 9 NII FS Al A 9 5 9 622 ele 161 Tel 691 eet 101 58 69 6 1g 12 I 1 9 5 g S 96 GA 74 212 961 08 v91 eel OIL 001 v8 89 Er 96 092 v ble 831g I PIL altis the in 861 6 91 n let SIL 66 t9 19 16 61 t v o s f S O F evo 922 012 761 8 1 291 9vl OET vu 96 28 99 08 ve 8t e 12100 1 q Ala Z a we 922 602 61 LL 191 621 16 18 59 6v a I b e Obs 22 902 261 9 091 get 21 96 08 9 et 91 0 _ 91 4010 Et a 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 31 A OSI 952 662 eec 102 161 681 56 64 9 ay 1e St 10171193 752 222 902 061 vil 891 ott v6 BL e9 9v 0 v 8 9 01 u viN lt C esz Lee 122 504 681 LST 114 1 601 6 m 19 9
184. P Prints a two dimensional barcode from the given data string Must be followed by an ENDB command Specifies various options for the barcode to be printed using XBAR depending on the mode following the command 0 through 19 See Macro PDF417 on page 14 Defines a buffer name for a data input for XBAR command Terminates a XBAR command sequence The mode parameter in XBCP command format identifies the various functions as listed below These commands are detailed in the PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference XBCP mode Meaning XBCP 0 Reset XBCP 1 Narrowest element width XBCP 2 Error correction by percentage XBCP 3 Error correction by predetermined level XBCP 4 Number of rows XBCP 5 Number of columns XBCP 6 Aspect ratio of height and width XBCP 7 Bar height by a ratio of element width XBCP 8 Number of rows and columns XBCP 4 and 5 XBCP 9 Truncation XBCP 10 through 19 These modes give additional control options used to support Macro PDF417 barcodes See more details in section Macro PDF417 Positioning the Barcodes The following commands are positioning commands the PRESCRIBE language pro vides These commands are useful and sometimes essential for proper positioning of the barcodes onto a medium such as label More detailed discussion on these and some other positioning commands can be found in the PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference By default the cursor is located at t
185. Primary Typeface Family Typeface Albertus ESC s4362T 1B28733431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Family 36 32 54 Antique Olive ESC s4168T 1B 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 36 38 54 Clarendon ESC s4140T 1B 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 34 30 54 Coronet ESC s4116T 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 31 36 54 Courier ESC s3T 1B 28 73 33 54 Yes GW Kai ESC s37357T 1B28733337 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 33 353754 Courier ESC s4099T 28 733430 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 39 39 54 ITC Zapf ESC s4141T 1B28733431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Dingbats 3431 54 Garamond ESC s4197T 1B 28 73343 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Antiqua 39 37 54 Letter Gothic ESC s4102T 1B28733431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 32 54 LinePrinter ESC s0T 28 733054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Marigold ESC s4297T 28 733432 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 39 37 54 CG Omega 5 54113 28 73 3431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 31 33 54 CG Times ESC s4101T 1B28733431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3031 54 Univers ESC s4148T 1B 28 73343 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 34 38 54 Arial ESC s16602T 1B 28 73 3136 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 36 30 32 54 7 55 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 56 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 8 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000 Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 MS Mincho ESC s28752T 1B28733238 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 37 35 32 54 MS Gothic ESC s28825T 1B
186. RA X coordinate y coordinate FILL RECTANGLE RELATIVE RR X increment y increment EDGE RECTANGLE ABSOLUTE EA X coordinate y coordinate EDGE RECTANGLE RELATIVE ER X increment y increment FILL WEDGE WG radius start_angle sweep_angle chord_angle EDGE WEDGE EW radius start_angle sweep_angle chord_angle POLYGON MODE PM polygon definition FILL POLYGON FP EDGE POLYGON EP CHARACTER GROUP SELECT STANDARD FONT SS None 7 64 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 26 HP GL 2 Context Printer Commands Sheet 2 of 2 Command Mnemonic Parameters SELECT ALTERNATE FONT SA None ABSOLUTE DIRECTION DI run rise RELATIVE DIRECTION DR run rise ABSOLUTE CHARACTER SIZE SI width height RELATIVE CHARACTER SIZE SR width height CHARACTER SLANT SL tangent of angle EXTRA SPACE ES width height STANDARD FONT DEFINITION SD kind value kind value ALTERNATE FONT DEFINITION AD kind value kind value CHARACTER FILL MODE CF fill mode edge_pen LABEL ORIGIN LO position LABEL LABEL LB char char lbterm DEFINE LABEL TERMINATOR DT Ibterm mode CHARACTER PLOT CP spaces lines TRANSPARENT DATA TD mode DEFINE VARIABLE TEXT PATH DV path line LINE AND FILL ATTRIBUTES GROUP LINE TYPE LT line type pattern length mode LINE ATTRIBUTES LA kind value kind value PEN WIDTH PW width p
187. RPO U7 2 Germany DIABLO Germany FRPO U6 2 FRPO U7 2 UK DIABLO U K FRPO U6 3 FRPO U7 2 Denmark DIABLO Denmark FRPO U6 4 FRPO U7 2 Sweden DIABLO Sweden FRPO U6 5 FRPO U7 2 Italy DIABLO Italy FRPO U6 6 FRPO U7 2 Spain DIABLO Spain FRPO U6 7 FRPO U7 2 Japan DIABLO Japan FRPO U6 8 FRPO U7 2 US Legal US Legal FRPO 06 9 FRPO U7 2 The 00 03 parameters of the FRPO command will be ignored in the Diablo emulation The line and character spacing are always 6 lines and 10 characters per inch at power up and after a reset In Diablo emulation the printing system supports the embedded commands of word pro cessing software essentially the same way as the Diablo 630 printer does for the follow ing features Margins Horizontal and vertical tabulation Line and character spacing including proportional spacing Halfline feed reverse line feed and reverse half line feed e Backspace and fine backspace Bold shadow double strike and underlining Graphics mode If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters will not be printed A feature the printing system has that the Diablo does not is the landscape orientation To print in landscape orientation send the command SPO L and select a landscape font Example To print in landscape send the following command SPO L EXIT The automatic centering justification and Hyplot mode of the Diablo printer are not sup po
188. Replace subarray of array1 starting at index by array2 string indexstring2 putinterval Replace substring of string starting at index by string2 quit Terminate KPDL interpreter rand int Generate pseudo random integer array dict file string rcheck bool Test if object is read accessible dxldyldx2dy2dx3 rcurveto Create B zier cubic curve to dy3 relative point file read int true or false Read one character from file return false if end of file file string readhexstring substring bool Read hexadecimal characters from file into string file string readline substring bool Read line from file into string return true if filled array dict file string readonly array dict file Enable read access only string file string readstring substring bool Convert file of hexadecimal character codes into character string return true if string is filled Q realtime int Return the real time clock value x y width height Q rectclip Clip with a rectangular path numarray numstring y width height Q rectfill Fill with a rectangular path numarray numstring y width height Q rectstroke Stroke with a rectangular path xy width height matrix rectstroke numarray rectstroke numarray matrix rectstroke numstring rectstroke numstring matrix rectstroke old new renamefile Change the name of a file int proc repeat Do proc int times file resetfile Clear buffer for file template proc scratch category resourceforall En
189. S 2 FILL PMZP PMRA PARC PMRA PARC PMRA PARC FILI PAGI EXIT Figure 2 33 Li Be cr UNIT C D OF Sy Duy 2 0709 5 5 25 0 3607 OZ DaZpele r OF 5 2 522 1 5 0 360 08 55 54 De Die 20200 3605 1 4057 10 5 4255 2p OF 10 5 4 5 2 0 360 ll1 97 2 OF ll 6 27 0 30057 12 5 2 0 12 15 2 0 360 1 Complex Filled Paths 2 31 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial With 1 specified for the rule parameter of FILL the method for determining whether a point is inside the path involves drawing a ray from that point in any direction and count ing the number of times the ray crosses segments of the path The point is said to be inside the path if the result is an odd number if the result is an even number the point is said to be outside the path The non zero winding rule also draws a ray from a point in any direction to determine whether or not that point is inside the path and examines the points where a segment of the path crosses the ray However it then starts counting from zero and adds one each time a segment in the path crosses the ray from left to right and subtracts one each time a segment in the path crosses the ray from right to left If the result of counting all the crossings is zero the point is said to be outside otherwise the point is said to be inside the path Af
190. S1 ovt vol 801 26 91 09 92 21 Eq XE os 192 982 612 02 191 ul 51 eet LOT 16 SL 68 v 1 glo ty 0 lt 2 872 202 9987 041 vst get 201 901 06 89 ev 92 or D o ec 2 Z 4 6 2 eez 2 102 681 691 st 121 SOT 68 L LS 17 Ge 6 ee i I 6 87 282 912 002 vel 89r 251 961 041 98 eL 99 0 2 1 T X UuXI H 8 Lye Tec 5614 661 191 Ist Set 611 eor 48 nu 99 68 4 4 d one 02 yu 861 281 991 0st vel BIL 201 98 0L vs 8E 9 9 sre 622 612 161 gol 6vl TOL 58 69 64 Le 12 0 I 5 s geo 212 961 081 v91 gut Zel 911 001 78 89 24 96 0 v ere Lee 12 561 611 91 128 Tel Sil 66 EB 19 18 Ge 6 t kg Slo S O evo 922 012 v 6l 941 291 991 oer vil 86 28 99 0s ve 8t 2 _ 2 a 170 2 602 60 Lit 191 Stl 621 16 18 69 6t LU 1 e bjeovl i Ove 22 802 260 9 1 091 bel 821 21 96 08 v9 gt e 9t 0 4 0 Ei a 6 8 L 9 S v T 0 r01 1X9 Sd 7 82 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 952 682 22 102 161 S41 6ST r e Ttt 96 6L 9 ly 9 zZz b PIO oO O 4 35 752 gez 222 902
191. Sec 67 02 181 ut 991 681 get LOT 16 SL 65 tr a lQ g DA tpt 052 VES 812 202 981 ST Ber 201 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 0t 9 D Hle e z 7 l 6 2 eez rin Toc Sel 691 esT Tet SOL 68 tL 45 lw 6 112019 0 I 6 982 2 912 002 BIT 291 961 021 OT 88 21 99 op 8 F 02 5 X UX H 8 Lye Tee Ste 661 81 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u EH 6 Ez L 5 x MA SIMD L 972 062 vu 861 281 991 0st vel BIL 01 98 OL tS ae 2 9 ovo A A 9 098 Svo 622 ete 161 181 591 6vi eet 98 69 9 Le 12 9 Vx EIS 822 212 961 081 OT eT eet OIL 0 89 29 96 02 v Lee 112 861 641 991 Lvl iet SIL 66 19 16 61 Li 9 3 Slo S O evo 922 ote 761 8 1 291 9vt 081 Di 96 28 99 05 8t e z 8 1149 au We 2 602 61 19 Set 62 6 18 99 6 ee 1 F Ove yee 802 261 091 vvl 821 ei 96 08 v9 r e 9 9 ol gial Yo d a 0 A x 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 T 0 0 L une1 r6 vW23 7 68 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 6 2 2 102 161 651 96 64 9 Ly Sl oin 3 O 82 862 222 902 061 Zi 891 v6 8 29 9v 0 4 FIA 9 0 f O _ Nem ESZ LEZ Tee 502 681
192. Sez 612 02 181 ur 561 6 1 621 LOT 16 SL 65 tv P SA 2 F E A Via ty 082 vee 812 202 981 ST eet 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 ot o 910 ejaj zy Te 6vc ttc 10 681 691 est Let Tet SOL 68 tL 48 iv 92 6 A 1J A 1 6 8z 252 912 002 991 251 9 91 vol 98 24 95 0 ve 8 Wove X UX H 8 Lye Tee 92 661 eel 161 Set 611 01 18 14 6 6t 1 9 MA DI IL 92 062 vie 861 281 991 OST eT BIT 201 98 07 22 9 110 J AJJ Alda 9 ELA 622 GA 161 181 SOT 61 ger riii TOL 58 69 1g 12 5 J 5 0195 GA 822 22 961 08t 791 evt eel OIL 001 v8 99 29 9 02 t bl e g gila 1 P LIA the Le 961 641 91 Lvl Tel SIL 66 8 19 16 61 5129150 evo 922 ote v6l 291 991 01 86 28 99 06 ve chi vy 19 Alg We Sec 602 61 LL 191 621 ell 6 18 9 6v t b ove vee 802 261 91 091 get eil 96 08 v9 gt e 91 0 diyy t 0 d a a a 6 8 L 9 S Y t c T 0 0 uapams OSI 982 6 2 22 1 161 6ST Let TI 96 6L t9 n 1e ST AY ET A a O 52 BEZ 222 904 061 vL 861 evi oTt v6 8L 29 oF 08 vl 4 14 1 ee 552 122 902 681 e 151 21 601 t6 19 9 62 D A HA IJV 7 tu Wi 2 982 022 02 881 951 ovt vel 801 26 94 09 vr 2 eT n Ea I W gt 182
193. T Sets default for environment variables Commands SET Sets an environment variable to a specified value during a PJL job INITIALIZE Resets current and default PJL variables to factory default RESET Defaults current PJL variables Status Readback INQUIRE Requires the current value for a specified environment Commands variable DINQUIRE Requires the default value for a specified environment variable ECHO Returns the lt words gt portion of the command to the host computer INFO Requests a specified category of printing system information such as printing system model available printing system memory configuration status environment variables and unsolicited status variables USTATUS Allows printing system to send unsolicited status messages for device status changes end of job status and the number of pages printed Status can be sent at specified time intervals USTATUSOFF Deactivates all unsolicited status Device Attendance RDYMSG Specifies a message that replaces the Processing message on Commands the message display Shown in offline state if the printing system is processing data except in mode selection OPMSG Displays specified message on the message display and sets printing system offline STMSG Displays specified message on the message display and sets printing system offline If status readback is on returns name of the key that is used to return the printing system online
194. T vel 201 98 04 gt 22 9 Gre 622 167 I S91 6v eel TOT 58 69 9 12 5 Ni xieixiHllilitinienia 6 Sle 800 212 961 081 v9t get eel OTL 001 7 89 25 96 02 t 27 rio r lH i p La ris ble 73 1 1574 961 641 91 Lot tet SIL 66 8 19 IS 61 t N 4 4 A Ina 5 25 14 922 072 61 841 291 91 Oct vil 96 28 99 08 vt at 2 EM 1 r eS alala 1 6 Sec 602 861 T9T Syl 6201 16 T8 59 6 ee it L 219124 vov 1 0 2 vez 9800 261 911 091 vol 841 96 08 9 gv 28 9t 0 d d arid 0 4 d a a 6 8 L 9 S v T 0 552 62 74 102 161 Sit 6ST v pras 6 61 9 Ly 1e ST 11010 Oli 792 Bec 222 902 061 vil 861 evt 921 0 v6 84 29 9v 0 vl o sepu lt 52 amp 122 502 681 elt 191 Te Sel 601 6 LL 19 Sv 62 i 3 N IN 2 92 022 voz Ber eL 9ST otl vel 801 26 9 09 vv 4 1 T gt 182 982 612 02 181 Ut 991 61 get 16 S4 68 ey ra u Qa gt dia Jima 1 082 BIZ 202 981 vSl get P 901 06 vL 99 ev 92 01 z Zf 1 62 2 Le 102 581 691 91 121 SOL 68 T 19 lt Se 6 01115 o 16 26 912 002 891 291 961 021 88 95 Ov 8 TEZ 972 661 eet 191 TST sel 611 Eor 18 6 6
195. T0EAiosAlOU 1nDO Aa8BO6 IO0000880YybPbp p q3 353529 II In addition to a large selection of bitmap and scalable fonts the printing system supports many symbol sets also referred to as character sets The variety of Kyocera supported symbol sets can be attributed to the numerous printer emulations Most of those symbol sets are the same regarding the letters of the alphabet digits and basic punctuation marks but they differ considerably in their special symbols which lie in the upper half of the character code table consisting of character codes 128 through 254 hex 80 through FE Charts for the available symbol sets in each emulation appear in Chapter 7 Only the resident fonts can be assigned with a new symbol set All downloaded fonts contain specific symbol sets International Characters The INTL print INTernationaL characters command provides quick access to printing characters from a different character set characters not found in the default symbol set US ASCII By simply using the INTL command with appropriate parameters for lan guage and country code the Kyocera user can access a wide variety of specific charac ters The following sequence selects the ISO 4 U K symbol set for the Swiss721BM8 Roman font in the HP LaserJet emulation UNIT P CMNT Emulation must be HPLJ FONT 13 INTL 3 1 CMNT ISO 4 U K EXIT The U K symbol set is identical to the US ASCII character set except that it
196. The CPTH command on line 7 constructs a path using the outline of the characters in the string xyz The cursor is moved to the end of the string Finally the FILL command fills the path with the selected pattern and PAGE prints out the page Raster Graphics 2 34 While the graphics commands of the standard and path modes draw shapes such as lines circles and boxes raster graphics commands specify individual dots to draw images The dot resolution 1s selectable from 75 to 300 dots per inch for all models and 600 dpi models have two more choices of 200 dpi and 600 dpi Lower resolutions give a rougher appearance but require less raster data for an image of a given size Raster graphics are limited in size only by the dimensions of the paper and in complex ity only by the dot resolution Raster Data Compression Formats PRESCRIBE supports raster data in three formats uncompressed raster data run length encoded raster data or raster data encoded in tagged image file format TIFF Uncompressed Raster Data Uncompressed raster data consists of a simple unencoded bit image consisting of binary data in which bit represent black dots and 0 bit represent white dots With this format each dot line is divided into 8 dot segments The settings of dots in each segment are controlled by the bit values of each byte of raster data Bit 7 the highest order bit in the first byte of data received corresponds to the first dot in the dot line
197. Turkish ESC 9T 1B 28 39 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ISO 6 ASCH ESC 0U 1B 28 30 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Legal ESC 1U IB 28 31 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Roman 8 ESC 8U 1B 28 38 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Windows 3 0 ESC 9U 1B 28 39 55 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 1 PC 8 ESC 10U 1B28313055 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PC 8 D N ESC 11U 1B 28313155 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PC 850 ESC 12U 1B 28313255 Yes Yes Yes Yes Pi Font ESC 15U 1B 28313555 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes PC 852 ESC 17U 1B 28313755 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Windows 3 1 ESC 19U 1B 28313955 Yes Yes Yes Yes Latin 1 ANSI PC 775 ESC 26U 1B 28 32 36 55 No No No Yes No Windows 3 1J ESC 19K 1B 28313948 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Japanese Spacing Primary Fixed ESC s0P 1B 28 733050 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Spacing Proportional ESC slp 1B 28 733150 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Pitch Primary Pitch Characters ESC s H 1B2873 48 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes inch SetPitch Mode 10 0 ESC amp KO0S 1B266B3053 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Compressed ESC amp k2S 1B266B3253 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 16 5 16 7 Elite 12 0 ESC amp k4S 1B 26 6B 3453 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Point Size Primary Points ESC s V 1B 2873 456 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Height Style Primary Style Upright ESC s0S 1B 28 733053 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Solid Italic ESC s1S 1B 28 733153 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Condensed ESC s4S 1B 28 73 3453 Yes Yes Yes Yes Condensed ESC s5S 1B 28 73 35 53 Yes Yes Yes Yes Italic Compressed 5 585 1B28733853 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Extra Condensed
198. WXYZ Space and space 20 1 40 21 2 26 0123456789 0 22 1 25 23 1 40 All printable characters ASCII codes 32 to 126 Space 24 2 40 25 1 45 0123456789 Space 26 1 45 27 1 50 All printable characters ASCII codes 32 to 126 Space 28 3 32 0123456789 abcdetn Table 5 2 Length Character Set and Default Sheet 2 of 2 Type Length Character set Default 29 1 25 0123456789 0 30 1 25 31 1 25 32 1 25 0123456789 0 33 1 25 0123456789KLMO 0 34 1 25 35 9 0123456789 0 36 12 37 14 38 17 39 139 0123456789 40 1 One of the following FIM pattern types 0 A Country Reply Mail with POSTNET B Business Reply Penalty and Franked Mail without POST NET C Business Reply Penalty and Franked Mail with POSTNET D OCR Readable Mail without POSTNET 4 125 0123456789 0 42 80 printable characters ASCII codes 32 to 126 43 1 20 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ 44 3 32 0123456789 abcdetn and space 5 7 Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 8 Table 5 3 Location of POSTNET and FIM FIM BARC 40 Clear Zone Preferred location for left most bar Barcode read area POSTNET BARC 39 Clear Zone 4 xay Not drawn to scale 4 1 5 Table 5 4 Bar Height and Width Classes Preferred base height Type Tall bars Width classes Default dots 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Ye
199. _ 800 a a 2 9 WV 6 8 L 9 S v t 0 21149 Od sz 41 0SI T T2 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 862 6 2 73 102 161 6ST ert ut 56 6L 9 n ST amp 1 10 a 0 O i voc BES 2 902 061 891 evt v6 84 29 9v 0t v 1 U NI lt 92 n 122 502 681 41 LST Set 601 6 LL 19 Sv 6c Di u H p 252 952 022 02 881 ett 9st ovt vet 801 26 9L 09 22 82 et IVT gt 152 92 612 502 181 ut SST eet 101 16 SL 68 tr Le u a pat cy t 052 vee 812 202 981 st BET ecl 901 06 vL 8 ev 9c 0t nN z Z rfj 62 7 Le 102 GBT 691 est Tet 501 68 L 5 i 6 n IIA Fl A I 6 872 eec 912 002 991 291 9 oet 01 88 21 9 11 8 dg 3 X UX H 8 nz lec 54 661 eal 191 IST Set 611 Eor 18 u 5 ee 5x15 211901141 972 062 viz 861 281 991 OST vel SIL 201 98 04 Be 22 9 bi 9 Ste 622 ete 161 Tet 691 228 etl rii TOT 8 69 6 Le 12 9 ol gio y nx NA TIS to 822 212 961 081 91 OTT 01 8 89 eS 9 02 v glo yi la 1 PIL alri er Lee lie 561 611 91 Lu Tet SIT 66 8 19 1s 61 lOV c3 6121510 6 evo 922 012 61 841 e9t oer 86 28 99 0 9r e 1q A a Tre 2 602
200. acter istic based on the highest priority If this matching produces only one font that font is selected If many fonts match this highest priority then matching begins with the next highest characteristic The printing system continues going down the list until only one font is left then that font is selected A font may reside in any of three locations printing system ROM for resident fonts and option fonts if installed memory card for card option fonts and printing system RAM for downloaded fonts A font in printing system ROM has lower priority than an identi cal font on a memory card and a memory card font has a lower priority than an identical font in printing system RAM Also assuming all other characteristics are the same a scalable font has lower priority than a bitmap font simulated The last characteristic checked is the font orientation If two fonts are found that differ only in orientation the one selected is that which matches the page orientation If only one font remains and its orientation does not match the orientation of the page the print ing system rotates the font to match the page orientation The example below shows an FSET command sequence that selects the 12 point upright normal weight CGTimes font The FSET command sequences for selecting the resident fonts appear on the font lists FSET 1p12v0s0b4101T The FSET command sequence may be followed by a CSET Change current symbol SET comma
201. acters changing the font mapping algorithm currentblackgeneration proc Return the black generation function Q currentcacheparams mark size lower Return font cache parameters upper Q currentemykcolor cyan magenta Return the current color yellow black according to the cyan magenta yellow black color space Q currentcolor compl comp2 Return the components of the comp n color Q currentcolorrendering dict Return the value of the CIE based color rendering dictionary Q currentcolorscreen redfreq Return the current halftone redang redproc Screen parameters greenfreq greenang greenproc bluefreq blueang blueproc grayfreq grayang grayproc currentcolorspace array Return the color space Q currentcolortransfer redproc greenproc Return the current transfer blueproc grayproc functions currentdash array offset Get current dash pattern string currentdevparams dict Return all parameters for device Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 3 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description currentdict dict Push current dictionary on oper and stack currentfile file Get file currently being executed currentflat num Get current flatness tolerance currentfont font Get current font dictionary currentglobal bool Return the VM allocation mode currently in effect currentgray num Get current gray level gstate currentgstate gstate Copy the curren
202. add control codes that inter fere with PRESCRIBE If you cannot control software in this way try using a non word pro cessing mode ASCII text function for example of the software 1 3 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Format of PRESCRIBE Commands The basic format of a PRESCRIBE command is e o o or o o o o command name parameter parameter The command names generally consist of three or four letters In most commands the parameters must be followed by commas The last parameter is always followed by a semicolon Some commands RES for example have no parameters In this case the command should be followed immediately by a semicolon RES The length of a single PRESCRIBE command is limited to 255 characters from the first letter of the command name through the final semicolon Commands longer than 255 characters are not executed Spaces carriage return codes and line feed codes are generally ignored in PRESCRIBE command sequences These characters are not generally counted in the command length Exception Spaces are not ignored in quoted character strings To improve readability place at least one space before each command or place each command on a separate line Basic Concepts This section discusses a few basic concepts concerning how the printing system prints on the page These concepts are Edge limits Margins e Coordinate systems Text positioning Character spacing e Paths Logical
203. al rectangle size 0 Area fill id 0 Macro Macro id 0 Troubleshooting command End of line wrap Off Display functions Off LaserJet PJL The HP LaserJet emulation loads a Printer Job Language PJL that controls communica tion between the printing system and the system The PJL works for both KPDL and HP LaserJet emulations It enables the user to change some default states but more impor tantly allows current printing system states to be communicated back to the host system The Kyocera printing systems described in this manual support only a subset of the HP PJL commands To check supported PJL features see the table that follows Table 7 23 Supported PJL Commands Command Group Command Description Kernel Commands Universal Exit Language UEL Exits current printer language and returns control to PJL Reset the PJL parser to start at the beginning of the line COMMENT Tells PJL to accept the command line as a comment ENTER Chooses a printer language for processing the current job Job Separation JOB Informs printing system of the start of a print job resets the Commands page count allows naming of the job supports non printing mode for printing portions of jobs EOJ Instructs printing system that the print job is complete resets the page count 7 43 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 23 Supported PJL Commands Command Group Command Description Environment DEFAUL
204. aly 9v2 oez A 861 281 991 051 vel e01 98 04 tS Be 22 9 111114 ala 9 3 3 622 ele 161 18i 591 61 eel 101 69 9 12 5 2 o Tro 822 212 961 01 v91 eet 001 v8 99 29 9t 02 t 15131 1 Fl alp ajal 5 oa tz erz lee lie S61 6 2 n Tel SIL 66 8 19 18 98 61 1111141 115 eve 922 012 61 8 1 291 91 0 vi 96 28 99 05 ve 91 2 4 1 2 922 602 60 191 Syl 621 ett 6 18 99 6t ee 4 Ove 22 802 261 911 091 vrl get el 96 08 v9 ay 9t 0 4 5 a a a 9 6 8 L 9 S v t c T 0 08 z uleds 91 952 682 Ezz 102 161 SI 6ST Let Iu 6 61 t9 n EH L PX Um T yl Qi LJ 15 Se BES eec 902 061 vL BST evt 921 OIL v6 BL 29 9v v JL E 1 gt lt 92 12 122 502 681 eT 191 601 6 T9 S 62 te 21911 r I 8 y 292 982 022 02 881 ett 9610 ovt vel 801 26 9 09 vv 82 21 1 4 uloj m4 gt 152 952 612 02 181 861 681 eel LOT 16 71 68 ey I dL L 1 19 Alo T A i 0 2 97 202 981 HST get eet 901 06 vL 95 e 92 ot Joja i ga e z ely 6 ttc 12 102 Sgt 691 est 121 SOT 68 L 1S i 6 1 L
205. and required line feed character that terminate most commands 7 45 Chapter 7 Emulation PJL variables 7 46 PJL uses alphanumeric variables numeric variables and strings The following explains the three types of variables and their ranges Alphanumeric variables Any combination of letters and digits with the rule that the first character must always be a letter Letters can consist of the uppercase letters ASCII 65 through 90 and lower case letters ASCII 97 through 122 Digits can consist of numbers 0 through 9 ASCII 48 through 57 Example of valid alphanumeric variables Alpha 635 X2000 Examples of invalid alphanumeric variables 635Alpha Alphanumeric variables must begin with a letter X 2000 Space characters ASCII 32 are not allowed in alphanumeric variables Numeric variables Any number consisting of digits with one optional decimal point and an optional plus or minus sign preceding the first digit Only one decimal point may be used It must also be placed somewhere after the first digit Digits are unnecessary after the deci mal point Examples of valid numeric variables 0 123456 123 456 657000 2468 Examples of invalid numeric variables 123456 decimal point must be preceded by at least 1 digit 123 45 6 Only 1 decimal point is allowed in a numeric variable 657 000 Commas should not be used in numeric variables Strings Strings should be enclos
206. ands or does not place any result on the stack the corresponding column in the table is blank The following abbreviations and a few others are used for operands ang angle specified in degrees bool boolean the value true or false dict dictionary int integer num number integer or real obj object any object pattern pattern dictionary proc procedure tag tag userpath array of path construction operators and their operands 2 Note KPDL Page Description Operators KPDL Operators Certain operators are hyphenated in the following tables because of the editorial limitation only These operators must not be hyphenated to be executed The following table summarizes the page description operators including all language levels of KPDL In the following table operators having the higher language level are indicated by level 2 or level 3 Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 1 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description obj Write object to standard output print string obj Write object to standard output with syntax markings lt lt mark Push mark object on operand stack mark valuel gt gt dict Create a dictionary containing valuen the specified key value pair mark Push mark on stack mark objO obj n 1 array End array starting at topmost mark numl abs
207. arameter are and only and each represents one of four different FIM patterns For example Courtesy Replay Mail and stamped reply mail require the FIM A pattern while Business Reply Mail and unstamped prepaid return mail require the FIM C pattern Also see the figure on 8 for FIM location Barcode 43 Customer has four bar heights Only the shortest and tallest bar heights are specifiable the heights for the intermediate two bars being adjusted automatically Any values entered for bar and space widths are ignored and defaulted to 1 68 points respec tively The rules for the order of specifiable bar and space widths bar1 lt bar2 lt bar3 lt bar4 and spacel lt space2 lt space3 lt space4 must be adhered to however Table 5 1 Barcode Types Sheet 1 of 2 UPC A with two digit supplement UPC A with five digit supplement UPC D 1 UPC D 2 UPC D 3 UPC D 4 UPC D 5 UPCE UPC E with two digit supplement 10 UPC E with five digit supplement 11 EAN 8 12 EAN 13 13 DUN 14 Distribution Unit Number EAN 14 DUN 16 Distribution Unit Number EAN 15 MSI with no check digit 16 MSI with single mod 10 check digit 17 MSI mod 10 followed by mod 10 check digit 18 MSI mod 11 followed by mod 10 check digit 19 Code 39 with no check digit USD 3 20 Code 39 with mod 43 check digit USD 3 21 Interleaved two of five USD 1 with no check digit See No 41 22 Identicon tw
208. ary Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 9 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description bool setglobal Set the VM allocation mode num setgray Set gray level from 0 black to 1 white gstate Q setgstate Replace the current graphics state halftone sethalftone Establish a halftone dictionary hue sat brt sethsbcolor Set hue saturation and brightness converted to gray int setlinecap Setbutt 0 round 1 or square 2 line ends int setlinejoin Set miter 0 round 1 or bevel 2 corner type num setlinewidth Set line width matrix setmatrix Replace current transform matrix with given matrix num setmiterlimit Set miter length limit int setobjectformat Establish the number representation bool setoverprint Set the overprint parameter bool setpacking Set the array packing mode dict setpagedevice Install a page output device Parameters for this operator is fully detailed in KPDL Page Device Parameters on page 135 pattern Q setpattern Establish the specified pattern as the current color red green blue setrgbcolor Set red green blue levels converted to gray level freq angle proc setscreen Set halftone screen bool setshared Same as setglobal num setsmoothness Set the smoothness to num bool setstrokeadjust Set the stroke adjust parameter dict Q setsystemparams Set the system parame
209. ase line In some character fonts all the character cells are the same size so the number of charac ter positions per inch is fixed In other fonts the size of character cells is proportional to the size of characters These proportional fonts produce text that is easier to read How ever in order to align the right margin you must use software that supports the printing system s proportional spacing Paths Logical Basic Concepts Figure 1 8 Character Spacing Font height A path is a set of straight and curved line segments Paths can be open as in the case of lines or closed as in the case of rectangles circles or any fully enclosed area of any shape The segments may be connected with one another or they may be disconnected Further a path may contain multiple closed subpaths representing several areas and they may intersect themselves in arbitrary ways Paths can be used to draw lines and curves or specify boundaries of filled areas includ ing the outline of a character Paths are explained more fully in section Path Mode Graphics on page 16 Page and Physical Page The logical page defines the limits of the coordinates within which text and graphics can be located There are two types of logical page as shown in the following figure The standard mode logical page imposes limits on specifiable coordinates The coordinates have no limitations for the path mode logical page Chapter 1 Introduct
210. ate i sd Edge rectangle absolute EP Edge polygon for PM RA RR WG ER Ax i sd Ay i sd Edge rectangle relative ES character space d line space d Extra space for NCP EW radius i sd start angle 1 Edge wedge center angle i resolution 1 FP polygon for PM RA RR WG FT type 1 Gspacing sd angle 1 Fill type IM E mask value i S mask value i P mask Input mask value i IN Initialize IP P1x i Ply i P2x i P2y i Input P1 and P2 IW Xi t i sd Yi 184 184 Yup i sd Input window LB character string c Label LO position number i Label origin LT pattern no i pattern length d Line type OA Output actual position and pen status 7 111 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 112 Table 7 38 KC GL Instructions Sheet 2 of 2 Instruction Parameters Description OC Output commanded position and pen status OE Output error OF Output factors OH Output hard clip limits OI Output identification OL Output label length Output options OP Output P1 and P2 OS Output status byte OT Output carousel type OW Output window PA x1 coordinate i sd yl coordinate i sd 2 Plot absolute coordinate i sd y2 coordinate i sd xn coordinate i sd yn coordinate i sd PB Print buffered label PD x1 coordinate i sd y1 c
211. ay containing custom size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for custom size paper int setdefaultoutputtray Set the default output tray 0 Upper tray face down tray 1 Lower tray face up tray 2 Option tray sorter etc defaultoutputtray int Get the default output tray int setoutputtray Set the current output tray outputtray int Get the current output tray appletalktype string Get string object designating type of printing system s AppleTalk name according to the AppleTalk Name Binding Protocol doprinterrors bool Get setting of error information printout mode true error print mode on false error print mode off bool setdoautocontinue Set whether to display messages on front panel and wait for ONLINE key input when an error occurs true do nothing false display error messages doautocontinue bool Get setting of doautocontinue mode true continue processing during errors false halt processing when ON LINE key is pressed dojamrecovery bool Get setting of dojamrecovery mode true perform jam recovery false do not perform jam recovery usertime int Get time elapsed since beginning of job processing copies int Get integer objected indicating current number of copies setting This operator is in userdict 7 131 Chapter 7 Emulation KPDL System Parameters The following table summarizes the
212. ber assignment value 277 selects the symbol set Roman 8 A full list of symbol sets and values appear the SFNT command page in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference The value 9 following the symbol set parameter indicates compression to 90 percent of normal width Compression can be specified in a range from 0 3 30 percent to 3 30094 Compression 0 3 1 3 41 Finally the value 3 concluding the font selection sequence specifies a forward tilt of 13 5 degrees The angle for normal characters is 0 Negative values result in backward tilting characters The angle parameter accepts any value from 1 45 to 1 45 Examples appear below Angle Angle 0 IVI Angle 1 Font Selection The parameters for symbol set compression and obliquing must be either all specified or all omitted Selecting Fonts Using the FSET Command The FSET command provides a method of selecting fonts based on font characteristics and font location in the printing system Font characteristics upon which selection is based appear in order of priority from high est to lowest as follows Characteristic Priority of selection Symbol set Highest Spacing 2 nd Pitch 3 rd Point size height 4 th Style 5th Stroke weight 6 th Typeface family 7 th Location 8 th Orientation Lowest In selecting a font the printing system searches the available fonts to match a char
213. bye Lee Tle 861 641 9t Tet SIL 66 8 19 15 ge 61 t r3 d llelo g sjos e o eve 922 012 61 8 7 291 91 86 2 99 05 vt gr 2 z L L z I e azq uaga z a Q Te 522 602 61 191 Er 621 i 16 18 59 6v it 19127 ble 072 yee 804 261 941 09 821 eit 96 08 v9 ay 28 9t 0 Rx i 2 4 ad 2 a 6 8 L 9 S T 0 09 92u amp 14 01 ez sn 01 5395 04 6 069 01 7 26 Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 952 62 fec 102 161 SLI 661 Le 96 6L 9 t Ie St IIIJ I I l4 ol l 752 gez 222 902 061 951 evt 91 01 76 94 29 9 06 vt i d zall i ol z u lt ESZ Lee 122 504 681 ust SzI 601 6 LL 19 9 62 t Ae eh 252 922 022 02 881 et 9st vol 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 et 4 niri go I i i 152 See 612 602 181 991 get 101 16 94 68 eV EIE 052 812 202 981 vSl get 221 901 06 vL 85 ev 92 01 6 eez 102 Sgt 691 EST 1 Tet SOT 68 tL 1 It SZ 6 n a 6 872 eec 912 002 991 291 9t 021 01 88 24 95 07 ve 8 alae o X 8 Lye Tee 912 661 80 191 Ist Set 611 eor 18 55 6
214. can improve the appearance of some fonts by changing the font mode to 13 FTMD 13 EXIT It should be noted that for FTMD 13 the default Draft Sans serif font will be printed in 12 cpi and the Courier Proportional font will be printed in fixed pitch To use some of the page printing system s other fonts you can select them with font selection commands but a more convenient method is available You can substitute other fonts for the four embedded fonts with SETF SET alternate Font commands This works because the printing system obtains these fonts from the following default values of the SETF command Table 7 5 IBM Proprinter Fonts Font name Character spacing ALTF No Draft Sans serif 10 cpi 12 cpi 0 Courier 10 cpi 1 Prestige Elite 12 cpi 2 Draft Sans serif Condensed 15 cpi 3 Courier Prop Proportional 4 A substitute font can be any resident font if you use the SFNT command to assign the font number See the SFNT command page in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference To assign a font number to resident fonts for substituting the emulated fonts in IBM Pro printer X24E emulation all the option parameters including symbol set compression and angle for the SFNT command must be specified Landscape orientation is another feature the printing system can offer that the IBM printer cannot If you command R SPO L EXIT the printing system rotates the current font and prints text in landscape ori
215. cerning the Typefaces in strict confidence and to establish reasonable procedures regulating access to and use of the Software and Typefaces You agree not to duplicate or copy the Software or Typefaces except that you may make one backup copy You agree that any such copy shall contain the same proprietary notices as those appearing on the original This License shall continue until the last use of the Software and Typefaces unless sooner terminated This License may be terminated by Agfa Japan if you fail to comply with the terms of this License and such failure is not remedied within thirty 30 days after notice from Agfa Japan When this License expires or is terminated you shall either return to Agfa Japan or destroy all copies of the Software and Typefaces and documentation as requested You agree that you will not modify alter disassemble decrypt reverse engineer or decompile the Software Agfa Japan warrants that for ninety 90 days after delivery the Software will perform in accordance with Agfa Japan published specifications and the diskette will be free from defects in material and workmanship Agfa Japan does not warrant that the Software is free from all bugs errors and omissions THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND MERCHANTABILITY ARE EXCLUDED Your exclusive remedy and the sole liability of Agfa Japan in connection with the Software and
216. code character Special Identifiers HT Horizontal tab character ASCII 9 lt LF gt Line feed character ASCII 10 lt CR gt Carriage return character ASCII 13 lt SP gt Space character ASCH 32 lt Ws gt White space lt ESC gt Escape character ASCII 27 lt FF gt Form feed character ASCII 12 lt Words gt Printable characters ASCII characters 33 through 126 and lt WS gt PJL Commands COMMENT PJL COMMENT lt Words gt lt CR gt lt LF gt DEFAULT PJL DEFAULT LPARM personality variable value lt CR gt lt LF gt DINQUIRE PJL DINQUIRE LPARM personality variable lt CR gt lt LF gt Response e L DINQUIRE LPARM personality variable CR lt LF gt value CR lt LF gt lt FF gt ECHO PJL ECHO lt Words gt lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL ECHO lt Words gt CR lt LF gt FF ENTER PJL ENTER LANGUAGE personality lt CR gt lt LF gt EOJ PJL EOJ NAME job name lt CR gt lt LF gt INFO PJL INFO read only variable lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL INFO read only variable CR lt LF gt 1 or more lines of printable characters or lt WS gt followed by CR lt LF gt lt FF gt INITIALIZE PJL INITIALIZE lt CR gt lt LF gt INQUIRE PJL INQUIRE LPARM personality variable lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL INQUIRE LPARM pe
217. creation begins with giving fileid using XBCP 17 for the ensuing Macro PDF417 sequences Each one XBAR command sequence is needed for each divided barcode which is succeeded by a XBCP 18 statement that defines a separate block index for each barcode The block index is needed to ensure that the divided bar codes are reconstructed in the correct order as the whole file when the barcodes are read The basic command sequence for Macro PDF417 is as follows XBCP 17 fileid Gives the same file ID to all distributed barcodes MZP xl yl Position the first barcode at x1 1 XBCP 18 0 Block index for the first barcode XBAR data string ENDB Encode and print the first divided barcode MZP x2 y2 Position the second barcode at x2 y2 XBCP 18 1 Assign block index 1 to the second barcode XBAR data string ENDB Encode and print the second divided barcode MZP x3 y3 Position the second barcode at x3 y3 XBCP 18 2 Assign block index 2 to the second barcode The largest allowed block index is 99 998 Thus up to 99 999 Macro PDF417 barcodes may comprise the distributed representation of a data file 5 14 Some samples for Macro PDF417 are provided in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference on the XBCP page 5 15 Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 16 Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters The printing system maintains a number of parameters in a non volatile flash memory These parameters control the initial state of
218. ct it as current tray and set imageable area for commercial 6 envelopes com9envelope tray Find tray containing commercial 9 envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for commercial 9 envelopes Table 7 46 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 5 of 5 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description dlenvelopetray Find tray containing DL size envelopes select itas current tray and set imageable area for DL size envelopes monarcenvelopetray Find tray containing Monarch size envelopes select it as current tray and set imageable area for Monarch size envelopes a3tray Find tray containing A3 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for A3 size paper b4tray Find tray containing B4 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for B4 size paper ledgertray Find tray containing ledger size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for ledger size paper bSenvelopetray Find tray containing ISO B5 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for ISO B5 size paper doublepostcardtray Find tray containing double postcard size paper select it as current tray and set 1mageable area for double postcard size paper postcardtray Findtray containing postcard size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for postcard size paper customtray Find tr
219. d destroy composite object created after save 7 139 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 52 KPDL Error Messages Code Error Meaning 12 ioerror Input output error 13 limitcheck Path too complex more than 6 files open etc 14 nocurrentpoint No current point is defined 15 rangecheck Operand out of allowed range 16 stackoverflow Operand stack overflow 17 stackunderflow Operand stack underflow 18 syntaxerror Syntax error in program 19 timeout Time limit exceeded 20 typecheck Wrong type of operand 21 undefined Name not found in dictionary 22 undefinedfilename File cannot be found 23 undefinedresult Overflow underflow or meaningless result 24 unmatchedmark Expected mark not found on stack 25 unregister Internal error 26 vmerror Virtual memory is exhausted or illegal access was attempted 27 badpassword Bad password 28 invalidnumber Invalid number 29 nomemory Memory unavailable 30 configurationerror Setpagedevice request cannot be satisfied 31 invalidcontext Improper use of context operation 32 invalidid Invalid identifier for external object 33 undefinedresource Resource instance not found O8 fatal Fatal error User memory exhausted KPDL Printable Area This printing system does not quite print to the edges of the paper The edge limits ofthe printable area vary depending on the paper type as determined by the paper type KPDL
220. d paper type specified paper type is specified in simplex Prepunched Preprinted mode and Letterhead 1 Adds blank pages and prints the job in duplex mode when the job which the specified paper type is specified in simplex mode Default operation for Y5 0 Enlarges or reduces the image to fitinthe 0 PDF direct printing current paper size Loads paper from the current paper cassette 1 Through the image Loads paper whichis the same size as the image 2 Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size Loads Letter A4 or A3 size paper depending on the image size 3 Through the image Loads Letter A4 or A3 size paper depending on the image size 8 Through the image Loads paper from the current paper cassette 9 Through the image Loads Letter Ledger or Legal size paper depending on the image size 10 Enlarges or reduces the image to fit in the current paper size Loads Letter Ledger or Legal size paper depending on the image size e MPS error Y6 0 Does not print the error report and display 3 the error message 1 Prints the error report 2 Displays the error message 3 Prints the error report and displays the error message Supported only by FS 1500 series FS 1600 series FS 3400 series and FS 3600 series 6 11 Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters 6 12 I0 Name of the partition in memory card The FRPO 10 specifies a memory card partition name to be automatically read at power up Onl
221. d position and pen status The plotter returns the x and y coordinates and pen status for the last valid pen position ing instruction The pen position and status are ASCII coded in the same way as the OA instruction Coordinate values are given in plotter units 1f scaling 15 off or user units if scaling is on OE Output Error The plotter returns a decimal error number for the instruction executed immediately before the OE instruction The error code is converted to a non negative ASCII coded integer whose identity 18 given in the following table Error Number Description 0 No error 1 Instruction not recognized 2 Wrong number of parameters 3 Illegal parameter 4 Reserved 5 Unknown character set 6 Plot position overflow 7 Reserved OF Output Factors This instruction returns the number of plotter units per millimeter on each coordinate axis as follows 40 40 TERM This response indicates that plotter units are equal to 0 025 mm on both the x and y axes The actual number of plotter units per millimeter is approximately 40 OH Output Hard clip limits This instruction returns the lower left and upper right limiting coordinates of the plot area in the following format Xur Yur TERM LL lower left UR upper right 7 103 Chapter 7 Emulation Ol Output Identification This instruction returns a character string indicating the plotter model being emulated as follows KC GL option Plot
222. ddition to the FRPO N8 command as explained above printing systems that permit the resolution to be set at either 300 600 or 1200 are provided with the RESL change RESoLution command which switches the resolution on the fly For details about this command refer to PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference The amount of available printing system memory will determine whether the 600 1200 dpi default can be effective If factors such as resource protection duplexing and raster mem ory reduce memory too low then the printing system will remain at 300 dpi resolution HP LaserJet Reset State The printing system resets to the following states when it receives a PCL reset command Shown in parentheses are the related FRPO parameters Table 7 22 HP LaserJet Emulation Reset State HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Job control Number of copies 1 Page control Cassette Upper R4 Orientation Portrait C1 Paper size Installed tray size R2 VMI UO U1 HMI 10 cpi Top margin 50 dots Text length Paper size 1 2 inch top 1 2 inch bottom Left margin Left logical Right margin Right logical Perforation skip On Line termination CR CR LF LF FF FF Fonts Font Courier Symbol set IBM PC 8 U6 U7 Underline mode Off Font management Font id 0 Character code 0 Raster graphics Raster graphics resolution 75 Rectangular area fill Horizontal rectangle size 0 Vertic
223. dicular bar only 7 Lower left bar only 128 Lower right bar ID 129 Lower right perpendicular bar ID 130 Upper right perpendicular bar ID 131 Upper right bar ID 132 Upper left bar ID 133 Upper left perpendicular bar ID 134 Lower left perpendicular bar ID 135 Lower left bar ID Share integer Share flag 0 Shared 0 1 Not shared Name string Job name Character string up to 31 bytes maximum 0 User string User name Character string up to 31 bytes maximum 0 Time string Time stamp Character string up to 31 bytes maximum 0 Destination array VMB destination mE Programming with CollateDetails for Job Retention CollateDetails enables the printing system to implement the e MPS Job Retention func tion in KPDL mode The Mode key must be set to true for all of these functions The KPDL Operators keys to the CollateDetails parameter should have the following integer values depending on the mode of each e MPS function Table 7 51 Enabling e MPS Functions e MPS ICollate CollateDetails lt lt gt gt IMode Type IHold IHold IHoldKey Type Electronic sorting true 0 0 Temporary job storage true 1 Permanent job storage true 2 Virtual mailbox true 8 QuickCopy true 0 8 1 0 QuickCopy Private true 0 8 1 1 1234 Proof and Hold true 0 8 3 Stored job true 0 8 2 0 Stored job PIN secured true 0 8 2 1 1234 Examples To post a p
224. e 6 Letter 6 U S A or 8 Euro and other 7 Legal 8 4 9 B5 13 5 Cassette 2 paper size 2 Same as above 6 U S A or 8 Euro and other Wide A4 T6 0 Off 0 1 On MP tray direction T8 0 Short edge 1 1 Long edge Paper thickness T9 0 Normal 0 1 Thick 2 Thin 3 Extra thick Status page print at 05 0 Not printed automatically 0 power up 1 Printed automatically at power up Default Courier weight V9 0 Dark 0 1 Normal Color mode WI 0 Monochrome grayscale 1 1 Color CMYK 2 Quick color CMY Color quality W2 0 Normal 0 1 Quick color 2 Picture 3 Presentation Color matching W3 0 None 0 Auto 2 Vivid color 3 Display Monitor simulation WA 0 None 2 For the FS 8000C 0 1 SMPTE240M and 2 only 2 HDTV sRGB 3 SONY Trinitron 4 Apple AGB 5 NTSC 6 KC RGB 7 Custom Ink simulation WS 1 None 1 2 SWOP 3 Euroscale 4 TOYO 5 DIC Gloss mode W6 0 Low normal 0 1 High Paper type for the MP Plain 1 tray 2 Transparency 3 Preprinted 4 Label 5 Bond 6 Recycle 7 Vellum Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independent Parameters Sheet 6 of 7 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting 8 Rough 9 Letterhead 10 Color 11 Prepunched 12 Envelope 13 Cardstock 21 Customl 22 Custom2 23 Custom3 24 Custom4 25 Customs 26 Custom6 27 Custom7 28 Custom8 Paper type for paper X1 X6 1 Plain 1 cassettes 1 to 6 3 Preprinted 5
225. e H8 0 to 99 in units of the size defined by FRPO 55 5 monochrome model 10 monochrome model with network Interface or 12 color model Form feed time out H9 Value in units of 5 seconds 0 to 99 6 value Memory card partition 10 Partition name on a memory card to be read m reading at power up automatically at power up Maximum of 15 printable ASCII characters 20H through 7EH enclosed in single or double quotation marks Event log panel menu Il 0 Off 0 1 On Character width 12 0 Normal 0 1 HP LaserJet compatible Sleep timer I5 0 Off 1 1 On End of job I7 Interprets EOJ given by NIC to the following 0 interpretation foroption 0 None interface OPT2 l L 0CH 2 D 04H 3 Land D 7 Dand L End of job I8 Interprets EOJ issued by print server to the 0 interpretation for print following server interface 0 None 1 L 0CH 2 D 04H 3 Land D 7 Dand L Reduce enlarge ratio 10 0 100 0 Models supporting A3 5 70 size only 6 8196 7 86 8 94 9 98 Status send control MI 0 Off 0 1 Send printer status Default interface M2 1 Default Serial or Option Serial 2 or3 2 Parallel 3 Default Network or Option Network 4 Option Network or Option2 Network 5 USB Host buffer mode M3 0 Automatic 0 Fixed First buffer size 4 Size of the first buffer 3 model with network interface or 5 other Second First buffer 5 Size of the second first buffer 10 model with size network interface or 5 other
226. e 0 KPDL mode 9 PostScript compatible Word processing and graphics software for any of the above printers also works with the printing system All you need to do is to set the printing system to emulate the printer your software supports and select the appropriate printer driver In rare cases when your software does not support any of the printers above install your software to drive the standard line printer and use PRESCRIBE commands to control line spacing character spacing etc Inappropriate selection of printer drivers and printer based emulations will produce undesirable results When shipped from the factory the printing system is set to emulate the HP LaserJet For best results look for an appropriate printer driver in your software application You can also find the appropriate printer driver for your model in the CD ROM supplied with the product Or you are encouraged to visit our Internet home page to directly download the printer driver of the latest version This chapter first explains how to select an emulation Then it gives some general infor mation applying to all the emulation modes Finally it goes over each of the modes explaining the printing system s word processing capabilities and showing its character sets Tables of control codes and escape sequences are also given at the end of each emu lation section Chapter 7 Emulation Selecting an Emulation 7 2 When installing a printing system you
227. e Tle 561 641 9t Tet SIT 66 8 19 1S Se 61 t 912 0 2 Fl 5621510 E 922 012 6 841 291 9vt oet vi 86 28 99 05 ve 8t 2 PIN V c 8 C Tre 922 602 61 Lit T9t 621 16 18 99 6v t t i ve vee 802 261 9 09 wi get elt 96 08 v9 9v 2 9r 0 gs 9 giyo 4 dj 0 4 8 V 6 8 L 9 S 2 164 jjequiM 7 91 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 6 2 22 1 St 651 eet tel TIL 6 6L 9 ly ST L U m T O i Xt 752 Bee 222 904 061 9st evt 921 v6 9L 29 9v 0 vl 23 p svi u N v 652 182 122 902 681 el LSI 601 t6 LL 19 62 r IW jele 292 982 022 02 881 21 957 ovt vel 901 26 9 09 vY 82 1 gt Syd 152 See 612 602 181 SST 6eL 16 EH 6 ey le TL E 5 a 3 ix 1s cit ye 052 14 812 202 98t 8er 221 901 06 vL 85 e 94 ot Olt 2 2 f zir 62 tec 02 581 691 esT Tet SOT 68 eL 48 92 6 o rit 1 6 Bre Er 912 002 eT 891 291 9et 021 01 88 95 or vo 9 ol a E S u x s a n Lye Tee 912 661 eer 191 151 Set 611 eot 18 u 95 6 4 4i Ligo la le 94 062 712 961 281 991 OST vel gu 201 98 0
228. e barcode data enclosed in apostrophes or quotation marks The allowable length of the string and the characters that can be included depend on the barcode type lists the allowed lengths and character sets also lists a default character that is used to fill out strings shorter than the minimum length and which may be substituted for any illegal characters in the string If the string is too long it is truncated to the maximum allowed length Examples UNIT I 11 123456 EXIT BARC 0 Y 12345678910 EXIT 23456 78910 The short and tall parameters specify the short and tall bar heights in the unit designated by the UNIT command default inches The short and tall parameters must be both specified or both omitted If they are omitted the default values as shown in Table 5 3 must be specified Only barcode types 0 to 12 35 to 38 and 39 have two bar heights For types 13 to 34 40 and 41 the bar height is determined by the short parameter and the tall parameter 1s ignored Even when all bars are the same height however the command syntax requires that when a short parameter is specified the tall parameter must be specified too Examples UNIT I BARC 15 1234567890 2 2 EXIT UNIT I BARC 8 Y 123456 6 7 EXIT 123456 When two bar heights with human readable text are used in some cases the tall bars may overlap the text The bar to bar4
229. e print result appears as shown in Figure 7 44 on page 116 7 115 Chapter 7 Emulation Figure 7 44 Sample Printout File transfer One way to transfer a file is to place all lines above in a file and transfer the file to the printing system The basic requirements are Except for SEM 9 and EXIT which can be in either uppercase or lowercase letters all operators must be typed in lowercase letters exactly as shown The file must not contain any extraneous control codes as are frequently added by word processing software file must be sent as a file not printed If you print the file you will only obtain printed output KPDL Summary 7 116 This section lists all KPDL operators their operands and their results When received from the computer operators and operands are placed in an area in the printing system s memory called the stack In the operator table each operator is pre ceded by its list of operands if any These operands must be placed onto the stack prior to the operator itself Each operator is followed by a list of its results if any The results returned by the operator are also placed onto the stack For example the add operator is listed as follows numl num2 add sum add numl and num2 The action of this operator is to remove the two numbers that precede it from the top of the stack add them and put their sum onto the stack If an operator does not require any preceding oper
230. e wide and double high effects for these emulating fonts To use other printing system fonts select them with font commands FONT SENT and FSET Since the printing system emulates certain LQ 850 fonts in different spacings by using the same resident font it should be noted that substituting one font will also change the other fonts emulated by that font For example if you change the Draft 15 cpi font which is emulated by the PrestigeEliteBM7 2 Roman font this will also affect the other 15 cpi LQ 850 fonts using the same ALTF 7 setting Table 7 12 Epson LQ 850 Fonts Sheet 1 of 2 Font name Character spacing ALTF No Draft Epson Courier 10 cpi Proportional 0 12 cpi 1 15 cpi 7 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 Epson Roman 10 cpi proportional 2 12 cpi 3 15 cpi 7 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 Epson Sans Senf 10 cpi 12 cpi proportional 4 15 cpi 5 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 Epson LQ 650 Emulation Mode 5 Table 7 12 Epson LQ 850 Fonts Sheet 2 of 2 Font name Character spacing ALTF No Epson Prestige 10 cpi 12 cpi Proportional 6 15 cpi 7 Condensed 10 cpi 8 Condensed 12 cpi Condensed proportional 9 You can alter these default SETF assignments to suit your own purposes In the example below four of the SETF assignments are changed to proportional fo
231. ean normal CGTimes and red mean CGTimes italicized The appropriate setup is shown below together with a short file and the printed result SFNT CGTimes 10 3000 SFNT CGTimes It 10 3001 SETF 1 3000 CMNT Red 10 point CGTimes SETF 0 3001 CMNT Black 10 point CGTimes Italic EXIT A10 000 Maniacs BOur Time in Eden A Elektra AGarth Brooks BThe Chase A Liberty ARed Hot Chill Peppers BWhat Hits A EMI For red ribbon put ESC A A in binary notation at the point you would start to print in normal CGTimes and put ESC B B in binary notation at the point to end using the font Figure 7 8 Diablo Font Printout 10 000 Maniacs Our Time in Eden Elektra Garth Brooks Chase Liberty Red Hot Chill Peppers What Hits EMT 7 13 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 14 Diablo 630 Control Codes Table 7 9 Diablo 630 Control Codes Sheet 1 of 2 Command Function Code hex Supported NUL Buffer code 00 Yes ETX End of text 03 Yes ACK Acknowledge 06 Yes BEL Sound bell 07 BS Backspace 08 Yes HT Horizontal tab 09 Yes LF Line feed 0A Yes VT Vertical tab 0B Yes FF Form feed 0C Yes CR Carriage return 0D Yes so Supplementary extended character set OE 51 Primary extended character set OF 11 Yes DC2
232. ed in future editions The user is asked to excuse any omissions or errors in the present edition responsibility is assumed if accidents occur while the user is following the instructions in this manual No responsibility is assumed for defects in the printing system s firmware Regarding Tradenames PRESCRIBE is a registered trademark of Kyocera Corporation KPDL is a trademark of Kyocera Corporation Diablo 630 is a product of Xerox Corporation IBM Proprinter X 24E is a product of International Business Machines Corpo ration Epson LQ 850 is a product of Seiko Epson Corporation HP LaserJet Hewlett Packard PCL and HP GL 2 are reg istered trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company Other product names and company names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners The Kyocera printing systems use PeerlessPrint5 to provide the HP LaserJet compatible PCL5 language emulation PeerlessPrint5 is a trademark of The Peerless Group Redondo Beach CA 90278 U S A Copyright 2005 2008 KYOCERA MITA Corporation All rights reserved Revision 4 51 2008 6 Typeface Trademark Acknowledgement All resident fonts in the printing system are licensed from Bitstream Inc and Agfa corporation For font license information for each model refer to the User s Manual Helvetica Palatino and Times are registered trademarks of Linotype Hell AG Century Schoolbook Stymie and Cooper Black are trademarks of
233. ed in quotation marks and consist of any combination of charac ters of ASCII codes from 32 through 255 including 9 horizontal tab but excluding 34 quotation marks Examples are as follows Examples of valid strings Model lt HT gt FS 9500DN Tabs are allowed in a string The Arlington Ball Park Examples of invalid strings It is 3 5 long A string should not contain quotation marks Telephone number lt CR gt 01234 5678 lt gt is out of the valid range of ASCII characters for a string HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Invalid Commands Invalid commands are in two general types those with syntax errors and those with syn tax or semantic warnings The printing system handles each of those types different ways Syntax errors contain errors such as unrecognized commands and command modifiers strings with missing closing double quotations numeric values with missing digits before the decimal points and numeric values encountered when alphanumeric values are to be expected The printing system ignores the entire PJL commands when it receives commands having syntax errors Some examples follow The JOB command s NAME option requires double quotations around its value part Valid command PJL JOB Job Number 50 LF Invalid command PJL NAMI Job Number 51 lt LF gt The closing quotation is required Syntax warnings and semantic warnings are
234. election of paper source output stack and finishing operations such as sorting stapling etc Most application software controls printing systems by means of codes and escape sequences that are built into the program and are not directly visible to the user In con trast PRESCRIBE commands are made of ordinary characters that you can type in your self and see on the computer screen This makes it easy for you to customize printing and add features that may not be supported by your application This chapter presents an introduction to PRESCRIBE starting with an explanation of the commands by which you start and exit PRESCRIBE It is followed by an introduction to some basic concepts of PRESCRIBE then a discussion of the command format and command parameters Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Entry and Exit The printing system can be thought of as having a multiple personality When its power is switched on it performs the normal printing system functions of printing out files and other data Application software can control the printing system using one of the seven emulations When the printing system uses an emulation it is said to be printing in emu lation mode PRESCRIBE is an additional mode of operation in which the printing system under stands data it receives not as text to be printed but as commands to be executed The PRESCRIBE mode is available at any time during operation from any emulation mode The initializing strin
235. en PEN WIDTH UNIT SELECTION WU type SELECT PEN SP pen required 1 for black or O for white SYMBOL MODE SM char FILL TYPE FT fill type optionl option2 ANCHOR CORNER AC X coordinate y coordinate RASTER FILL DEFINITION RF index width height pen nbr pen nbr width and height must be less than 255 USER DEFINED LINE TYPE UL index gapl gapn CONFIGURATION AND STATUS GROUP Advance Full Page PG n SCALE SC x1 x2 y L y2 type left bottom x 1 xfactor y1 yfactor 2 INPUT WINDOW IW xLL yLL xUR yUR INPUT P1 AND P2 IP pl x ply p2x p2y INPUT RELATIVE P1 AND P2 IR plx ply p2x p2y DEFAULT VALUES DF INITIALIZE IN 1 RP ROTATE COORDINATE SYSTEM angle TECHNICAL GRAPHICS EXTENSION Begin Plot BP kind value kind value Chord Tolerance Mode CT mode Download Character DL charnum up x Frame Advance FR Media Type MT type Merge Control MC mode opcod Output Error OE Output Hardclip Limits OH Output Identification OI Output P1 and P2 OP Output Status OS Pixel Placement PP mode Plot Size PS length width Quality Level QL quality level 7 65 Chapter 7 Emulation PJL Syntax Comparison 7 66 Table 7 27 PJL Syntax Comparison Suggested Syntax Rules Items in brackets J indicate optional parameters lt gt Identifies a control
236. entation The printing system supports the IBM printer s bit image graphics in portrait orientation so graphics software using the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation will print charts graphs and pictures without the need for PRESCRIBE commands The print model and clipping features of the PRESCRIBE path mode graphics will be ignored with the IBM bit image graphics however If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters will wrap around and print on the next line IBM Proprinter X24E Control Codes 7 6 This section provides IBM Proprinter 24 control codes which is supported by the printing system under 24 Proprinter emulation IBM Proprinter 24 Emulation Mode 1 Table 7 6 IBM Proprinter X24E Control Codes Command Function Code hex Supported BEL Beeper 07 BS Backspace 08 Yes HT Horizontal Tab 09 Yes LF Line Feed 0A Yes VT Vertical Tab 0B Yes FF Form Feed 0C Yes CR Carriage Return 0 Yes SO Double Wide Printing by line OE Yes SI Condensed Printing OF Yes DC1 Select Printer 11 DC2 10 CPI Print 12 Yes DC4 Cancel Double Wide Printing 14 Yes by line CAN Cancel Data 18 ESC m nl n2 data Select Graphic Mode 2 mnl n2 data only ESC n Continuous Underline 1B2Dn Yes ESCO 1 8 Inch Line Spacing 1B 30 Yes ESC 1 7 72 Inch Line Spacing 1B 31 Yes ESC2 S
237. er This method applies to the resident fonts and the KPDL fonts An FRPO command FRPO C8 can modify this evaluation method by turning off eval uation of either the resident or scalable fonts or KPDL fonts or both The resident scal able fonts are not affected by this FRPO command These fonts were designed by Agfa and observe the alphabetic ordering method used by Agfa Regular and Dark Courier Letter Gothic The stroke weight bolding of Courier and Letter Gothic is changeable between regular and dark The default is regular and matches the Hewlett Packard It can be changed to dark which was the default stroke weight of Courier and Letter Gothic in order Kyocera printing systems by changing the FRPO V9 parameter HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 LaserJet Font Escape Sequences The example below shows an HP font selection escape sequence that selects a LetterGot hic font with fixed pitch 12 cpi 12 point upright style normal stroke weight Characteristic Value example Escape Sequence Symbol set Roman 8 ESC 8U Spacing Fixed ESC sOP Pitch 12 cpi ESC s12H Height 12 point ESC s12V Style Upright ESC s0S Stroke weight Normal ESC s0B Typeface Letter Gothic ESC s4102T To select this LetterGothic font send the following escape sequence to the printing sys tem ESC 8U ESC sOP ESC s12H ESC s12V ESC s0S 5 50 ESC s4102T Any escape sequence with two similar consecutive letters after the ESC param
238. ese commands are fully detailed in PRESCRIBE Command Reference Selecting Fonts Using the SFNT Command 4 8 Use the SFNT command to specify a font by typeface or to assign a font number to a scalable font making it possible to select a scalable font with the FONT command See Selecting Fonts with the FONT Command on page 4 10 For example to print text using the scalable Times font TimesNewRoman at 10 points use the following sequence SENT TimesNewRoman 10 EXIT Here TimesNewRoman represents the typeface name and 10 represents font height in the unit of points Note that the SFNT command recognizes all character heights in terms of points regardless of the specified unit value The SENT command is particularly useful when you want to assign the font number to a scalable font and alter its appearance by compressing expanding or obliquing it The following example selects a scalable Dutch font sizes it to 10 points assigns it the font number 1001 and the Roman 8 symbol set compresses it to 90 percent of its normal width and obliques the font so that it tilts forward at an angle of 13 5 degrees SENT TimesNewRoman 10 1001 277 9 3 EXIT In this sequence the assignment of font number 1001 enables it to be selected using the FONT command Once this assignment has been made it remains effective until changed with another SFNT command or until the power is turned off Following the font num
239. eseeseeeeeeeeeeaeeseesaeeneceaeenseeaeeas 2 34 Commands for Printing Raster Data eene nennen enne 2 35 Printing Raster Datars oes sod o RN RR RE ee 2 37 Changing the Printing System s Imaging Model sss 2 37 Saving and Restoring the Graphics State sssssssssssssssseseeeeeeeeen eene 2 39 Macros Examples of Macros coe quei dq d e T p EA 3 3 Fonts List of EOhts ioo EROR RO ERE OH reu relig qi patei eu Ps 4 2 KPDEEohnts ore n RERO RU D i m ere iom emet ito 4 4 Substituting a Bitmap Font eee nitet iere e ete ee e Ret eigene 4 6 vi Font Selectionner me eiecti tee ETO ee 4 7 Font Selection by PRESCRIBE Commands eese nenne 4 7 Placement of Font Commands o ga eee te rd et tee e ergo 4 11 Creation of New Symbols and Characters 4 12 Symbol Set der pe t epe 4 13 International Characters eiecit cd eue eh i d eie bi A d Tae iege 4 14 Selecting HP Symbol 6 2 01 1 0000 00000 00000000000000000000000000000000000000088 080 4 14 Barcodes PDF417 Symbol Description iiec eee ee Eee eR REIR Ie e ean 5 10 Printing a Two dimensional Barcode sse enne 5 12 Limitations of Two dimensional Barcode eese eene 5 13 Macro PDF417 eiie dieere
240. ess of curves 2 28 Font characteristics 4 9 definition 4 2 identifying characteristics 4 1 selection 4 7 Font mode 4 10 7 22 Font name 4 6 Font number assigning to a scalable font SFNT 4 8 Font orientation 4 9 Font selection 4 7 7 35 by embedded software commands 4 12 by PRESCRIBE 4 7 font selection commands 4 7 priority 4 9 Font selection command placement in a file 4 11 Footnote 4 11 FRPO parameters 6 1 G Graphics state 2 39 Gray scale 2 16 2 29 2 30 H HP LaserJet series character set 7 67 emulation 7 33 font selection 7 35 printer commands 7 49 HP PCL language 1 13 HP GL 2 language 1 6 printer commands 7 64 Human readable text barcode 5 3 Human readable text macro 5 2 Proprinter character set 7 9 control codes 7 6 emulation 7 4 Imaging model 2 37 International characters KC GL 7 109 K KC GL character sets 7 107 coordinates 7 98 default status 7 114 device control 7 106 emulation 7 96 instruction format 7 96 instructions table 7 111 modes A and B 7 98 parameter format 7 97 pen selection 7 99 status information 7 102 KPDL 4 4 7 115 L Line drawing 2 2 path mode 2 18 Line end caps 2 20 Line join 2 21 Line join mode 2 21 Line printer emulation 7 3 Line width 2 2 Line cap mode 2 20 Lines 2 2 relative 2 4 zero relative 2 3 Logical page 1 9 M Margins 1 4 1 6 2 2 Memory card 4 2 Miter limit 2 21 values
241. essible human readable command language that makes it easy for programmers to take full advantage of the printing system s capability The PRESCRIBE command language allows to extensive manipulation of fonts and character code tables use the ability to draw objects by constructing and manipulating paths including ellipses and round boxes etc execute macros including carbon copy macro control external optional units feeders etc You can access the features of PRESCRIBE from any of the seven emulation modes These modes include Hewlett Packard LaserJet emulation Hewlett Packard HP 7550A plotter emulation IBM Proprinter X24E 24 pin dot matrix printer emulation Epson LQ 850 24 pin dot matrix printer emulation Diablo 630 emulation generic line printer emulation KPDL Apple LaserWriter II NTX NT emulation an option on some models About the Technical Reference manual The Technical Reference manual is organized into eight chapters The first four chapters of this manual constitute an tutorial introduction to PRESCRIBE The rests mainly con cern advanced utilities and setups Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE introduces some basic concepts of PRESCRIBE Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial outlines the graphic handling features of PRESCRIBE Chapter 3 Macros introduces program macros a concept that makes it easy to define sequences of PRESCRIBE commands then call them repeatedly whenever they are needed Chapter 4 Fo
242. eter can be combined as in the transformation of the LetterGothic font below ESC 8U ESC s0p12h12v0s0b4102T The FSET command of PRESCRIBE utilizes a similar font selection method The sym bol set selection is made with the CSET command Note the similarities in the FSET command sequence below FSET 0p12h12v0s0b4102T Several other LaserJet codes should be considered for font management See the Font Management section of the HP LaseJetPrinter commands on page 56 and onwards LaserJet Symbol Sets Symbol set has the highest priority in the HP font selection The factory default symbol set is IBM PC 8 10U for the LaserJet emulation The LaserJet printer has many other symbol sets not directly accessed by the INTL command Temporary selection of one of these symbol sets can be made with the CSET Change symbol SET command or from the operator panel keys You can also assign one of these symbol sets to a particular font using the FSET change current Font SETting command More information on these commands appear in Chapter 4 By giving a particular value for the FRPO U6 and U7 parameters you can set one of the HP symbol sets as the power up symbol set In general symbol set value is Escape sequence value field value x 32 Decimal value of escape sequence termina tion character 64 U7 50 x 100 U6 Symbol Sets for Bitmap Fonts The printing system substitutes with a scalable font when a bitmap font 15 re
243. ette 5 Main cassette and the third feeder cassette 6 first feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 7 The second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 8 cassette the first feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 9 Main cassette the second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 10 The first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 11 Main cassette the first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the third feeder cassette 12 Maincassette and the fourth feeder cassette 13 The first feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 14 The second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 15 The third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 16 Main cassette the first feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 17 Main cassette the second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 18 Main cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 19 The first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 20 The first feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 21 The second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette 22 Main cassette the first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 2 Interface independe
244. eturn true if stop operator is executed in object false if object completes normally key value store Replace topmost definition of key int string string Create string of length int string stringwidth WX wy Get width of string in current font stroke Draw line along current path strokepath Compute outline of path numl num2 sub difference Subtract num2 from num1 systemdict dict Push systemdict on operand stack file token token true or false Read and interpret token in file return false if file is empty string token tail token true or Read and interpret token in false string return false if string is empty Xy transform x y Transform coordinates from user to device space x y matrix transform Transform coordinates by matrix tx ty translate Translate user space tx ty matrix translate matrix Define translation matrix true true Push boolean value true on stack numl truncate num2 Discard fraction part of numl obj type name Get name identifying type of object userpath uappend Append the user path to the current path Q ucache Declare to cache the user path Q ucachestatus mark bsize bmax Return user path cache rsize rmax blimit parameters userpath ueofill Fill a user path using the evenodd rule userpath ufill Interprets a user path to fill dict key undef Remove key and value from dictionary key Q undefinefont Remove a font definition key category Q undefineresource Remove the named resource index Q undefineuserobject Undefine
245. fill patterns are applied through images The image model applies to all PRESCRIBE image modes and also to operation in the Hewlett Packard LaserJet emulation mode In general placing any image on a page involves three elements a pattern a source image whose black bits are replaced by the pattern and a destination image which is any earlier image onto which the source image and pattern are placed The fill pattern or gray scale pattern is defined by the PAT command FPAT command or GPAT command The source image is any raster graphics image standard mode graphic lines or shapes produced by filling or stroking a path or text printed using any bitmap or scalable font The manner in which white bits in the pattern and source image are processed varies according to the transparency mode There are two transparency modes the source transparency mode and the pattern transparency mode When the source transparency mode is 0 transparent white bits in the source image have no effect on the destination image when the source transparency mode is opaque white bits in the source image are applied to the destination image Similarly when the pattern transparency mode is 0 transparent white bits in the pattern do not affect the destination image but the area of the source image replaced by the pat tern dots is applied to the destination image when the pattern transparency mode is opaque The figure on the next page illustra
246. ft Get top and left calibration margins newsheet Feed out the single side printed page in duplex mode pagecount int Get number of pages printed so far nonresettable 7 127 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 128 Table 7 46 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 2 of 5 Preceding stack Operator Result Description pagestackorder bool Get current stack tray true face down false face up papersize name bool Get current paper size and orientation string printername substring Get printing system name product string Get printing system type ramsize int Check available RAM size realformat string Get native representation for real numbers in binary tokens revision int Get KPDL revision number integer integer setcollatorstacker Set sorter to collator mode job manual wait setdefaulttimeouts Set timeout values bool setdoprinterrors Set error printing mode true print errors false do nothing int setdoret Set KIR level bool setdostartpage Select whetherto print status page at power up true output power on status false do not output bool setdosysstart Set Sys Start file reading mode at power up true execute Sys Start false do nothing int setjobtimeout Set time out value of current job integer integer setmailboxstacker Set sorter to mailbox mode top left setmargins Set top and left calibration margins int setmultirayid Set mail box identifier bool
247. g system supports the LaserJet vector graphics which draw vertical or hori zontal ruled lines and create rectangles filled with a pattern or gray scale The margins in this emulation differ from the parameters of the FRPO command They recognize the page size of the default cassette If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters will be discarded Cassette Line per Character per size page line Letter 60 80 4 64 77 Assuming 6 lines per inch and 10 characters per inch The proportional spacing is not identical to the LaserJet s proportional spacing Right margin justification may not be correct when using the LaserJet printer driver when a LaserJet driver is selected within the application software LaserJet Fonts The printing system emulates the LaserJet fonts as listed below Table 7 16 LaserJet Fonts No HP LaserJet Font Kyocera Font Style Face Num er 1 Arial Arial Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 16602 2 TimesNewRoman TimesNewRoman Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 16901 3 Symbol Symbol Medium 16686 4 Wingdings Wingdings Medium 31402 5 CG Times CG Times Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4101 6 Univers Univers Md Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4148 7 Univers Cond Univers Cd Medium Condensed Bold Condensed Italic 4148 Condensed BoldItalic Condensed 8 Courier Courier Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4099 9 Letter Gothic Letter Gothic Med
248. g that takes the printing system from the usual text printing mode into the PRESCRIBE mode is R The command that returns it from the PRESCRIBE mode to the emulation mode is EXIT These transitions are diagramed in the figure below Figure 1 1 Mode Transitions PRESCRIBE Mode Power Off IE EXIT Line Printer Emulation Mode Diablo 630 Emulation Mode Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode Power Off IBM Proprinter Emulation Mode KC GL Emulation Mode KPDL Emulation Mode Printer Power Off Power On HP LaserJet Emulation Mode HP GL 2 Mode HP Escape Sequences The printing system s emulation mode can be permanently set by the FRPO Firmware RePrOgram P1 command See Chapter 7 for details The printing system is factory set to emulate the Hewlett Packard LaserJet The example below shows how these transitions can be used in a file The lines begin ning with R are PRESCRIBE commands Note how each block of commands begins with R and ends with EXIT These sections are not printed instead they set margins select three different fonts and draw a box around one line of text The remainder of the file consists of ordinary text and is printed out as shown in the figure on the next page Figure 1 2 Text Including PRESCRIBE Commands RES SLM 1 STM 1 SPD 0 03 FTMD 13 SFNT Helvetica Bd EXIT WELCOME TO WINDFALL NATIONAL PARK SENT Times Rom EXIT The park entrance is located in the rolling hill
249. ght style stroke weight and typeface family In selecting a font the printing system searches the available fonts to match these characteristics based on the highest priority For details in this regard see Selecting Fonts Using the FSET Command on page 4 9 in this chapter Chapter 4 Fonts Resident Fonts The printing system provides one bitmap font and 136 scalable outline fonts as the res ident fonts Also fonts may be downloaded to the printing system s memory from a computer or a memory card These fonts are referred to as downloadable or soft fonts The printing system accepts as many downloadable fonts as user memory allows When the HP LaserJet is the printing system s default emulation the power up default font is Courier A different default font can be selected by using the FRPO Firmware RePrOgram command of parameters V3 or using the printing system s operator panel key For details refer to FRPO Parameters on page 6 2 List of Fonts 4 2 Resident scalable fonts provide an outline of characters which can be sized according to sizing information for the font These fonts can be scaled from 0 25 to 999 75 points in quarter point increments This section shows tables of the printing system s resident fonts It is possible to print a full list of resident fonts by the FLST command or using the printing system s operator panel key To print a list of fonts command FLST EXIT The following list shows
250. gin Right margin Coordinate Systems With PRESCRIBE positions on a page are described in terms of X and Y coordinates The origin of the coordinate system the position at which X and Y both equal 0 is located at the intersection of the top margin and the left margin Values of X greater than 0 indicate positions to the right of the origin and values of Y indicate positions below the origin See the figure on page 10 When the top and left margins are changed the physi cal position of the origin changes accordingly Text Positioning The printing system always keeps track of its current position on the page The current position can be thought of as a cursor that moves as data is printed At any instant the 1 7 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE cursor indicates where the next character will be printed or the next graphics will be drawn The printing system does not have separate cursors for text and graphics Text and graphics can be positioned at arbitrary locations on the page by moving the cur sor with positioning commands MAP for example Figure 1 7 Text Positioning TITLE IR BOX 1 1 MRP 2 1 EXIT LABEL B TL Orientation M9 Carriage Return MRP 2 1 BOX 1 1 Space after EXIT Cursor ends here Character Spacing Each character is printed within an individual cell as shown below The character sits on a line called the baseline Characters such as y descend below the b
251. ging the value specified for SIMG on line 3 and see the effect on the result the figure on the pre vious page RES UNIT C NEWP SIMG 3 CMNT Try changing this value PMZP 5 15 PMRP 2 2 PDRP Qi 2 250 Op 2 5 2 05 PDRP 2 0 0 2 2 0 0 2 FILL 1 SFNT TimesNewRoman 90 PMRP 1 2 1 GPAT 6 TEXT A FILL 1 Saving and Restoring the Graphics State The graphics state consists of a variety of items that affect how images are rendered on the page The graphics state contains various information related to path mode graphics and raster mode graphics Items included in the graphics state include the following Current path and cursor position if defined Current pen diameter line width Current line join type Current line cap type Current miter limit Current dash pattern Current flatness Current fill pattern 16 X 16 dots Current clipping rectangle Current raster resolution Current image model While working with graphics there often are occasions when it is useful to save the graphics state then later to restore it One such situation occurs when a path must be used for both stroking and filling 2 39 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 40 For example construction of a filled and outlined shape such as that shown below requires that we draw the path and then fill it However filling the path also clears it making it una
252. gt gt gt gt gt gt setpagedevice name sRGB lt lt DeviceRenderingRGBInfo lt lt VirtualColorDevice null gt gt gt gt setpagedevice RGB emulation is not performed DeviceRenderingCMY KInfo dict Controls ink simulation lt lt DeviceRenderingCMYKInfo lt lt VirtualColorDevice lt lt ColorTransform name gt gt gt gt gt gt setpagedevice name SWOP EURO Normal Normal ink simulation lt lt DeviceRenderingCMY KInfo lt lt VirtualColorDevice null gt gt gt gt setpagedevice Does not perform ink simulation a Available media type strings are as follows Plain Transparency Preprinted Labels Bond Recycled Vellum Rough Letterhead Color Prepunched Envelope Card Stock CoatedPaper Duplex Custom Typel Custom Type2 Custom Type3 Custom Type4 Custom 5 Custom Type6 Custom Type7 Custom Type8 7 137 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 138 SorterDetails can specify tray arrangement and sorter operation mode as the following example lt lt SorterDetails lt lt SorterTray 1 2 SorterMode SORTER gt gt gt gt setpagedevice Tray arrangement array of 1 2 specifies tray 1 and tray 2 to be used If tray numbers are omitted all trays are used Sorter mode string of SORTER specifes sorter mode Other options include COLLATOR and MAILBOX A typical StapleDetails sequence is as follows To staple each 2
253. h Line Feed 1B 4A Yes VT Tab Vertically 0B Yes ESC B nl n2 n16 null Set Vertical Tabs 1B 42 Yes ESC b nl n2 n16 null Set Vertical Tabs in Channels 1B 62 Yes ESC n Select Vertical Tab Channel 1B 2F Yes Horizontal Motion ESC Set Left Margin 1B 6C Yes ESC Qn Set Right Margin 51 Yes BS Backspace 08 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Absolute Print Position 1B 24 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Relative Print Position IB 5C Yes HT Tab Horizontally 09 Yes ESC D nl n2 n32 null Set Horizontal Tabs 1B 44 Yes Overall Printing Style ESC Set Left Margin 1B 6C Yes ESCQn Set Right Margin 51 Yes BS Backspace 08 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Absolute Print Position 1B 24 Yes ESC nl n2 Set Relative Print Position IB 5C Yes HT Tab Horizontally 09 Yes ESC D nl n2 n32 null Set Horizontal Tabs 1B 44 Yes Print Size and Character Width ESCP Select 10 CPI 1B 50 Yes Epson LQ 850 Emulation Mode 5 Table 7 13 Epson LQ 850 Control Codes Command Function Code hex Supported ESCM Select 12 CPI 1B 4D Yes ESC g Select 15 CPI 1B 67 Yes ESC pn Turn Proportional Mode On Off 1B 70 Yes SI Select Condensed Mode Yes ESC SI Select Condensed Mode 1B OF Yes DC2 Cancel Condensed Mode 12 Yes SO Select Double wide Mode one line OE Yes ESC SO Select Double wide Mode one line 1B Yes ESC Wn Turn Double wide Mode On Off 57 Yes DC4 Cancel D
254. h the number of times showpage has executed since the end of the page default exch pop 2 ne ExitJamRecovery bool Return as a boolean value whether to perform recovery when a paper jam occurs Read only true HWResolution array Indicate the resolution of the physical device 300dpi 300 300 600dpi 600 600 1200dpi 1200 1200 ImagingBBox array Specify any bounding box for the entire page default null InputAttributes dict Indicate the dictionary associated with a currently available input device paper tray using the number assigned to each Install array Execute the procedure for installing values during graphics mode when calling the setpagedevice operator ManualFeed bool Set whether to perform manual feed true MF on ManualFeedTimeout int Return the manual feed timeout Read only 0 Margins array Set the printer margins default 0 0 MediaColor string Use this parameter along with PageSize MediaWeight and MediaType when the user selects a tray MediaType string Use this parameter along with PageSize MediaWeight and MediaColor when the user selectsa tray For details on media type see footnote below MediaWeight int Use this parameter along with PageSize MediaType and MediaColor when the user selects a tray NumCopies int Set the current copy count Normally null when null is specified here copies
255. haracter the figure below Symbol Set Symbol Set Figure 4 1 Character dot pattern The pattern is 13 dots high and 13 dots wide The pattern is encoded as a series of 16 bit words If necessary blank cells may be added on the right to make the width a multiple of 16 For this reason the three extra columns appear on the right see the figure above Each 16 bit word is encoded with three characters representing the most significant six bits the next six bits and the least significant four bits respectively as shown in Defin ing Fill Patterns in Chapter 2 To obtain the character codes divide the word into sections of six six and four bits and calculate the numerical value of each section referred to as x y and z respectively treating it as a binary number in which the white dots are zeros and the black dots are ones Then add an offset of 64 to the values of the six bit sections and 48 to the values of the four bit sections The result is the ASCII code of the character representing that sec tion x y and z respectively Refer to the example of dot map and numerical derivation in Defining Fill Patterns in Chapter 2 The procedure for the numerical derivation is identical to creating fill patterns for XPAT Six bit sections consisting of all black dots as in the middle row of this symbol are a special case They encode by using the
256. he FRPO U6 and U7 commands but not with the Proprinter escape sequences The following symbol sets list shows the support for the IBM emulation Table 7 3 IBM Proprinter X24E Symbol Sets Symbol set Message display FRPO command US ASCII IBM PC 8 FRPO U6 0 FRPO U7 1 Denmark IBM PC 8 D N FRPO U6 4 FRPO U7 1 US Legal US Legal FRPO U6 9 FRPO U7 1 IBM PC 850 Multilingual IBM PC 850 FRPO U6 10 FRPO U7 1 IBM PC 860 Portuguese IBM PC 860 FRPO U6 11 FRPO U7 1 IBM Proprinter X24E Emulation Mode 1 Table 7 3 IBM Proprinter X24E Symbol Sets Symbol set Message display FRPO command IBM PC 863 Canadian French IBM PC 863 FRPO U6 12 FRPO U7 1 IBM PC 865 Norwegian IBM PC 865 FRPO U6 13 FRPO U7 1 By giving a particular value for the U6 and U7 parameters it is possible to use another symbol set which the Diablo does not have For details see LaserJet Symbol Sets on page 37 At power up or after a reset the printing system defaults to LetterGothic 12 points 10 cpi This default font emulates the IBM printer s Sans serif 10cpi font The default font cannot be changed in the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation The FRPO C5 C2 and C3 commands will be ignored in the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation The printing system also emulates three other IBM printer fonts Courier Prestige Elite and Courier Proportional See the table on next page These fonts can be obtained by embedded co
257. he corresponding command would be ESC s0p12hn12v0s0b6T 1 13 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Similarly the PRESCRIBE command CSET 110 designates use of the PC 8 Dan ish Norwegian symbol set The corresponding Hewlett Packard PCL command is ESC 11U 1 14 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial PRESCRIBE provides a wide variety of graphics operators allowing you to easily con struct and print almost any imaginable shape or pattern This chapter introduces the various graphics concepts of PRESCRIBE and illustrates how to use many of its graphic functions It defines standard graphics mode path mode graphics and raster graphics It explains how to use predefined fill patterns how to define your own fill patterns and introduces ways in which you can change the print model the rules that determine the manner in which patterns and images are rendered on the paper Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Standard Graphics The standard graphics mode provides a number of operators for constructing a variety of filled shapes and lines Using standard mode graphics you can Draw lines of any desired width Draw circles and rectangles Draw a variety of filled shapes including boxes and arcs Draw pie charts This is referred to as the standard graphics mode because it is a standard feature of all versions of PRESCRIBE Drawing Lines PRESCRIBE provides a number of Draw to commands for drawing lines in both stan
258. he print ing system defaults to permanent settings with RES and establishes a pen width of 0 01 inches with the SPD 0 01 The MRP Move to Relative Position and DRP Draw to Relative Position specify positions in relation to the cursor s current position When the command sequence starts the cursor is located at the intersection of the left and top margins The command MRP 2 1 on line 3 moves the cursor 2 inches to the right of its current position and down 1 inch from its current position Then the com mand DRP 1 5 1 draws a line from that point to a point 1 5 inches to the left of the cursor position and 1 inch above it The cursor winds up 0 5 inches to the right of the point where it started Lines 5 to 8 repeat the move and draw sequence two more times This produces three parallel lines as shown in the figure on the previous page Lines in Terms of Angles Until now all of our examples have specified positions in terms of Cartesian X Y coor dinates This example illustrates drawing lines of specified lengths and angles RES SPD 0 017 MZP 5 4 DRPA 2 149 DRPA 2 221 DRPA 2 293 DRPA 2 365 DRPA 2 437 PAGE EXIT CMNT CMNT Equivalent to 5 degrees Equivalent to 77 degrees 2 5 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 4 Result of Draw Commands Lines in Angles The first two lines of this command sequence initiates the PRESCRIBE mode resets printing system default
259. he tables below Yes means that the command is supported and No means that the command is not supported Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 1 of 15 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000 Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 JOB CONTROL COMMANDS Reset Reset ESCE 45 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Number of amp 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Copies 1 999 58 Long Edge of ESC amp U IB 26 6C zt Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Left Decipoints 55 Offset 1 720 Short Edge of ESC amp Z 1B 26 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Top Decipoints 5 Offset 1 720 Unit of Numberof ESC amp u D 1B2675 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes Measure units per inch Exit PCL 5 12345 1B252D3132 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Language 33 34 35 58 Simplex Duplex Operation Simplex Dupl Simplex ESC amp 0S 1B266C3053 No Yes Yes Yes Yes ex Print Duplex Long Edge ESC amp IS 1B266C3253 No Yes Yes Yes Yes Binding ESC amp DS 1B266C3253 wo Yes Yes Yes Yes Short Edge Binding Page Side Next side ESC amp a0G 1B26613047 Yes Yes Yes Yes Selection Front Side ESC amp alG 1826613147 Yes Yes Back Side ESC amp a2G 1B 26 61 32 47 No Yes Yes Yes Yes Job ESC amp i1T 1B 266C 3154 No No No Yes No Separation PAGE CONTROL COMMANDS Page Length and Size Paper Source Current Tray ES
260. he top left corner of the barcode and stays there after printing is done MAP MRP MZP of the page UNIT Moves the cursor to a position relative to the top and left margins Moves the cursor from the current to a specified relative position Moves the cursor to a position relative to the top and left edge limits Sets the unit of measurement used in the PRESCRIBE commands including the above The initial unit is inches The other units are related to inches as 1 inch 2 54 centimeters 72 points 300 or 600 dots depending on the printing system model Limitations of Two dimensional Barcode Item Description Encodable character set 256 international characters and binary data Code type Continuous Character self checking Yes Bi directional decoding Yes Number of row indicator code 2 words required per row Number of symbol checksum 2 codewords required Minimum number of rows per 3 symbol Maximum number of rows per 90 symbol Minimumnumberofdatacolumns 1 Maximum number of data col 30 umns Numberofsymbollengthdescrip 1 tors required Smallest nominal element width 0 0075 inch or 0 191 mm Smallest nominal element height 0 01 inch or 0 254 mm Maximum data characters per symbol Assuming 928 codewords 1 symbol length descrip tor 2 symbol checksum codewords 925 data code words Binary ASCII plus mode 1108 bytes Extended alphanumeric compaction mode
261. ict c5envelope Set imageable area to International C5 envelope size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict custom Set imageable area to custom size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict postcard Setimageable area to postcard size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict doublepostcard Setimageable areato double postcard size See KPDL Printable Area on page 140 This operator is in userdict bool setdefaultduplexmode Select whether or not to print in duplex mode as default true duplex false simplex defaultduplexmode bool Get default duplex mode setting true duplex false simplex bool setduplexmode Set cancel duplex mode true duplex false simplex duplexmode bool Get current setting of duplex mode true duplex false simplex bool setdefaulttumble Set duplex printing tumble mode for binding on short side true or long side false of page defaulttumble bool Get the default tumble mode setting true short edge bind false long edge bind bool settumble Settumble mode true short edge bind false long edge bind tumble bool Get current tumble mode setting true short edge bind false long edge bind firstside bool During duplex printing returns whether the current print side is the front or back During
262. in the figure on the next page The rectangle defined by CLPR does not clip the graphics objects which are drawn by the standard mode graphics commands 2 32 Path Mode Graphics Figure 2 34 Clipping Rectangle Example Printing with Character Paths When a resident scalable outline font is selected you can treat a character as a path and add it to the current path The PRESCRIBE command is CPTH Character PaTH Paths created with the CPTH command can be either stroked or filled See the following example RES UNIT P NEWP PAT 26 SFNT Helvetica Bd 54 PMZP 72 144 CPTH xyz FILL 1 PAGE EXIT Figure 2 35 Character Path Line 2 of this program sets the unit to printing system s points 1 point 1 72 inch then the NEWP command on line 3 empties the current path if any making ready for con struction of a new path The PAT command on line 4 selects predefined pattern number 26 as the current fill pattern 2 33 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Next the SENT Select current FoNT by typeface on line 5 selects Helvetica Bold a scalable outline font as the current font and scales the font to a height of 54 points Use of SENT and other font selection commands are explained more fully in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference The PMZP command on line 6 moves the cursor to the point that is 72 points 1 inch from the left edge limit and 2 inches from the top edge limit
263. ing system passes the bottom margin while printing text it prints the page and feeds to the next page Spacing is carried over so if the bottom margin does not occur at an exact number of lines excess space is printed at the top of the next page If you are using word processing software that sets the margins automatically you should not set them with PRESCRIBE commands Page Orientation and Direction The term page orientation refers to the direction in which text is placed on the page In a vertical direction it would be called portrait and a horizontal direction would be called landscape The term print direction which follows this section refers to the orientation of the logical page s coordinate system with respect to the current page orientation 1 5 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE Page Orientation Changing the page orientation automatically adjusts the margins so that they remain the same distance from the four edges of the paper If the printing system cannot make these margin settings for example if the left margin would be to the right of the right margin it sets the margins to the edge limits Fonts are automatically rotated to match the current orientation Figure 1 5 Page Orientations Portrait Orientation Right margin Left margin Bottom margin Bottom margin Print Direction The print direction can be modified in 90 increments These page orientations are
264. ion mark If the beginning quotation mark is a double quotation mark the string does not end until the next double quotation mark Whatever comes in the middle of a character string including commas semicolons and even PRESCRIBE command names is recognized as part of the character string and not as part of the PRESCRIBE command language For example the expression EXIT in the following string is just text it does not cause the printing system to exit from the PRESCRIBE mode TEXT NO EXIT NO RETURN When the string itself contains one type of quotation mark the quotation mark must be enclosed in quotes of the other type Here are two examples 1 11 Chapter 1 Introduction to PRESCRIBE 1 12 TEXT You re about to enter PRESCRIBE TEXT n wm In the first command above the character string starts with a double quotation mark The printing system therefore expects the string to end with a double quotation mark and regards the apostrophe in the word You as an ordinary character not as the string ter minator Similarly the double quotation marks in the second command above are recognized as ordinary characters not as string terminators Since an apostrophe or quotation mark can start a character string anywhere in a PRE SCRIBE command sequence it is important not to start character strings unintentionally The following examples demonstrate incorrect use of apostrophes and
265. ion operators modify the current path usually by appending to it However a path in itself does not produce any image on the page Once a path has been constructed It can be used to control the application of one of the painting operators of PRESCRIBE defining the boundary of the area in which images can be printed 2 16 Path Mode Graphics There are no restrictions on the shape of a path A single path may include multiple closed subpaths representing several areas and a path may intersect itself in an arbitrary manner The order of the segments that define a path is significant A pair of line segments is said to connect only if they are defined consecutively with the second segment starting where the first one ends Non consecutive segments that meet or intersect fortuitously are not connected A subpath 1s a sequence of connected segments A path is made up of one or more sub paths Subpaths may be either open or closed Path construction begins with a NEWP NEW Path command Path construction ends with the CLSP CLoSe Path command or with any paint operator that paints the region enclosed by the path or draws a line along it such as STRoKe or FILL Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Drawing Lines The following example shows how to draw a line in the path mode RES NEW PMZ PDZ STR Figure 2 14 Drawing Lines in Path Mode 2 18 1 1 2 3 Line 1 of the program swi
266. ion to PRESCRIBE Figure 1 9 Logical Page and Physical Page Standard Mode Logical page Path Mode With the standard mode logical page any position specification that lies outside of the logical limits is automatically adjusted to bring it within the limits For example the page on the upper left in the preceding figure shows what happens if you attempt to draw a diagonal line from below the bottom edge limit to a point to the right of the right edge limit when the standard mode logical page is used The fine line represents the line as specified by the user the thick line shows what 1s actually drawn by the printing system With the path mode logical page coordinates are not adjusted even if they fall outside of the edge limits In this case as shown in the lower right page in the preceding figure the line is defined by the specified starting and ending points but parts falling outside of the edge limits are clipped Command Parameters Numeric Parameters Many of the PRESCRIBE commands use number values to specify parameters For example numbers are used to specify distances in inches centimeters points or dots Negative numbers are also allowed 1 10 Command Parameters For computer code values beyond four decimal places the fifth and subsequent decimal places are ignored Examples Number output by computer Number used by printing system 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234
267. is shown in the following example in which the cursor is moved to the coordinates as specified by the PMRA Path Move to Relative position specified by Angle command prior to drawing the arc RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMRA 5 5 3 45 PARC Sy 55 35 745 35 STRK PAGE EXIT In this current example the PMRA command moves the cursor from coordinates 5 5 as measured from the left and top edge limits of the page through the distance of 3 centi meters at the angle of 45 degrees from the positive x axis At this point the PARC com mand starts to draw the arc which ends at the angle of 135 degrees Figure 2 23 Printout of the PRA Example Circles can be constructed by drawing arcs with angular extents of 360 degrees To draw a circle you will also need PMRA command to eliminate the line extending from the center of the circle to the beginning of the circle See the following example RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 3y 35 1 455 PARC 3 3 1 5 0 360 STRK PAGE EXIT 2 25 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 24 Printout of a Circle Made with PMRA Q Drawing Complex Curves PRESCRIBE also provides a second curve drawing operator for constructing complex curves that are referred to as B zier curve segments The PCRP Path Curve to Relative Position uses the following format PCRP xl yl x2 y2 x3 y3 Figure 2 25 B zier Curves x2 y2 x1 y1 C
268. ium Bold Italic 4102 10 Albertus Albertus Md Medium ExtraBold 4362 11 Antique Olive Antique Olive Medium Bold Italic 4168 12 Clarendon Cond Clarendon Cd BoldCondensed 4140 13 Coronet Coronet Italic 4116 14 Garamond Garamond Antiqua Halbfett Kursiv KursivHalbfett 4197 15 Marigold Marigold Medium 4297 16 CG Omega CG Omega Medium Bold Italic BoldItalic 4113 LaserJet Font Selection Font Selection Resolution does not effect the availability of scalable fonts Bitmap fonts generated by LDFC present one limitation If the printing system uses a 300 dpi resolution LDFC generated 600 dpi bitmap fonts may not be used Whether these 600 dpi bitmaps are 7 35 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 36 LDFC fonts or downloaded bitmap fonts by the user they will constantly print unpre dictably if the printing system uses the resolution of 300 dpi Font Priority On the printing systems with the 600 1200 dpi resolution support font selection in the HP LaserJet format adds an additional step to the font prioritization format In font selec tion the printing system evaluates the characteristics of the font and by a process of matching features reduces selection to a single font The highest priority characteristic is symbol set followed by spacing pitch point size font style stroke weight and typeface The LaserJet emulation mode 6 adds resolution to this priority list This additional pri ority is not available in the printing systems n
269. le or read and discard rest of input file Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 5 of 11 KPDL Operators Preceding stack Operator Result Description FontDirectory dict Push directory of font dictionaries on stack init incr limit proc for Execute proc for init to limit in steps of incr array proc forall Do proc for each array element dict proc forall Do proc for each element of dict string proc forall Do proc for each element of string any Q gcheck bool Return residence mode of any num stringl ge bool Test whether num string is num string2 greater than or equal to num string2 array index get obj Get array element at index location dict key get obj Get valueassociated with key in dictionary string index get int Get string element at index location string index count getinterval substring Get substring Index and count are starting location and length of substring array index count getinterval subarray Get subarray Index and count are starting element and length of subarray Q globaldict dict Create a new dictionary object Q GlobalFontDirectory dict Push a dictionary of defined font name glyphshow Show a single character grestore Restore saved graphics state grestoreall Restore to bottommost graphics state gsave Save graphics state gstate gstate Create a new graphics state object num string 1 gt bool
270. le cached user path MinFontCompress int Indicate the threshold value for storing characters in the font cache not as complete pixel arrays but in compressed form VMReclaim int Indicate the automatic garbage collection mode VMThreshold int Indicate the threshold at which automatic garbage collection is executed once this number of bytes has been allocated after garbage collection WaitTimeout int Return the current wait timeout value 7 134 KPDL Page Device Parameters KPDL Operators The page device parameters for setpagedevice allow manipulating the output devices to receive or provide various finishing operations on the printed outputs For example the OutputType parameter allows to choose paper stack as follows To receive the output pages in the default printer stack OutputType PRINTER STACK setpagedevice To receive the output pages in the finisher for stapling OutputType STAPLER setpagedevice Table 7 49 KPDL Page Device Parameters Sheet 1 of 3 Preceding Stack Parameter Result Description BeginPage array Indicate BeginPage procedure operations This parameter is called together with the number of times showpage has executed since the beginning of the page default pop Duplex bool Return as a boolean object the current duplex mode true duplex false simplex EndPage array Indicate EndPage procedure operations This parameter is called together wit
271. le rf 290 9 occ v c 881 951 vel 801 26 91 09 17 et 1 ajo Mi cwm ng xm dal 1 Se 612 502 181 ut 551 eel 16 94 6s tr a u hog 25 El a eo ioo 1 5e 052 vio Ble 202 981 ST eet 901 06 vL 85 er 92 OL Ol fai z m 672 174 102 981 691 est mii let 501 68 L 15 52 6 2 4 t a 6 Bre zez 92 002 v8l 2 957 01 01 8 24 9 or ve 9 21 154 b 4 x 4 xX H 8 Lye Tec 912 661 Sgt 611 01 18 u 6 6 Ez L 141 one 062 vic 861 BIr 201 98 04 9t 9 jnd 4 Bl JA dH 9 797 HA 6 ete 167 534 rii 101 58 69 es 18 12 8 g n lenig S98 822 eie 961 eet OTT 001 18 89 29 96 02 Y Jix3 3 PILG v bie Lee Tle 661 Tet SIL 66 8 19 16 61 D 1 434 2016510 922 012 61 061 96 28 99 06 vt 2 git 1 tye 73 602 524 6et 6 18 9 6b ee 1 Lau ny bl e gt 0 802 261 ert 96 08 v9 2 91 0 514 400 4 E a v 6 8 L 9 8 Y t 0 626 N A 8 2d sjeg 04 6 Wal 8 2d WGI 7 9 Chapter 7 Emulation 952 662 EZZ 102 161 8 1 6st La ut 96 6L 9 t St L M o
272. length of macro name 4 characters Maximum number of parameters 19 Maximum length of CALL command 255 bytes PRESCRIBE commands that should not be contained within a macro definition EXIT LDFC MCRO DELM DAM RDMP ENDD ICCD WRED Examples of Macros Example 1 The following macro example draws a circle It first names the macro that issues the PRESCRIBE commands for drawing a circle in the middle of a page MCRO 1 MZP 4 5 5 CIR 1 ENDM EXIT When completed this macro will draw a circle after it has been sent to the printing sys tem CALL EXIT If you want circles of different sizes you can make the radius into a so called dummy parameter Dummy parameters in macro definitions are denoted using percent symbols 96 as below MCRO CIRCLE MZP 4 5 5 CIR 21 ENDM EXIT After this definition CALL CIRCLE 1 draws aone inch circle CALL CIRCLE 2 draws a two inch circle and so on Note the commas are required to separate the macro name from the radius parameter in these CALL statements 3 3 Chapter 3 Macros Example 2 The next file presents a more ambitious project It makes the graph drawing commands in the preceding section into a pair of macros to draw multiple graphs This file may help you to better understand the macro creating process The DAM command in the first line is a safety precaution that clears any previous
273. line segments end with butt caps and the notch at the larger angle between the segments is filled with a tri angle With mitered joins the edges of connected line segments are extended until they meet This type of join is limited by the miter limit explained below With round joins connected line segments are joined with circular caps Notched joins leave a notch at the larger angle between the connected line segments You can switch from the current line join type to any of the other types with the SLJN Set Line JoiN command This command uses the following format SLJN line join mode Values for line join mode include 1 for beveled joins 2 for mitered joins 3 for round joins 4 for notched joins Miter Limit When using mitered line joins the use of such joins is limited by the miter limit The miter limit is the maximum ratio of the distance between the inner and outer corners of a mitered join and the width w of the lines joined Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 22 Figure 2 19 Miter Limit W line width Ww L miter length Miter limit maximum ratio of L LET 3 5 If the angle at which lines join is such that this limit is exceeded the lines are joined with a beveled join rather than a mitered one The purpose of the miter limit is to prevent objectionably long spikes when lines join at small angles The default miter limit is 10 which results in beveled joins at angles of less than about
274. lt unit inches and the default line width 3 dots Next the MZP command on line four moves the cursor to the point that is 3 centimeters to the right of the left edge limit and 3 centimeters below the top edge limit This is the starting point from which the box is drawn On line 5 BOX 3 4 draws a box with a width of 3 centimeters and a height of 4 centi meters The position of the box with respect to the cursor depends on the positive or negative value specified for width and height The box 1s drawn to the right of the cursor if width Is positive and to the left of the cursor if width is negative Similarly the box is drawn below the cursor if height is positive and above the cursor if height is negative This relation is illustrated in the figure that follows By default the position of the cursor is not affected by this command However you can also specify an option parameter to make the cursor move to an adjacent or diagonally opposite corner of the box down by one text line or to the left margin on the next text line The following figure shows some examples 2 7 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 6 Cursor Positioning Options BOX 4 2 H Moves the cursor to the horizontally adjacent corner Cursor position BOX 4 2 V Moves the cursor to the vertically adjacent corner _ BOX 4 2 E Moves the cursor to the diagonally opposite corner BOX 4 2 L Moves the cursor down one line _
275. macros out of memory RES UNITC DAM MCRO LOCATE SLM 21 STM 22 ENDM MCRO GRAPH UNIT C SPD 0 05 SCS 0 23 0 7 3 TEXT 1 MAP 0 0 BOX 6 7 MAP 0 1 0 5 TEXT Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat MAP 0 22 DAP 1 53 DAP 2 4 DAP 3 5 DAP 4 6 DAP 5 7 DAP 6 8 ENDM CALL LOCATE 2 9 CALL GRAPH Temperature 2 5 3 5 1 9 3 0 3 8 2 8 3 3 CALL LOCATE 10 9 CALL GRAPH Humidity 3 5 1 0 1 3 2 6 1 8 6 4 5 9 CALL LOCATE 2 20 CALL GRAPH Paid Attendance 5 2 1 1 0 9 1 5 1 3 3 3 4 4 CALL LOCATE 10 20 CALL GRAPH Pages Completed 0 1 2 4 4 4 6 3 2 6 6 0 PAGE EXIT Figure 3 2 Macro Example 2 Temperature Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Paid Attendance Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Examples of Macros Humidity Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Pages Completed Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat 3 5 3 6 This page 15 left blank intentionally Chapter 4 Fonts This chapter covers font related topics including the printing system s resident and option fonts character sets and usage of font selection and symbol creation commands A font is a set of characters of a particular design The design is referred to as a typeface Several characteristics identify a font These include the font type bit map or scalable symbol set spacing pitch hei
276. mma The type field can contain the values 1 through 4 which have the fol lowing values Bit value when stall is occupied Pen stall 1 1 2 2 4 3 8 4 16 5 32 6 64 7 128 8 7 105 Chapter 7 Emulation OW Output Window This instruction returns the x and y coordinates of two diagonally opposite corners of the current plottable area Four ASCII coded integers indicating the lower left and upper right corner coordinates are returned by using the following format Xur Yur TERM LL lower left UR upper right Device Control Instructions KC GL uses device control instructions to return buffer status information and other sta tus information from the printing system via the RS 232C interface Status information cannot be output on the parallel interface If device control instructions are received via the parallel interface they are ignored The device control instructions for status output appear below Output Buffer Space ESC B This instruction returns 0 if the receive buffer is full and 1024 if the receive buffer is empty Output Extended Error ESC E This instruction normally returns 0 if an error has not occurred and returns 15 if a fram ing error parity error or overrun error has occurred Output Buffer Size Label ESC L This instruction always returns the value 1024 Output Extended Status ESC O 7 106 This instruction returns printing system status information regarding
277. mmands or by using a printer driver from your word processing software that supports the IBM Proprinter X24E No PRESCRIBE commands are needed An embedded command gives double wide versions and another give double high version of all four fonts Samples are shown on the next page Figure 7 4 IBM Proprinter Emulation Print Samples In the IBM emulation you have five basic fonts to choose from This is Draft Sans serif 10 cpi This is also Draft Sans serif but in 12 cpi And the same in Condensed spacing close to 17 cpi This is Letter Quality Courier 10 cpi This is Letter Quality Courier condensed This is Letter Quality Prestige Elite 12 cpl This is Letter Quality Courier Proportional IBM PC word processing capabilities include both emphasized and double strike printing superscripts and subscripts lt 2 gt underlines overlines DOUBLE WIDE and DOUBLE HIGH and even DOUBLE WIDE and DOUBLE HIGH The IBM Proprinter X24E emulation supports embedded commands for double wide double high printing emphasized printing double strike printing superscripts 75 Chapter 7 Emulation subscripts underlining backspace vertical and horizontal tabulation line spacing and paper length The font mode set for the IBM Proprinter X24E emulation is 0 the printing system adjusts nothing automatically for font attributes unless you change it by the FTMD command If you do not need exact character spacing you
278. n Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 16 lines inch ESC amp 16D 1B 266C 3136 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 24 lines inch ESC amp 24D 1B 26 6C 3234 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 48 lines inch ESC amp i48D 1B 26 6C 3438 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 44 Alphanumeric of bytes ESC amp n W 1B 26 6E Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ID operation 57 String CURSOR POSITIONING Vertical and Horizontal Vertical of Rows ESC amp a R 1B2661 452 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Position of Dots ESC p Y IB 2A 70 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 59 of ESC amp a V 1B2661 456 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Decipoints Horizontal of Columns ESC amp a C 1B 2661 43 Yes Yes Yes Yes Position of Dots ESC p X IB 2A 70 s Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 58 of ESC amp a H 1B2661 448 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Decipoints Half Line Feed ESC 1B 3D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes End of Line Termination Line CR CR ESC amp k0G 1B 26 6B 3047 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Termination LF LF FF FF CR CR LF ESC amp k1G 1B266B3147 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes LF LF FF FF CR ESC amp k2G 1B 26 6B 3247 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes LF CR LF FF CR FF CR CR LF ESC amp k3G 1B 26 6B 3347 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes LF CR LF FF CR FF Push Pop Position Push Pop Push ESC amp f S 26 663053 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Position Pop ESC amp f S 1B 26 663153 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes FONT SELECTION Symbol Set Selection Primary ISO 60 ESC OD 1B 28 30 44 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Symbol Set Norwegian
279. n moL tie 92 02 vic 861 91 OST 24 98 OL v6 8 22 9 44 al 9p Ty 92 622 ete 161 SOT eet riii TOL 98 69 6 1 12 124141 F Nle e njajn ajs 5 GA 73 212 961 9 eet 9ti 901 78 89 25 9 yos Lid bie 173 23 TZ 861 91 n Ter SIT 66 8 19 1g 9 61 511194 7119 26 ila evo 922 072 234 291 9vt oet 86 28 99 06 vt 8t e z qg tjt 94 9 4 a ula tle Tre E77 602 61 191 Srt 621 eu 16 18 69 6v t ri g T i gt e 0 vee 802 261 091 821 eit 96 08 9 9 9 o 919 0 o 4 2 v 6 8 L 9 S v t 4 0 pueje j 98 24 noz 1 098 24 7 92 HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 6 2 22 102 161 rii 681 121 96 61 9 ly 16 ST L i O A Tt 752 82 222 902 061 vil 861 evt 9et ott 6 84 9 9t 0t v JL Pity lt ve tSc n 122 902 681 gt LST ie Sel 601 t6 LL 19 St 62 et 1 twm 2 952 022 02 gat ett 951 Ovi vet 801 26 9L 09 vv 82 et alo 3 6 182 982 612 goz 181 SST 6 eel LOT 16 SL 65 ev It 052 yee 912 202 981 vst eet 90T 06 vL 85 ev 92 ot 51117 alez cy ct 6 2 eee 102 581 691 est Le
280. nate system curren t PCL CAP HP GL 2 Plot Horizontal ESC c K 2A 63 tt Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal size in inches 4B Size HP GL 2 Plot Verticalsizein ESC c L 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Vertical Size inches 4C Set Picture Set anchor ESC cOT 1B2A633054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Frame Anchor pointto cursor Point position 7 61 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 62 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 14 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c X 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Horizontal 58 Size Picture Frame Decipoints ESC c Y 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Vertical Size 59 Colors Assign Color Index Number ESC v I 1B 2A 76 No No No No Yes Index 49 Color Ist ESC v A 1B 2 76 No No No No Yes Component 1 Component 41 Color 2nd ESC v B 1B 2 76 No No No No Yes Component 2 Component 42 Color 3rd ESC v C 1B 2A 76 No No No No Yes Component3 Component 43 Color Lookup of Bytes ESC l W 2A 6C No No No No Yes Tables 57 Configure of Bytes ESC v W 2A 76 tt No No No No Yes Image Data 57 Download of Bytes ESC m W 1B 2A 76 tt No No No No Yes Dither Matrix 49 Foreground Index Number ESC v S 2A 76 No No No No Yes Color 53 Gamma Gamma 2 74
281. nce of PRESCRIBE commands that follows until the ENDM END Macro command appears Thereafter the entire sequence of commands can be executed by specifying the assigned name in a single CALL or AMCR Automatic MaCRo command The MCRO command has the follow ing format MCRO name dummy sign comment The name of a macro can be any length but only the first four characters are recognized by the PRESCRIBE command language Any distinction between upper and lowercase letters is also ignored For example the following macro names are all the same ABCD abcd ABCDE Abcdxyz The name must start with a letter but the other characters can include digits and special symbols such as hyphens For example F 1 and GRY2 are valid macro names The dummy sign the default is the percent sign indicates dummy parameters in the body of the macro Dummy parameters enable you to place different variables when the mac ros are called By using dummy parameters the same macro will execute differently according to the values given on the CALL command Dummy parameters are written by writing the dummy sign followed by a number for the first dummy parameter 2 for the second dummy parameter and so on up to a maximum of 19 dummy parameters The same dummy parameter can be used any number of times Values are assigned to dummy parameters when the macro is called by the CALL command You do not have to specify the dummy sign in the MCRO command unless y
282. nd which selects the desired HP symbol set In the example below the Win dows symbol set is selected CSET 9U HP symbol set values can be referenced on the CSET command page in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference 4 9 Chapter 4 Fonts Selecting Fonts with the FONT Command The FONT command uses font numbers to select fonts A scalable font does not nor mally have the font number therefore you must take one extra step using the SFNT Select FoNT by typeface command See Selecting Fonts Using the SFNT Command above For example to select the 10 point TimesNewRoman which was assigned with font number 1001 command IR SFNT TimesNewRoman 10 1001 FONT 1001 EXIT Bitmap Font Mode If you use a bitmap font a change in fonts can also affect the character spacing line spacing and page orientation This depends on the font mode FTMD With bitmap fonts setting the font mode to 15 enables the printing system to adjust all these parame ters automatically When you select font 23 landscape PrestigeEliteBM 10 Roman for example the printing system automatically changes the character spacing to 12 charac ters per inch the line spacing to about 7 25 lines per inch and the page orientation to landscape Remember that the font mode 15 only valid for bitmap fonts Scalable fonts always adjust to the current page orientation Also with scalable fonts you must use a line spacing adjustment command to set the innate line
283. ne of the emulation modes See Chapter 4 for details The graphics commands which create a path are also supported in all emulation modes Instructions on how to create a path are described in Chapter 2 emulations the printing system s margins differ slightly between emulations The margins can be adjusted with PRESCRIBE margin commands However they cannot be moved outside the paper edge limits PRESCRIBE commands can also be used for supplementary font control Examples are given in each section FONT SFNT etc Line Printer Emulation Mode 0 To set the power up emulation for Line Printer send the printing system the following PRESCRIBE command sequence FRPO Pl 0 1 U6 1 EXIT The Line Printer character set options are the same as for the IBM emulation FRPO U6 1 selects the full IBM US ASCII character set which includes many international char acters graphic symbols and mathematical symbols in addition to standard ASCII If you leave the U6 parameter at its 0 factory setting you will get a subset excluding some international characters and symbols The other options are US Legal FRPO U6 9 and the Danish character set FRPO U6 4 See Section for details The line printer emulation is virtually featureless It uses only the control codes listed below 7 3 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 2 Line Printer Control Codes Character code Abbreviation Meaning
284. ng when the page size selected during page setup differs from the paper size of the tray true display cassette error ProcessColorModel name Return the engine type as a name object Device Gray Monochrome Device CMY Three colors Device CMYK Four colors MediaPosition int Set the tray corresponding to the specified number as the current tray OutputPage bool Set whether to output paper true default false no output paper Collate bool Turn on off the collate function true electric collate on only when harddisk is installed CollateDetails dict Control the detailed parameters of the collate function See CollateDetails Parameters on page 138 Fold int Fold booklet pages DF 75 finisher 0 Do not fold 3 Fold FoldDetails dict Control the detailed parameters of folding See FoldMode and FoldCount below FoldMode int 1 Fold staple booklet pages FoldCopy int Control the number of pages to be folded 0 Do not fold the pages whose number exceeds the maximum l Fold the rest of the pages whose number exceeds the maximum 2 Fold every two pages 3 Fold every three pages 10 Fold every ten pages Jog int Jog the output every n pages as given by the integer code 0 Do not jog 3 Jog using the given jog offset only when optional stacker is installed Staple int Staple the output every n pages as given by the integer code 0 Do not staple 3 Staple when job is finished
285. nner radius outer radius starting angle and ending angle The following PRESCRIBE demonstrates the ARC command CMNT Enter PRESCRIBE mode RES CMNT Reset printing system parameters UNIT C CMNT Set centimeters as unit PAT 9 CMNT Select pattern 9 MZP 8 8 CMNT Move cursor to point that is 8 CMNT from left edge limit and CMNT 8 cm from top edge limit ARC 1 2 0 90 Figure 2 9 A Filled Arc The ARC command on line 8 of the command sequence draws an arc with an inner radius of 1 centimeter an outer radius of 2 centimeters a starting angle of 0 straight up and an ending angle of 90 degrees The ARC command does not draw a line around the boundary of the filled in area 2 11 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Defining Fill Patterns With a little work you can construct your own fill patterns You can generate 8 x 8 dot patterns using the FPAT generate Fill PATtern command or 16 x 16 dot patterns using the XPAT generate eXpanded fill PATtern command This section gives examples of both IR RES MZP 1 1 FPAT 16 40 68 130 65 34 20 8 BLK 1 1 PAGE EXIT Line 4 of this command sequence prints a filled block using a fill pattern defined by the FPAT command on line 3 Each of the eight numbers in the FPAT defines one row of an 8 x 8 dot pattern The pat tern follows Figure 2 10 Dot Pattern and a Filled Block For this patte
286. nt Parameters Sheet 4 of 7 Environment Parameter Value 23 24 25 oy 9 Factory setting Main cassette the first feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette Main cassette the second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette The first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette Main cassette the first feeder cassette the second feeder cassette the third feeder cassette and the fourth feeder cassette Switched according to the page size command in data Default paper size R2 0 Size ofthe default paper cassette See R4 0 1 Monarch 3 7 8 x 7 1 2 inches 2 Business 4 1 8 x 9 1 2 inches 3 International DL 11 x 22 cm 4 International C5 16 2 x 22 9 cm 5 Executive 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 inches 6 US Letter 8 1 2 x 11 inches 7 US Legal 8 1 2 x 14 inches 8 4 21 0 x 29 7 cm 9 JIS BS 18 2 x 25 7 10 A3 29 7 x 42 cm 11 B4 25 7 x 36 4 cm 12 US Ledger 11 x 17 inches 13 5 14 8 x 21 cm 14 10 5 x 14 8 cm 15 JIS B6 12 8 x 18 2 16 Commercial 9 3 7 8 x 8 7 8 inches 17 Commercial 6 3 5 8 x 6 1 2 inches 18 ISO B5 17 6 x 25 cm 19 Custom 11 7 x 17 7 inches f 30 C4 22 9 x 32 4 31 Hagaki 10 x 14 8 cm f 32 Ofuku Hagaki 14 8 x 20 33 Officio II 36 A3 Wide 37 Ledger Wide 50 Statement
287. nt and the line segments extending from the ends of the arc to the center of the circle of which the arc is a part This section shows how to select a fill pattern and print a filled block or arc Drawing Filled Blocks The following command sequence prints the block shown below IR RES UNIT P MZP 72 72 PAT 6 BLK 72 144 H PAGE EXIT Figure 2 8 A Filled Block Lines 1 and 2 put the printing system in the PRESCRIBE mode reset printing system parameters and set the unit of measurement to points One point is equal to 1 7 inches Next the MZP command moves the cursor to the position 72 points to the right of the left edge limit and 72 points below the top edge limit The PAT select fill PATtern command on line 4 of the program selects the fill pattern In this program pattern number 6 1s selected You can select from among any of the printing system s 60 predefined fill patterns or choose to define a pattern using the XPAT generate eXpanded PATtern command In either case the selection is made with the PAT command For 1200 dpi and 600 dpi models the user can define the printing resolution 300 600 1200 dpi of the pattern by giving a second parameter to the PAT command You can also select a shade of gray for filling the arc or block by using the GPAT set Gray PATtern command It is possible to apply a color to a pattern specified using PAT FPAT GPAT or XPAT Note however that this may not
288. nts and the font mode is changed to 15 The sample text is then printed by selecting pica for the title elite for the first paragraph compressed for the second paragraph compressed elite for the third paragraph and elite for the last paragraph SETF 0 12 CMNT Draft 10 Swiss721BM12 Bold SETF 1 2 CMNT Draft 12cpi Dutch801BM10 Roman SETF 7 13 CMNT Draft 15 1 Swiss721BM8 Roman SETF 8 14 CMNT Condensed 10cpi Swiss721BM6 Roman EXIT To select a scalable font for the SETF assignments first assign a font number to the scal able font by sending the command SFNT commands to the printing system as shown below The font number assigned should not duplicate a number already in use IR SENT Swiss742SWC Bold 12 3000 277 1 SFNT Dutch801SWC Roman 10 3001 277 1 SENT Swiss742SWC Roman 8 3002 277 1 SENT Swiss742SWC Roman 6 3002 277 L EXIT Ne oW Ne option parameters for SENT including symbol set compression and angle are required for assigning font numbers to a scalable font when altering the SETF assign ments for the Epson emulation Landscape printing is possible in the LQ 850 mode If you send the command R SPOL EXIT the printing system rotates fonts and prints them in landscape ori entation In portrait orientation the printing system supports Epson bit image graphics so with graphics software for the LQ 850 printer
289. nts provides how to manage font selection and font samples Later Chapter 5 Barcodes explains the barcode printing capabilities of the command language Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters explains how to reprogram the printing system s firm ware for customization Chapter 7 Emulation gives notes on the printing system s various emulation modes An Index is also provided at the end of this manual Notice Most PRESCRIBE commands operate in the same way on all of these models However on particular models some commands are irrelevant Model dependent differences are noted at the pertinent locations in this manual Conventions italic is used for emphasis and also refers to a related chapter or section in this man ual or another related document fixed pitch means text or commands that you must type exactly as it appears Table of Contents General 1 Introduction Dod ili Introduction to PRESCRIBE Format of PRESCRIBE Commands esses eene enne nennen nennen etnies 1 4 Basic Com Ce pts ssc eei ERO UP ER AERE ee AE ea ee cava Pus pet 1 4 cod eno e tsi E npe estis s 1 4 a eee A 1 4 Page Orientation and Direction sse eere enne eene 1 5 Coordinate System
290. num2 Get absolute value of num1 numl num2 add sum Add numl and num2 array aload 0 1 array Load array elements into stack below array string target anchorsearch tail target true or Test whether target is initial string false substring of string int booll int bool2 and int bool3 Bitwise or logical AND x yrangl ang2 arc Create counterclockwise arc xyrangl ang2 aren Create clockwise arc xl yl x2y2r arct Create line ending in arc xl yl x2y2r arcto ytl yt2 Create line ending in arc return arc coordinates int array array Create array of null objects ax ay string ashow Print string with adjusted character spacing obj0 obj n 1 array array Pop elements from stack into array num den atan angle Get arctangent of num den in degrees cy chr ax ay string awidthshow Print string with ashow and widthshow effects dict begin Push dict on dictionary stack proc bind proc Replace operator names in proc by values intl count bitshift int2 Shift intl bitwise by count positive is left file bytesavailable int Get number of bytes left to read in file cachestatus bsize bmax Get font cache information msize mmax csize cmax blimit numl ceiling num2 Find least integer not less than numl string bool charpath Create character outline clear Clear entire stack cleardictstack Clear dictionary stack 7 117 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 118 Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 2 of 11
291. o No Yes No 41 YOUKEI 4 ESC amp 79A 1B 26 6C 37 39 No No No Yes No 41 FOLIO ESC amp 77A 1B 26 6C 37 37 No No No Yes No 41 STATEMENT ESC amp 76A 1B 26 6C 37 36 No No No Yes No 41 OFICIO II ESC amp 73A 1B 26 6C 37 33 No No No Yes No 41 7 51 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 52 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 4 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000C Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 International ESC amp 100A 1B 266C 3130 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 3041 Custom ESC amp 101A 1B 266C 3130 Yes Yes Yes Yes No 3141 Monarch ESC amp 80A 1B266C3830 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 10 ESC amp i81A 1B 266C 3831 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 DL ESC amp 90A 1B266C3930 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 International ESC amp 91A 1B266C3931 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 41 Page Length of Lines ESC amp i P 1B 26 6C s Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 050 Orientation Orientation Portrait ESC amp 00 1B266C304F Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Landscape ESC amp I1O 1B266C314F Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Reverse ESC amp 20 1B266C324F Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Portrait Reverse ESC amp 230 1B 26 6 33 4F Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Landscape Print Direction Degrees of ESC amp a P 1B2661 450 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Rotation counterclock wise 90 increments only Character Text Horizontal ESC amp cOT 1B 26 63 30 54 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Path Direction Vertical ESC amp c
292. o of five with no checksum 23 Code 128 USD 6 manual code change 24 Code 128 USD 6 automatic code change 25 Code with only c checksum USD 8 26 11 with both c k checksums USD 8 27 Code 93 with both c and k checksums USD 7 28 CODABAR with no check digits USD 4 29 Matrix two of five with no checksum DD MY BI NJI ej 30 Datalogic two of five with no checksum 31 Industrial two of five with no checksum 5 5 Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 6 Table 5 1 Barcode Types Sheet 2 of 2 No Type 32 Ames with no checksum 33 Delta distance a IBM with no checksum 34 Delta distance 7 with checksum 35 EAN 8 with two digit supplement 36 EAN 8 with five digit supplement 37 EAN 13 with two digit supplement 38 EAN 13 with five digit supplement 39 POSTNET USPS 40 FIM USPS 41 Interleaved two of five USD 1 with checksum 42 128 43 Customer 44 Wide gap CODABAR Table 5 2 Length Character Set and Default Sheet 1 of 2 Type Length Character set Default 0 11 0123456789 0 1 13 2 16 3 13 4 18 5 22 6 25 7 29 8 6 9 8 10 11 1 7 12 12 13 13 14 15 15 1 14 16 1 14 17 1 14 18 1 14 19 1 40 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJK LMNOPQRSTUV
293. of slice 100 For example the angular extent of the first arc is 360 x 19 36 degrees The starting angle of each arc equals the starting angle of the pie chart 0 degrees plus the angular extent of all the preceding arcs The ending angle equals the starting angle plus the angu lar extent of the arc Path Mode Graphics With path mode graphics images are constructed by defining lines and curves as paths then rendering them as images by stroking along the paths or filling the area enclosed by them PRESCRIBE provides a variety of path construction operators and painting opera tors for stroking or filling paths Path In PRESCRIBE a path is a set of straight or curved line segments either connected or disconnected that describes the shape and position of one or more objects or regions Paths can be used to draw lines and curves and to specify boundaries of filled areas A path is stroked by drawing a line of arbitrary width along it The line may be solid black all white or any intermediate shade of gray It may also be a dashed line of any pattern of segment lengths A path is filled by painting the entire area that it encloses with a gray scale pattern rang ing from black to white or with one of the printing system s predefined patterns In order to be filled a path must be closed that is it must return to its starting point A path is constructed by means of one or more path construction operators The path construct
294. on by Embedded Commands Word processing programs with IBM and Epson printer drivers include support for a set of specific typefaces The Kyocera printing system internally assigns these typefaces to match similar typefaces already in the printing system Kyocera users may reassign these fonts to create a custom font list To make this change refer to the SETF command in PRESCRIBE Commands Command Reference Word processing programs that support the Diablo 630 printer use embedded ribbon color commands The printing system translates these internally into ALTF commands By placing two SETF commands at the top of a file you can designate any two desired fonts by ribbon color commands Word processing programs that support the LaserJet printer have font description com mands Kyocera printing systems understand these commands You can use them to select any of the fonts in the printing system When you select fonts by selecting your software s own commands your software rec ognizes the command and is not thrown off in its tracking of characters per line or lines per page The IBM Epson and LaserJet emulations support enough embedded com mands to meet nearly all font selection needs Only in the Line Printer emulation must you rely wholly on PRESCRIBE commands for font selection Details on font selection by embedded command appear in Chapter 7 Creation of New Symbols and Characters With a little work it is possible to design completel
295. oordinate 1 54 Pen down xn coordinate i sd yn coordinate i sd PM Polygon mode PR Ax i sd Ay1 i sd Ax2 i sd 2 1 4 Plot relative xn coordinate i sd yn coordinate i sd PS paper size i Select paper size PT pen thickness d Pen thickness PU x1 coordinate i sd y1 coordinate 1 54 Pen up xn coordinate 1 54 yn coordinate i sd RA x coordinate i sd y coordinate i sd Fill rectangle absolute RO angle in degrees i Rotate coordinate system RR Ax i sd Ay i sd Fill rectangle relative SA Select alternate character set SC Xmin i Xmax i Ymin i Ymax i Scale SI character width d character height d Absolute character size SL tan0 d Character slant SM character c Symbol mode SP pen number i Select pen SR character width d character height d Relative character size SS Select standard character set TL tick length in positive direction d Tick length tick length in negative direction d UC pen control 1 Ax i Ay Plot user defined character pen control 1 WG radius i sd start angle i center angle i Plot filled wedge resolution i XT X tick XT Y tick E Mask Bit Values The IM instruction sets an E mask that controls how errors are reported on the RS 232C interface The E mask value is the sum of the bit values in the following table Table 7 39 E Mask Bit Values Bit Error No Description 1 0 1
296. operator The edge limits are located as shown in the following figure and table They adjust automatically to the size of the paper cassette although not to the size of manually fed paper 7 140 Figure 7 53 Printable Area Horizontal edge lt Table 7 54 Paper Sizes and Printable Area Printable area l Direction of paper feeding i Vertical edge limit KPDL Operators Paper type Paper size Edge limits A above Printable area B above Horizontal Vertical cm Points cm Pt Pt A32 29 7 x 42 0 842 1191 0 42 12 0 35 10 28 85 x 41 31 818x 1171 4 25 7x36 4 728 x 1032 0 42 12 0 35 10 24 83 x 35 70 704x 1012 A4 21 0 x 29 7 595 x 842 0 42 12 0 35 10 20 14 x 28 99 571x 822 A4 Small 21 0x29 7 595x842 0 875 25 0 875 25 19 22 x 27 94 545 x 792 AS 14 8x21 0 421x595 0 42 12 0 35 10 14 x 20 28 397 x 575 A6 10 5x14 8 297x421 0 42 12 0 35 10 9 63 14 14 273x401 B5 18 2x25 7 516x729 0 74 21 0 35 10 16 72x 25 01 474 x 709 B6 12 8 18 2 364x516 0 42 12 0 35 10 11 99 x 17 49 340 496 Int l DL 11 0x22 0 312x624 0 42 12 0 35 10 10 16x21 3 288x604 Int B5 17 6x25 0 499 x 708 0 42 12 0 42 12 16 75 x 24 13 475 x 684 Int C4 22 9x32 44 649x919 0 42 12 0 35 10 22 0x31 7 625 899 Int C5 16 2x 22 9 459 x 649 0 42 12 0 35 10 15 34 x 22 18 435 x 629 Double postcard 14 8x20 0 421 x 595b 04
297. optional features installed in the printing system Note that a print environment using resource protection but whose space has been lim ited by user memory items like macros symbol sets and fonts will render the resource protection feature non operational The property value temporary or permanent assigned to a resource must be given in the PCL command language PRESCRIBE provides no commands for making a temporary or permanent designation As a result resource protection mode applies only to those resources generated with the HP PCL command language description of the memory requirements and property values for typical models appear in the following table Minimum memory requirement for Resource Protection The following tables are memory requirements for typical printing system models For information on memory requirement on other printing system models refer to the opera tion manual supplied with the printing system Table 7 20 Example FS 1000 Series Printing Condition Resolution 300 dpi 600 dpi HPLJ4 2Mbytes 2Mbytes HPLJ 4 duplex mode None raster memory A4 Letter 2Mbytes 6 Mbytes HPLJ 4 duplex mode None raster memory Legal 2Mbytes 7Mbytes HPLJ 4 duplex mode on raster memory A4 Letter 3Mbytes 10 Mbytes 7 41 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 42 Table 7 20 Example FS 1000 Series Printing Condition Resolution 300 dpi 600 dpi HPLJ 4 duplex mode on raster memory Legal 3Mbytes 11 Mbytes
298. ot supporting the 600 1200 dpi resolutions For example the printing system might face a font selection scenario of four near identi cal types of the Dutch801 font by the KPDL emulation e CGTimes LaserJet compatible Intelli font Times PostScript compatible font TimesNewRoman LaserJet compatible TrueType font These fonts have several common attributes and there is a possibility that selecting a Times may insert the TimesNewRoman font instead as a result of the internal font evalu ation procedure It is therefore important to understand how fonts are selected by the printing system See Chapter 4 for a discussion of the printing system s internal font evaluation The final lowest priority for font priority is the font source The source refers to the place where the font is accessed The following table shows how this characteristic is ordered Ordering Source Priority within same priority source 1 Downloaded and LDFC generated fonts Smaller font ID 2 Memory card fonts Top slot bottom slot 3 Resident and optional fonts Alphabetic order Users should note two differences in the source priority of font selection Ordering prior ity 1 uses the original HP method whereby the internal number assigned to a font would be evaluated and the lowest number given the higher priority This method applies to fonts downloaded to the printing system and any LDFC generated fonts Ordering prior ity 3 evaluates the font in alphabetic ord
299. ou want to use a dummy sign different from the percent sign or want to specify a comment The printing system ignores the comment A useful comment would be a list of the meanings of dummy parameters In particular a macro can contain the CALL command permit ting one macro to call another Macro calls can be nested in this way up to a maximum depth of 20 If the body of the macro contains TEXT RTXT or CTXT commands and these have dummy parameters the enclosing quotation marks should be included in the macro call not in the macro definition This enables strings containing commas semicolons consec utive spaces apostrophes and quotation marks to be printed If a macro with the same name has already been defined the new definition is ignored To redefine a macro you must first delete the old definition with the DELM DELete Macro or Delete Macros command or by switching the printing system power off There is no particular limit on the length of a macro The maximum number of macros that can be defined is limited only by the amount of the available memory in the printing system Each command in a macro is limited to 255 characters in length Figure 3 1 PRESCRIBE Macro Limitations Macro limitations are summarized as follows Examples of Macros Maximum number of macros downloadable to the printing system Depends on the available printing sys tem s memory Maximum nesting levels 20 Maximum
300. ouble wide Mode one line 14 Yes ESC wn Turn Double high Mode On Off 1B 77 Yes Print Enhancement ESCE Select Emphasized Mode 1B 45 Yes ESCF Cancel Emphasized Mode 1B 46 Yes ESCG Select Double strike Mode 1B 47 Yes ESCH Cancel Double strike Mode 1B 48 Yes ESCSn Select Superscript or Subscript 53 Yes ESCT Cancel Superscript Subscript Mode 1B 54 Yes ESC nl n2 m d1 42 Select Score 1B282D Yes ESC n Turn Underline Mode On Off 1B 2D Yes ESC q Select Character Style 1B 67 Yes Word Processing ESC an Select Justification 1B 61 ESCSPn Set Intercharacter Space 1B 20 Yes Character Tables ESCtn Select Character Set 74 Yes ESC 4 Select Italic Mode 1B 34 Yes ESC 5 Cancel Italic Mode 1B 35 Yes ESCR Select an International Character Set 1B 52 Yes User defined Characters ESC amp null 41 d2 dn Define User defined Characters 1B 26 ESC null n null Copy ROM to RAM IB3A ESC Select User defined Set 1B 25 ESC 6 Enable Printable Characters 1B 36 Yes ESC 7 Enable Upper Control Codes 1B 37 Yes Graphics ESC K n1 n2 v1 v2 vn Select Single density Graphics Mode 1B 4B Yes ESC L n1 n2 v1 v2 vn Select Double density Graphics Mode 1B 4C Yes ESC Y nl n2 v1 v2 vn Select High speed Double density Graphics Mode 1B 59 Yes ESC Z n1 n2 v1 v2 vn Select Quadruple density Graphics Mode 5A Yes ESC mnl n2 v1 v2 vn Select Graphics Mode 1B 2A Yes ESC mn Reassign Graphics Mode 1B 3F Yes 7 25 Chapter 7 Emulation
301. pacing ON 1B 50 Yes ESC Q Proportional spacing OFF 51 Yes ESCR Underline OFF 1B 52 Yes ESCS Reset character spacing 1B 53 Yes ESCT Set top margin at current position 1B 54 Yes ESCU Half linefeed IB 55 Yes ESCV Hyplot ON relative move 1B 56 ESC V BEL Hyplot relative plot 1B 56 07 ESC W Shadow printing ON 57 Yes ESC X Bold shadow and underline OFF 58 Yes ESC Y Printwheel spoke 0 character 59 ESCZ Printwheel spoke 95 character 1B 5 7 15 Chapter 7 Emulation 992 682 22 102 161 681 121 56 6L 9 n Si 53 Xo eds 2 792 Bee 222 902 061 v 8st evt 9et 91 6 9 29 06 oT UP dE TES AO epu we lt lt 652 nz 122 502 681 dst Ter Set 601 6 m 19 6 et n T 2 n 11 2 Q 252 952 022 02 881 et 951 vel 801 26 94 09 vr 82 at GS E TEL 152 562 612 02 191 661 6 621 LOT 16 SL 6 It 4 5 dy 082 yee 812 202 98t ST ecl 90t 06 86 E 92 or GA eez 10 987 691 161 Tet SOT 68 eL Lg 152 6 AS CEA E 912 002 Yer 89r 291 get oet 88 24 95 ov vo 8 Fe Lose xs X uX H 8 Lye 154 52 667 191 Ist Set 61 01 18 86 68 e 1 MID LI EA 082 vu 861 281 991 0st git 201 98 OL ge
302. page only Line spacing UO Lines per inch integer value 6 Line spacing Ul Lines per inch fraction value 0 Character spacing Characters per inch integer value 10 Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters Table 6 1 Interface dependent Parameters Sheet 3 of 3 Environment Parameter Value Factory setting Character spacing U3 Characters per inch fraction value 0 Country code U6 0 US ASCII 0 1 France 2 Germany 3 UK 4 Denmark 5 Sweden 6 Italy 7 Spain 8 Japan 9 US Legal 10 IBM PC 850 Multilingual 11 IBM PC 860 Portuguese 12 IBM PC 863 Canadian French 13 IBM PC 865 Norwegian 14 Norway 15 Denmark 2 16 Spain2 17 Latin America 50 99 HP PCL symbol set coding See page 7 37 Codesetatpowerupin U7 daisywheel emulation 0 Same as the default emulation mode Pl 0 1 IBM 2 Daisywheel 3 HP Roman US ASCII 4 Sameas3 5 EpsonLQ 850 6 Roman 8 J 99 HP PCL symbol set coding See page 7 37 Font pitch for fixed U8 Integer value in cpi 0 99 10 pitch scalable fonts 7179 Fraction value in 1 100 cpi 0 99 0 Font height for the vo Integer value in 100 points 0 9 0 default scalable font yj Integer value in points 0 99 12 V2 Fraction value in 1 100 points 0 25 50 0775 0 Default scalable font V3 Name oftypeface ofup to 32 characters enclosed with single or double quotation marks a
303. panel may also be used to establish resource protection The following table summarizes the features and functions of the resource protection mode in the HP LaserJet emulation Table 7 19 Resource Protection and FRPO N9 Value Resource Property Emulation 9 0 1 2 Soft fonts Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained Soft fonts Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained Macros Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained Macros Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained User patterns Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained User patterns Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained User symbol set Permanent HPLJ Deleted Retained Retained User symbol set Temporary HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained Print environment HPLJ Deleted Deleted Retained Permanent dictionary KPDL Retained Retained Retained A detailed description of the FRPO N9 command follows Note that the factory default setting for the N9 command is 0 N9 0 resource protection is off No resources will be protected during emulation switching regardless of whether they are temporary or permanent When the user returns to the mode 6 emulation the print environment will be reset The print environment includes items such as number of copies orientation and margins HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 N9 1 permanent PCL resources printing system will store in memory all are protected resources marked as permanent soft fonts macros u
304. permit the selection of KPDL emulation the automatic emula tion sensing AES can be activated so that print jobs using other emulations will auto matically print in the correct emulation Refer to the AES related FRPO command parameters P4 and P5 in Interface independent Parameters on page 5 in Chapter 6 General Information on Emulation The printing system s capability for supporting seven printer emulations is remarkably complete although a few differences are noteworthy The printing system cannot print on paper larger than the size of its cassette In par ticular it cannot print on continuous forms The 600 dpi and 1200 dpi resolutions are supported only with HP LaserJet KPDL emulations Even for the models with 600 dpi and 1200 dpi support printing occurs only with the 300 dpi resolution in Line Printer IBM Proprinter Diablo and Epson emulation modes The printing system s fonts do not duplicate the appearance of the fonts of the emu lated printers exactly For a fixed font the printing system provides the same charac ter spacing as the printer under emulation This is not always true for proportional spacing When proportional spacing is used your word processing software using an HP LaserJet driver may be unable to properly right justify proportional text The printing system supports scalable outline fonts With the assistance of PRE SCRIBE commands the scalable fonts are available for printing in any o
305. print status at power on as a bool object true print status false do not print status FactoryDefaults bool Indicate with a boolean object whether to initialize the following parameters at power on true initialize false do not initialize factory default SystemParamsPassword StartJobPassword FactoryDefaults MaxFontCache MaxDisplayList MaxScreenStorage MaxUPathCache MaxPatternCache MaxOutlineCache MaxFormCache FontResourceDir GenericResourceDir GenericResourcePathSep FontResourceDir string Identify the font resource directory on the harddisk Defaults are in fonts GenericResourceDir string Identify the directory for resources other than fonts on the harddisk Defaults are in Resource GenericResource PathSep string Specify the separator character used between resource identifiers on the harddisk Defaults are in JobTimeout int Indicate the default job timeout value MaxDisplayList int Indicate the maximum storage of DisplayList for the current page MaxFontCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the font cache MaxFormCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the form cache MaxOutlineCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the CharString cache on the disk MaxPatternCache int Indicate the maximum storage of the pattern cache MaxScreenStorage int Indicate in bytes the maximum sto
306. quired for downward compatibility The following symbol sets are supported when substituted bit map fonts are in use To power up the printing system in one of these symbol set use the following FRPO U6 and U7 values Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 17 Symbol Sets for Bitmap Fonts Symbol Set HP Symbol Set ID Value U6 Value FRPO U7 Value ISO 60 Norway 00 4 4 50 HP Extension OE 5 5 ISO 25 France 6 6 HP German 0G 7 7 ISO 15 Italian OI 9 9 ISO 14 Japan OK 11 11 94 Latin 1 ON 14 14 ISO 11 Sweden 05 19 19 ISO 6 ASCII 0U 21 21 ISO 61 Norway 1D 36 36 ISO 4 U K 1E 37 37 ISO 69 France 1F 38 38 ISO 21 Germany 1G 39 39 HP Spanish 1S 51 51 US Legal 1U 53 53 ISO 57 China 2K 75 75 ISO 17 Spain 2S 83 83 50 ISO 2 IRV 2U 85 85 50 ISO 10 Sweden 35 115 15 51 ISO 16 Portugal 45 147 47 51 Roman 9 4U 179 79 51 ISO 84 Portugal 55 179 79 51 ISO 85 Spain 6S 211 11 52 PCSet 1 8Q 273 73 52 HP Roman 8 8U 277 77 52 PC Extension 9Q 305 5 53 IBM PC 8 10U 341 41 53 IBM PC 8 D N 110 373 73 53 IBM PC 850 12U 405 5 54 PC 858 13U 437 37 54 Symbol Sets for Scalable Fonts The following table lists symbol set support for resident scalable fonts To power up the printing system in one of these symbol set use the following FRPO U6 and U7 values Table 7 18 Symbol Sets
307. rage of the half tone screen usable by the screen 7 132 KPDL Operators Table 7 47 KPDL System Parameters Sheet 2 of 2 Preceding stack Parameter Result Description MaxSourceList int Indicate in bytes the maximum storage of the host buffer used by the current input device MaxUPathCache int Indicate in bytes the maximum storage which can be used by the user path cache PageCount int Indicate the total number of printed pages since the printer s manufacture Password int string Indicate the password necessary when changing system parameters and or device parameters PrinterName string Indicate the name given to the printer RamSize int Indicate in bytes the total RAM capacity currently in the printer RealFormat string Indicate the method of representing the numeric values of binary tokens Revision int Indicate the interpreter s revision number StartJobPassword int string Indicate the password for ExitServer and StartJob StartupMode int Indicate by numeric value whether to execute the Sys Start file on the harddisk when first booting KPDL after power on 0 default 1 use Sys Start SystemParams int string Indicate the password for changing system Password parameters WaitTimeout Indicate the default wait timeout value MaxImageBuffer int Limit the working area for processing a single image MaxStoredFontCache int Limit the maximum font cache value stored on
308. rds and a stop pattern Each PDF417 symbol must have at least 3 rows See figure below 2 S p 2 E p 2 P 2 8 82 8 Bg amp t c DU o DS e 10 c o 2 Quiet gt i 1 gt i uiet zone 2 D N o E N a 2 Row 3 e zone In each row between left and right row indicators there may be from 1 to 30 data code words Collectively among all rows these codewords form data columns Overall Symbol Structure Any PDF417 symbol is made up of at least 3 rows and at most 90 rows The minimum number of codewords in a row is 3 this includes the left row indicator codeword 1 data codeword and the right row indicator Every symbol contains 1 codeword the first data codeword in row 0 indicating the total number of data codewords within the symbol and at least 2 error detection codewords General PDF417 symbol structure is indicated in the following diagram Chapter 5 Barcodes 5 12 Left row indicators Data codeword area Right row indicators LO dn t dn 2 RO L1 R1 E 2 Lm 2 ao ck t ck 2 Rm 2 Lm 1 C1 Rm 1 Error correction area Printing a Two dimensional Barcode XBAR XBCP XBUF and ENDB commands support two dimensional barcode printing Each command does the following to put data together for printing a barcode XBAR XBCP XBUF ENDB Functions of XBC
309. rface is used in addition to receiving data the plotter printing system can return information such as the current pen position pen status and error numbers This return information applies to the following KC GL instructions Instruction Description OA Output Actual position and pen status OC Output Commanded position and pen status OE Output Error OF Output Factors OH Output Hard clip limits OI Output Identification OL Output Label length OO Output Options OP Output P1 and P2 OS Output Status OT Output carousel Type OW Output Window of these instructions use the same syntax and must be followed immediately by a ter minator They use no parameters The functions of these instructions appear on the following pages The last ASCII char acter sent by the plotter printing system in response to the instruction 15 a terminator which will be designated here by the symbol TERM The terminator 15 actually a car riage return unless changed by the ESC M operator HP 7550 Emulation KC GL Mode 8 OA Output Actual position and pen status The plotter returns the x and y coordinates of the current pen position and indicates whether the pen is currently up or down This information is given by ASCII coded inte gers in the following format X Y P TERM X x coordinate in absolute plotter units lt y coordinate in absolute plotter units 0 ifthe pen is up 1 if the pen is down OC Output Commande
310. rint job into the virtual mailbox aliased Robert a typical CollateDetails sequence of parameters will be as follows lt lt Collate true CollateDetails lt lt 8 Destination Robert gt gt setpagedevice KPDL Error Messages Depending on the setting of the doautocontinue parameter the printing systems having the operator display display errors occurring during operation in the KPDL mode as fol lows KPDL Error Press ON LIN Ed Any of the following error codes will appear if errors occur and doautocontinue is set to false When doautocontinue is set to true only error codes 00 and 98 are available These error codes are also reported from the printer to the computer Some software will dis play these error names on the computer screen Table 7 52 KPDL Error Messages Code Error Meaning 00 Cannot initiate KPDL Ol Dictionary full no new entries can be added 02 Jdictstackoverflow many begins 03 dictstackunderflow Too many ends 04 execstackoverflow Execution stack nesting depth exceeded 250 05 handle Name of error reporting procedure 06 interrupt Control C was received 07 invalidaccess Attempted violation of access attribute 08 invalidexit Exit not enclosed in any loop 09 invalidfile Invalid access string for file operator 10 invalidfont Invalid font name or invalid font dictionary format 11 invalidrestore Restore woul
311. rn the numbers across the top indicate the value of each column The num bers down the right side are the sums of the values of columns that contain black dots in that row Once this pattern has been defined by the FPAT command it is used as the fill pattern until printing system parameters are reset with RES another pattern is selected with PAT a different pattern is defined with FPAT or a shade of gray is defined and selected by GPAT Now let s look at an example using the XPAT command The XPAT command uses the format XPAT pattern number bit map Note that the pattern number parameter must be a value from 100 to 105 and followed by a semicolon not a comma The following example demonstrates the XPAT command in a PRESCRIBE command sequence 2 12 RES 100 0 81 0 lt 086 83 83 0861 8 lt 08 0 X0 MZP 1 1 PAT 100 BLK 1 1 PAGE EXIT Lines 2 and 3 define the pattern shown in the figure on the next page defining it as pat tern 100 The PAT command on line 5 selects the pattern for use in fills Line 6 prints the filled block Figure 2 11 Dot Pattern and a Filled Block 32 16 8 4 2 1 6 bits x 64 The pattern is 16 dots high and 16 dots wide and is encoded as a series of 16 bit words Each 16 bit word is encoded by three characters representing the most significant six bits the next six bits and the least significant four bits
312. rray xyshow Print characters with x y displacements string numarray Q yshow Print characters with y displacement KPDL Status Operators The operations in the table below can be used when the status dictionary is open Some also require a password Table 7 46 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 1 of 5 Preceding stack Operator Result Description buildtime int Identify the build of the interpreter byteorder bool Get the native order in binary encoded tokens true low order byte first false high order byte first int string checkpassword bool Check printing system s password true valid password false invalid password defaulttimeouts job manual wait Get timeout values diskonline bool Check disk online true disk unit online false disk unit offline diskstatus free total Report total disk space and free space dostartpage bool See whether printing system is set to print status page at power up true output status false do not output dosysstart bool See whether Sys Start file is executed at power up true execute Sys Start false do nothing pages action initializedisk Format all writable disks jobname string Get current job name jobtimeout int Get number of seconds to job timeout 0 never manualfeed bool Test whether printing system is in manual feed mode true manual feed on false manual feed off manualfeedtimeout int Get manual feed time out value margins top le
313. rs Condensed Boldltalic 4 5 Chapter 4 Fonts 4 6 Font Name Univers Condensed Medium Univers Condensed Mediumltalic Univers Medium Univers Mediumltalic Wingdings Regular ZapfChancery Mediumltalic ZapfDingbats Substituting a Bitmap Font The printing system does not contain any bitmap fonts except LinePrinterBM8 5 Roman If the printing system receives a request for the bitmap fonts that the previous lineups of the printers supported tabled on page 4 4 a scalable font is substituted For example if Dutch801BM10 Roman which means a Dutch 801 style bitmap font of 10 point and Roman style and was resident to the previous models of Kyocera printers the printing system substitutes a Times Roman style scalable font Other options include weights for bold and italic The following table lists the bitmap fonts and the bitmap font numbers that the previous lineups of Kyocera printers support The Kyocera printing system behaves exactly in the same manner when it receives these font numbers It substitutes the scalable fonts for these fonts when required Font Name Font Number Height Pts Pitch cpi Port Land CourierBM12 Roman 1 17 12 10 CourierBM 12 Italic 37 18 12 10 CourierBM12 Bold 38 67 12 10 CourierBM12 BoldItalic 39 68 12 10 Dutch801BM10 Roman 2 19 10 Prop Dutch801BM10 Italic 3 20 10 Prop Dutch801BM10 Bold 4 21 10 Prop Dutch801BM10 Boldltalic 40 69
314. rsonality variable lt CR gt lt LF gt value lt CR gt lt LF gt lt FF gt JOB PJL JOB NAME job name START OPMSG PJL OPMSG DISPLAY message lt CR gt lt LF gt RDYMSG PJL RDYMSG DISPLAY message lt CR gt lt LF gt RESET PJL RESET lt CR gt lt LF gt SET PJL SET LPARM personality variable value lt CR gt lt LF gt STMSG PJL STMSG DISPLAY message lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL STMSG DISPLAY message CR lt LF gt UEL SPJL lt ESC gt 12345X USTATUS PJL USTATUS variable value lt CR gt lt LF gt Response PJL USTATUS variable CR lt LF gt 1 or more lines of printable characters or lt WS gt followed by lt CR gt lt LF gt lt FF gt USTATUSOFF PJL USTATUSOFF lt CR gt lt LF gt PJL QPJL lt CR gt lt LF gt HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 552 662 73 102 Tet 41 661 56 6 t9 n t 109 92 3 amp 952 862 222 904 061 vi 8st evt Olt v6 BL 29 oF v A geo fin uf NE er 62 152 122 502 681 191 SZI 601 6 LL 19 St 62 t YW 252 952 022 02 881 e 9st ovt vel 801 26 94 09 tb 82 et B SHt E gt 152 Gee 612 02 TEE 591 681 eer 40 16 SL 6 tt 144 Y AIRF 052 vec 812 202 981 041 vs 221 901 06 v 9s ev 92 OL e IQ
315. rted Diablo 630 Emulation Mode 2 Fonts can be selected by placing font commands in the file to be printed or using SETF set alternate font and ALTF change to alternate font commands To substitute scalable fonts for the embedded fonts using SETF command employ the FSET command to apply the appropriate font number for that scalable font The default font mode FTMD is 0 so the printing system will not adjust character spacing line spacing or page orien tation The red black ribbon feature of the Diablo 630 printer is implemented in an interesting way The printing system translates the black ribbon command internally into an ALTF 0 command and the red ribbon command into an ALTF 1 command It also uses two pairs of SETF default values Ribbon color Simulated bitmap font default value Black CourierBM12 Roman SETF 0 1 Red Dutch 801BM10 Roman SETF 1 2 Accordingly if you use the embedded command that asks for red ribbon you will get bitmap font 2 Dutch801BM10 Roman which the printing system emulates using a resi dent scalable font This font is proportionally spaced so you should also specify propor tional spacing with an embedded command When you change back to black ribbon the printing system changes to bitmap font 1 CourierBM12 Roman also emulated using a scalable font With SETF commands you can select any two fonts you like which correspond to the black and red ribbons For example you can have black m
316. s exei ER VE Re ER Ae 1 7 Text Positioning oso nO Deui aded ue aei ts 1 7 Character Spacing ee RR RING etti bius adt rp e GP E 1 8 Patlisi et e Ne 1 9 Eogical Page and Physical Page cete RR ARIA R 1 9 Comnmimand Parameters note PODES os eap tet e te apa ettet ite eere RU be 1 10 Numeric Parameters eiie eii doo Rei tr er Aa ee eee ba 1 10 C haracterzstEIngs usse dee Ote et eer E Ea 1 11 Upper and Lowercase Letters RR aie TELA eI ed e 1 12 Special Parameters tei Ere oe do e oet eene 1 13 Graphics Tutorial Drawing ouk en GR I UU RE eee NE e ee REIS 2 2 Drawing Boxes and Circles i aste eei I 2 6 Drawing Filled Shapes sess eene eene ener nnne nennen nnne 2 9 PathiMode Graphics rS RARE REN ce eee ee 2 16 Paths ote gode data 2 16 Drawing Eines eet ead Ine eie 2 18 bri EPA 2 21 Drawing Ares and Curves codo eR REESE EN DESIRES EE TORRE REPE he 2 24 Drawing Complex Curves sessi nnt 2 26 Closed Eae a eie es 2 29 4 due oe REPE RE PRO 2 30 Clipping Rectangles orar PRI e tet OR ERE REO STR 2 32 Printing with Character Paths 2 33 iere 2 34 Raster Data Compression Formats ccccessesssesseesecsecssecaecsaeeaeceec
317. s 6 12 18 24 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 3 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 4 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 5 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 7 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 8 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 9 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 10 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 11 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 12 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 13 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 14 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 15 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 l6 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 17 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 18 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 19 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 20 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 21 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 Table 5 4 Bar Height and Width Classes Type Tall bars Width classes Default dots 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 22 a Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 23 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 24 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 23m Yes Yes Yes 6 14 21 21 26 Yes Yes Yes 6 14 21 21 27 Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 28 Yes Yes 6 18 18 18 29 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 30 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 31 Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 32 qu Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 33 Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 34 Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 35 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18 24 36 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 6 12 18
318. s Yes Yes Placement Rectangle Dimensions Rectangle of dots ESC c A 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Width 4l ofdecipoints ESC c H 2A 63 tt Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 48 Rectangle of dots ESC c B IB 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Height 42 Vertical Size T ofdecipoints ESC c V 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 56 Rectangular Area Fill Fill Solid Black ESC cOP 2 633050 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Rectangular At Erase solid 1 2A 633150 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes white fill Shaded Fill ESC c2P 2 633250 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cross hatched ESC c3P 2A 633350 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Fill User Defined ESC c4P 2 633450 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Current ESC c5P 2 633550 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern Pattern ID of Shading ESC c G 2A 63 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes or Type of 47 Pattern or User Pattern ID Shading 2 Gray ESC c2G 2 633247 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 10 Gray ESC c10G 2 633130 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 15 Gray ESC c15G 1B2A633135 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 30 Gray ESC c30G 1B2A 633330 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 45 Gray ESC c45G 1B2A 633435 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 70 Gray ESC c70G 2 63 3730 Yes 47 90 Gray ESC c90G 1B2A633930 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 47 100 Gray ESC c100G 1B2A 633130 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 47 7 59 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 60 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 12 of 15
319. s Yes Yes Yes Resolution 52 100 dots inch ESC t100R 1B 2 743130 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 52 150 dots inch ESC t150R 1B 2 743135 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 52 200 dots inch ESC t200R 1B2A 743230 No Yes No Yes Yes 30 52 300 dots inch ESC t300R 1B 2 743330 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 30 52 600 dots inch ESC t600R 1B2A 743630 No Yes No Yes Yes 30 52 Orientation Raster Graphics Raster Follows ESC r0F 1B 2A 723046 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Graphics orientation Presentation Follows ESC r3F 1B 2A 723346 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes physical page Start Raster Left Raster ESC r0A 1B2A 723041 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Graphics Graphics Margin Current ESC rlA 1 2 723141 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Cursor Scale mode 2 1B 2A 723241 No No No Yes logical left page boundary Scale mode ESC r3A 1B 2A 723342 No No No Yes at CAP Raster Y of Raster ESC b Y 1B 2 62 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Offset Lines of 59 vertical movement Set Raster Unencoded ESC b0M 1B2A62304D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Compression Run Length ESC bIM 1B2A62314D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Mode Encoded Tagged Image ESC b2M 1B2A62324D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes File Format Delta Row ESC b3M 1B2A62334D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Adaptive ESC b5M 1B2A62354D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes compression Replacement ESC b9M 1B2A98394D Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Delta Row Transfer of Bytes ESC b W 1B 2A 62 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Raster Data by Data 57 row Transfer of Bytes ESC b V 2A 98 No No No No Yes Raster Da
320. s is affected by the quality of the paper and the type of scanner used Parameters of the BARC command enable the width of the bars and spaces to be adjusted to compensate for these factors A certain amount of testing and experimentation may be needed to find the right parameter values for a particular set of conditions PRESCRIBE uses the BARC draw BARCode command to execute barcodes This printing system feature is described fully in this chapter The BARC command uses the following format BARC type flag string short tall 1 bar2 bar3 bar4 spacel space2 space3 space4 The BARC command prints specified data in barcode form The cursor is located at the top left corner of the barcode for types 0 to 38 40 and 41 and at the bottom left corner of the barcode for type 39 and does not move The type flag and string parameters are always required The other parameters are optional The type parameter is a number from 0 to 42 designating one of the barcode types listed in Numbers outside the range from 0 to 42 are regarded as type 15 MSI bar code with no check digit The flag parameter specifies whether Y or y or not N or n to print a human readable text under the barcode The text is printed in the printing system s current font Any desired font can be obtained by placing a font selection command before the BARC command The flag parameter for barcodes 39 and 40 USPS must be N The string parameter gives th
321. s of the Northern Woods a forested area abundant in deer elk squirrel rabbit opossum lynx wolf and other wildlife It is the park s most popular area featuring excellent trails and campsites for hiking and backpacking BOX 3 4 0 55 FSET 1s5B EXIT Hikers should avoid this area during hunting season SENT Times Rom EXIT Hikers in search of high altitude adventure will find Mt Baker a rewarding Figure 1 3 PRESCRIBE Example WELCOME TO WINDFALL NATIONAL PARK The park entrance is located in the rolling hills of the Northern Woods a forested area abundant in deer elk squirrel rabbit opossum lynx wolf and other wildlife It is the park s most popular area featuring excellent trails and campsites for hiking and backpacking Hikers should avoid this area during hunting season Hikers in search of high altitude adventure will find Mt Baker a rewarding The previous example contains five sequences of PRESCRIBE commands The basic configuration of a PRESCRIBE command sequence 1s IR command command command EXIT There is a limit to the number of commands you can include between the initial R and the final EXIT The initial R must be followed by a space and each command must end with a semicolon The use of PRESCRIBE commands in document files is conditional on the behavior of your word processing software Some word processing programs
322. s the resolution at which raster data is printed The default resolution is 75 dots per inch or the equivalent of 16 physical dots for each raster line dot The following figure shows how a single raster line dot correlates to physical dots at each of the available raster data resolutions Figure 2 37 Dot Resolutions 100 dpi resolution 150 dpi resolution 200 dpi resolution 300 dpi resolution 600 dpi resolution 1200 dpi resolution The RVRD RVCD commands print raster data in the presentation mode specified by the SRO command and at the resolution specified by the STR command Either com mand can be used The RVRD command can only print uncompressed raster data The RVCD command can print uncompressed raster data run length encoded raster data or Raster Graphics tagged image file format raster data Both commands are used with the ENDR END Raster command Printing Raster Data The normal sequence for printing raster data is to set the presentation mode and if desired the height and width of the raster image area with the SRO command to set the dot resolution with the STR command then to print the raster data with the RVRD or RVCD ENDR command pair Changing the Printing System s Imaging Model The printing system s imaging model governs the way in which images and patterns are applied to each other In short it determines the transparency or opaqueness of images as images overlay one another and
323. s to permanent settings and sets the line width to 0 01 inches Then the MZP command on line 3 moves the cursor to a point 5 inches to the right of the left edge limit and 4 inches below the top edge limit Next DRPA 2 149 on line 4 draws a line two inches long at an angle of 149 degrees The angle is measured clockwise from the vertical axis The subsequent DRPA com mands draw additional 2 inch lines at angles that increase in increments of 72 degrees As indicated by the CMNT CoMmeNT commands angles that exceed 360 degrees are equivalent to the remainder of division of the angle by 360 Drawing Boxes and Circles PRESCRIBE provides two commands especially for drawing boxes BOX command and circles CIR command Drawing Boxes The BOX draw box command draws a box of a specified width and height As with the line drawing commands the thickness of the line used to draw the box is determined by the SPD set pen diameter command The following command sequence draws a box RES UNIT C SPD 0 1 MZP 3 3 BOX 3 4 PAGE EXIT 2 6 Figure 2 5 An Example of a Box Line 1 places the printing system in the PRESCRIBE mode and resets printing system parameters The UNIT C command on the second line sets the unit of measurement to centimeters and the SPD Set Pen Diameter command on line 3 sets the line width to 0 1 centimeters If you omit these two commands the printing system will print using the defau
324. ser patterns and symbol sets and protect these resources during emulation switching All resources marked as temporary soft fonts macros user pat terns and symbol sets will be lost during emulation switching The print environment will be reset when it is returned to the mode 6 emulation N9 2 permanent and temporary printing system will store in memory all PCL resources are protected resources both temporary and permanent and pro tect them during emulation switching Instead of resetting the mode 6 environment upon switching back the printing system will restore the previous print environment This option demands a large share of printing system memory Resource protection becomes operational under any of the following emulation switch ing conditions An SEM command is sent to the printing system The emulation is changed by the user from the operator panel keys Anautomatic emulation sensing AES function is used for switching between KPDL and PCL An LaserJet command ENTER LANGUAGE is received The KPDL permanent dictionary is always protected regardless of the values for N9 The amount of memory saved under resource protection is limited by the user memory available Resource protection requires extra memory for storing downloaded fonts and macros This memory requirement extends beyond the standard memory that accompa nies the printing system The requirement varies based upon
325. series of con nected straight line segments The length of these line segments is referred to as a curve s flatness You can change the degree of flatness with the FLAT set FLATness command The default flatness is 1 dot Setting smaller values of flatness results in smoother curves but more time is required for computing the larger number of line segments involved The difference is not noticeable for a single curve but can be substantial in highly complex pages Also the difference is more noticeable with lower print resolu tions for example 300 dpi resolution The following programs illustrate the results of setting the flatness to higher values IR RES UNIT NEWP SPD 1 FLAT 30 PMZP 5 5 4 2 5 4 4 0 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 29 Curve with Flatness 30 Path Mode Graphics RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 FLAT 60 PMZP 5 5 PCRP 4 2 5 4 4 0 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 30 Curve with Flatness 60 Both of these programs draw an identical curve The only difference between the two is in the flatness which is specified on line 2 Closed Paths When the end point of a path connects to its starting point the path is said to be closed A closed path can be stroked in the same manner as an open path or it can be filled with gray scale shading or a standard mode fill pattern Simply ending a path at the path s starting point does not make it a closed path such
326. simplex printing returns whether the current page is even or odd true front or odd page false back or even page int setdefaultpapertray Set the default paper tray as tray 1 tray 2 envelope feeder MP tray Cassette mode tray 3 tray 4 tray 5 tray 6 MASON SS 7 129 Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 46 KPDL Status Operators Sheet 4 of 5 7 130 Preceding stack Operator Result Description defaultpapertray int Get current default paper tray int setpapertray Set current paper tray papertray int Get current paper tray int setpapertray2 Selecta tray by converting the tray number that is currently specified by the PRESCRIBE tray number into a KPDL tray number papertray2 int Convert the current tray number into a PRESCRIBE tray number PRESCRIBE tray numbers MP tray tray tray 1 tray 1 tray 1 tray 1 tray 1 99 EF 1 UF 1 bool setdefaulttrayswitch Set the default paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off defaulttrayswitch bool Get default paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off bool settrayswitch Set the current paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off trayswitch bool Get the current paper tray switch true Autocass false Autocass off a4tray Find tray containing A4 size paper select it as current tray and set imageable area for
327. spacing for the new font Each emulation has a default font mode for bitmap fonts which takes effect when the emulation is enabled Font mode 15 is the default font mode of the Line Printer emula tion The other emulations have lower default font mode values If you use a variety of bitmap fonts you will probably find font mode 13 most conve nient In font mode 13 character spacing and orientation are always correct and the line spacing remains constant when you change fonts Font mode 13 is the default font mode of the LaserJet emulation To select font mode 13 in the other emulations place the fol lowing sequence at the top of your program or file RES FTMD 13 EXIT Place FTMD after RES because RES resets the font mode One reason for selecting font mode 13 over font mode 15 is that a self adjusting line spacing feature can create disastrous affects with software applications designed to han dle line spacing without the assistance of PRESCRIBE For lower font mode such as the default font modes in emulation modes 1 through 5 spacing and orientation adjustments may be necessary when you change fonts Use the following commands SCS Set Character Spacing or SCPI Set Characters Per Inch to adjust the character spacing SLS Set Line Spacing or SLPI Set Lines Per Inch to adjust the line spacing SPO Set Page Orientation to adjust the page orientation The following sequences both use the FONT 19 command
328. specify 0 for dash1 However if a pattern ends with a dash the following space parameter can be omitted Dash patterns defined with this command remain valid until redefined with another SDP command or until the printing system is turned off Drawing Arcs and Curves A path can include curves as well as lines The PARC Path draw ARC and PCRP Path Curve to Relative Position commands make it possible to draw circular arcs and arcs of more complex form The PARC command uses the format PARC x y radius angl ang2 where x and y describe the zero relative coordinates of the center of the arc radius describes the radius of the arc ang describes the arc s starting angle and ang2 describes the arc s ending angle Coordinates and radius are measured in the unit cur rently designated by the UNIT command and the starting and ending angles are mea sured clockwise from the positive x axis The PARC command draws a line between the cursor position and the beginning of the arc See the following example IR RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 5 5 PARC 5 5 3 45 135 STRK PAGE EXIT Path Mode Graphics Figure 2 22 Printout of the PARC Example After the arc is drawn the cursor is located at the end of the arc If you wish to eliminate the straight line segment in the above example leaving only the arc the cursor position must be moved in advance to the position at which drawing ofthe arc begins This
329. ss userpathl userpath2 inufill X y userpath inustroke x y userpath matrix inustroke userpathl userpath2 inustroke bool Test pixels in the user path for userpathl userpath2 inustroke insideness matrix matrix matrix2 invertmatrix matrix2 Replace matrix2 with inverse of matrix1 ISOLatinl Encoding array Push the ISO Latin 1 encoding vector x y itransform Xy Transform coordinates from device to user space x y matrix itransform Xy Transform coordinates by inverse of matrix dict key known bool Test whether key is in dictionary proc string kshow Print string executing proc between characters languagelevel int Return the language level num stringl le bool Test whether num stringl is less num string2 than or equal to num string2 array length int Get number of elements array dict length int Get number of key value pairs in dict string length int Get length of string name length int Get length of name xy lineto Create line from current point to x y num In real Get natural logarithm key load value Search dictionary stack for key and return value num log real Get logarithm proc loop Do proc until exit is encountered num stringl It bool Test whether num stringl lt num string2 num string2 font matrix makefont font Generate new font by matrix transformation dict matrix makepattern pattern Create an instance from a prototype pattern mark mark Push mark on stack matrix matrix Create identity matrix dict maxlength int
330. t 121 601 68 L 18 Ty 6 ord Fialo 4 t a rie eec 972 002 89t est 9 91 vot 88 e 95 ov ve E s lec 97 661 eet 1ST Set 611 601 18 95 66 E zR 92 02 vu 861 281 99T OST vtl BIT 01 98 0L vS 9e 22 9 n 20 JlA J 9p 7 9 Se 622 991 671 T 101 58 69 es 18 12 9 N o e nleinia sji 822 v9t 8vt 261 OIL 001 v8 99 eS 96 0 t uo vr bie Lee 91 lel SIL 66 8 19 1g ge 61 t gt 4 0 91418 262 2 2 922 291 9 91 vl 86 28 99 09 ve 2 1 919 zi ul te Tre Sec 191 61 ett 6 8 59 6v t 1 zi i gt e Ove 22 091 vel 821 eit 96 08 79 26 9 0 zn Z 4 9 4 di 0 lt 4 a 6 8 L 9 S T t c T 0 5 6 2 2 102 161 51 6ST Let 96 6L t9 n ST UmiT b Jo A Xf BES 222 902 061 vt 861 evi 921 OIL v6 84 29 9v 06 vi rov dE N lt vie 6 152 Tee 902 681 41 LST Set 601 6 19 t 62 t 9 w W 282 962 022 voc 881 ett 951 vel 801 26 9 09 vy 82 4 gu 41116 152 962 612 02 191 T ut 861 238 ecl LOT 16 SL 64 tr lt ix dial 5 1 052 veo 812 202 991 ot vst eet 91 06 9s ev 92 o il alez 01210 62 ttc Le 102 981 691 Dri Tet SOT 68 e 18 2 Sc 6 eiridib5 olej4 ra I 6
331. t 91 01 86 28 99 05 ve 8t 2 4 2 Iq ala 17 522 602 60 191 Srt 621 16 18 99 6v ee a 1 ug N WiFi ty El a ove vee 902 261 9 09t ver get Hii 96 08 v9 9v 96 9t 0 Jala o V a 6 8 L 9 Y t 0 N6L SwopulM 552 6 2 73 102 161 ST 6ST Vt 56 6L t9 ly St lt 5 792 Bee 222 902 061 vu 9st evt ott 6 BL 29 9v 0 v i Z I Z I ai u viN lt 90 Le 122 902 681 LST WI 521 601 6 m 19 5 62 2 Z AIZA w iW 252 982 022 702 881 edt 951 Opt vel 801 26 94 09 11 2 lt 4 5 gt 152 Gee 612 02 181 SST eel 101 16 SL 65 It gt J gt ds a I 052 ee i53 202 981 Ber 221 901 06 85 e 92 OL Z I Z ob oM Z f Zz f i 62 eee 1 102 Sgt 691 est det Tet Sot 68 eL Lg 2 92 6 19 A A TPA 1 6 etc 912 002 891 est 9 021 tor 88 24 96 ov hj Al a X UXIH 8 Lee 162 912 661 EBT 191 181 Set 61 0t 18 u 99 68 52 1 9 9 MD Lu 9 062 vc 861 eet 99t OST vel BIL 201 98 OL BE 22 9 7 1 L i 4 9709 622 ele 161 181 691 6v eet a 101 98 69 es 18 9 n nein sie To 822 212 961 0 91 261 001 v8 89 2 9 9 v o a a a eve Le
332. t graphics state currenthalftone halftone Return the current halftone dictionary currenthsbcolor hue sat brt Get current hue saturation and brightness currentlinecap int Get current line end type currentlinejoin int Get current corner type currentlinewidth num Get current line width matrix currentmatrix matrix Replace matrix with current transform matrix currentmiterlimit num Get current miter length limit Q currentobjectformat int Return the object format parameter currently in effect currentoverprint bool Returnthe value ofthe overprint parameter currentpacking bool Returnthecurrentarray packing mode currentpagedevice dict Return a device parameter on the current page currentpoint Xy Get coordinates ofcurrent point currentrgbcolor red green blue Get current red green blue levels currentscreen freq angle proc Get current halftone screen currentshared Return the current stroke adjust parameter currentsmoothness num Returns the current arc smoothness currentstrokeadjust bool Return the current stroke adjust parameter Q currentsystemparams dict Return current values of all system parameters currenttransfer proc Get current gray transfer function currentundercolorremoval proc Return the under color removal function currentuser params dict Return current values ofall user parameters xl yl x2 y2 x3 y3 curveto Create B zier cubic curve from current point to x3 y3 num
333. t line end type to any of the other types with the SCAP command This command uses the following for mat SCAP line cap mode Values for line cap mode include 1 for square caps 2 for butt caps 3 for round caps Use of this command is illustrated in the following example R RES UNIT C CMNT Sets unit to cm NEWP CMNT Starts new path SPD 5 CMNT Sets line width to 5 cm SCAP 1 CMNT Sets square caps PMZP 2 2 PDZP 4 4 SCAP 3 CMNT Sets round caps STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 17 Printout of SCAP Example Note that the line is rendered with round caps rather than with square ones Although square caps is set before constructing the path the line type is changed to round prior to 2 20 Path Mode Graphics stroking the path PRESCRIBE refers to the line cap type when the current path is stroked onto the page rather than while the path is being constructed Therefore the pro gram above renders the line with round caps rather than square ones Line Joins When a path consists of multiple connected line segments the manner in which they are stroked onto the page depends on the current ine join type PRESCRIBE provides four types of line joins These are called beveled mitered round and notched These are illustrated below Figure 2 18 Joins Beveled join Mitered join Round join Notched join The default line join type is beveled With beveled joins connected
334. t value 128 indicates a non operative control byte The byte following such a byte is handled as a new control byte Commands for Printing Raster Data PRESCRIBE provides a number of commands for printing raster data including STR SeT dot Resolution e RVRD ReceiVe Raster Data ENDR END Raster data e RVCD ReceiVe Compressed raster Data SRO Set Raster Options The principle function of the SRO command is to specify the presentation mode i e the orientation of the raster image If the presentation mode is 0 the default mode raster lines print along the width of the physical page regardless of the current page orienta tion If the presentation mode is raster lines print in the orientation of the logical page This is illustrated the figure that follows 2 35 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 36 Figure 2 36 Presentation Modes Presentation mode 0 X X Current point Current point Y 4 Width Y Height 7 pa Lt a Landscape Portrait Presentation mode 1 X X Current point Current point Y d Width Y Width EE o dp izm gt F Landscape Portrait A secondary function of the SRO command specifies the width and height of the raster area When a width and height are explicitly specified any part of the raster image that extends outside of the area is clipped The STR command specifie
335. ta Data 56 by plane End Raster Old version ESC rB 1B 2A 72 42 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Graphics Preferred ESC rC 1B 2A 72 43 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Raster Height Raster Rows ESC r T 2 72 tt Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Source 54 Raster Width Pixels ofthe ESC r S 1B 2A 72 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Source Specified 53 Resolution THE PRINT MODEL Imaging HP LaserJet Emulation Mode 6 Table 7 25 HP LaserJet PCL Commands Sheet 11 of 15 Function Parameter Command Hexadecimal 1000 1800 6300 9100DN 8000 Value 1000 1900 6750 9500DN 3800 6900 Select Current Solid Black ESC vOT 1B2A763054 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Pattern default Solid White ESC vIT 1B 2 763154 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes HP defined ESC v2T 2 763254 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Shading Pattern HP defined ESC v3T 2 76 33 54 Cross Hatched Pattern User defined ESC v4T 2 763454 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes pattern Source Transparent ESC vON 1B2A76304E Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Opaque ESC vIN 1B2A76314E Yes _ Yes Yes Yes Pattern Transparent ESC v0O 1B2A76304F Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes ae Opaque ESC v10 1B2A76314F Yes Yes Yes Yes Logical ROP3 ESC O 1B 2A 6C Yes Yes Yes Yes Operation input value 4F Pixel Grid ESC vOR 1B2A6C3052 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Placement Intersection Pixel ESC vIR 1B2A 763152 Yes Yes Ye
336. tart Text Line Spacing 1B 32 Yes ESC3n Graphics Line Spacing 33n Yes ESC 4 Set Top of Form 1B 34 Yes ESC 5n Automatic Line Feed 1B35n Yes ESC6 Select Character Set 2 1B 36 Yes ESC 7 Select Character Set 1 1B 37 Yes ESC 12 CPI Printing 1B3A Yes ESC Character Font Image Down 1B 3D load ESCAn Set Text Line Spacing 1 41 Yes ESC B n1 n2 n64 null Set Vertical Tabs 42 n1 n2 n64 0 Yes ESCCnm Set Form Length in Lineor 43 nm Yes Inches ESC D nl n2 n29 null Set Horizontal Tabs 1B 44 n1 n2 n28 0 Yes ESCE Emphasized Printing 1B 45 Yes ESCF Cancel Emphasized Printing 46 Yes ESCG Double Strike printing 1B 47 Yes ESCH CancelDouble StrikePrinting 1B 48 Yes ESCIn Select Print Mode 1B 49 n Yes ESC Jn Graphics Variable Line Spac 1B 4A n Yes ing ESC K nl n2 v1 v2 vn Normal Density Bit Image B 4B nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics ESC L nl n2 vl v2 vn Dual Density Bit Image B 4C nl n2 v1 v2 vn Yes Graphics Half Speed ESCNn Set Automatic Perforation B4En Yes Skip ESC O Cancel Automatic Perforation 1B 4F Yes Skip ESC Pn Proportional Space Mode 1B50n Yes ESC Qn Deselect Printer 1 51 ESCR Set Tabs to Power on Set 1B 52 Yes tings ESC Sn Subscript or Superscript Print 1B 53 n Yes ing ESC T Cancel Subscript or Super 1B 54 Yes script Chapter 7 Emulation Table 7 6 IBM Proprinter X24E Control Codes Command Function Code hex Supported ESCUn Set Print
337. tches the printing system to the PRESCRIBE mode and resets printing system parameters including the unit to inches line width to 3 dots and var ious other aspects of the graphics state Path construction begins with the NEWP command on line 2 This command empties the current path if any making it possible to start a new one In doing so it makes the posi tion of the cursor undefined The PMZP Path Move to Zero relative Position command on line 3 moves the cursor to a position one inch from the top and left edge limits of the paper The coordinates specified may be positive or negative On line 4 the PDZP Path Draw to Zero relative Position draws a line from the current cursor position to the position 2 inches from the left edge limit and 3 inches from the top edge limit The cursor remains at this position after the line is drawn On line 5 the STRK command strokes the path onto the page After stroking the current path the STRK command clears the path in the same manner as NEWP start NEW Path Finally PAGE prints out the page allowing us to look at the result of our work and can celling all changes made during the course of the program then EXIT ends the PRE SCRIBE mode Path Mode Graphics Two Lines The preceding example illustrated construction of a path between points specified in terms of absolute coordinates The following program draws two lines using both abso lute coordinate specification and a ne
338. ter filling the current path the FILL command clears the path in the same manner as NEWP Clipping Rectangle Up to this point we have discussed graphics objects to be drawn or stroked or filled as paths However another PRESCRIBE command can be used to define a clipping tem plate for clipping texts paths and raster graphics For this purpose the CLPR CLiP Rectangular region command is provided to define the rectangular region for clipping paths When the printing system is turned on or reset with PRESCRIBE s RES command the clipping rectangle is identical to the printable limits of the page Subsequently executing the CLPR command reduces the clipping rectangle to the intersection of the objects on the page and the rectangle defined by CLPR The following is an example of CLPR RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMRA 6 9 3 0 PARC 6 9 3 0 360 CLPR 3y 9 127 STRK EXIT In this example lines 1 through 5 draw a circle with an extra line thickness at the coordi nates defined by the PMRA command The CLPR command on line 6 constructs a rectangle with its left upper corner posi tioned at coordinates 3 6 and its right bottom corner positioned at coordinates 9 12 both measured from the top and left edge limits of the page As with the rectangular area clipping those parts of the circle that lie outside of the clip ping rectangle are erased when the path is stroked producing the result as shown
339. ter model FRPO G0 Mode A 7550A TERM Mode B 7596A TERM OL Output Label length This instruction returns information on the contents of the label buffer This may be used together with the BL instruction for accessing the necessary space for the buffered label before printing it length characters linefeeds TERM length The length of the longest line in the buffered label in character plot cell spaces characters An integer representing the number of printing characters and spaces in the longest line of the buffered label A backspace is counted as 1 whereas a character with automatic backspace counts as zero linefeeds An integer representing the net number of linefeeds that will occur when the buffered label is drawn inversed line feed VT counts as 1 and a line feed LF counts as 1 OO Output Options This instruction returns eight ASCII coded integers separated by commas The integers indicate plotter options supported by the printing system as follows 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 TERM t Buffer allocation Polygon instruction Arc and circle plotting instructions are supported Pen selection is supported Pen is not down until the paper feeding completes in auto feed mode OP Output P1 and P2 This instruction returns the coordinate values of the current scaling points P1 and P2 The coordinates are given in plotter units by ASCII coded integers as follows P1x Ply P2x P2y TERM 7 104
340. ter set SS Standard character set Standard character set CS0 Character set 0 Code tolerance CE Angle mode of AA AR CI or WG Alternate character set CAO Character set 0 Initial Conditions IN 7 114 Table 7 43 Initial Conditions IN Function Equivalent instruction Initial condition Default conditions DF Default values Scaling points IP Initialized according to paper size Coordinate system rotation RO 0 degrees default setting KPDL Operators KPDL Operators This section describes the machine independent part of KPDL Kyocera s implementa tion of the PostScript command language KPDL deployed in the printing system encom passes the features of LanguageLevel 3 of the PostScript command language The KPDL operators described in this section can be used for confirming and changing the printing system s internal settings Most of the operators in this section are paired one operator for setting an environmental parameter and another operator for confirming the setting The setting operator starts with the letters set The confirmation operator has the same name but without the initial set Communication with the Printing System The operations described below are performed by sending KPDL operators to the print ing system in the KPDL mode KPDL operators can be sent either by file transfer or interactively using communications software This section explains both methods As an example it uses
341. ters for interpreter proc settransfer Set mapping from user gray scale to device gray scale mark blimit setucacheparams Set user path cache parameters proc setundercolor removal Set the under color removal function parameter dict Q setuserparams Set user parameters for each context int setvmthreshold Setthe allocation thresholdused to trigger garbage collector shareddict dict Same as globaldict SharedFontDirectory dict Same as GlobalFontDirectory dict G shfill Fill the current clipping path with the shading defined by shading dictionary string show Print string on page showpage Print and reset current page angle sin real Find sin of angle in degrees num sqrt real Find square root of number int srand Set random number seed stack Write entire stack to standard output as text StandardEncoding array Push standard character code name array on stack start Make KPDL interpreter ready bool passwd startjob bool Start a new job with condition file status bool Test if file is open 7 125 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 126 Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 10 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description statusdict dict Push statusdict on operand stack stop Terminate procedure executed by stopped operator obj stopped bool Execute object R
342. tes and SP for Select a Pen The KC GL instructions are summarized at the end of this section To set the KC GL for power up emulation send the printer the following FRPO com mand FRPO P1 8 EXIT The SEM Set EMulation 8 command temporarily switches the printer to the KC GL emulation In the HP 7550A emulation the user can receive plotting status information from the printer via the RS 232C interface Status information is not available when the parallel interface is used This section explains basic information about the KC GL language KC GL Instruction Format The syntax for KC GL instructions consists of two letters followed by parameters if any then a terminator as shown below Not always required XX XX parameter parameter Required Terminator A semi colon or Optional separator line feed not required if x spaces separator instructions continue Some instructions use no parameters For two or more parameters they must be sepa rated by at least one comma or space In some cases a plus or minus sign can be used as a separator A comma or space can also be used as a separator before after or between instructions and after a terminator When a series of instructions is coded the series should be terminated by a semicolon but no semicolon is required between instructions in the series The printing system executes instructions as soon as it receives them When too many
343. tes the results that are obtained by printing images using image modes that is using different combinations of source and pattern transpar ency modes Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 38 Image Models Source transparency mode 0 transparent Pattern transparency mode 0 transparent Source transparency mode 0 transparent Pattern transparency mode 1 opaque 4 Source transparency mode 1 opaque Pattern transparency mode 0 transparent h Source transparency mode 1 opaque Pattern transparency mode 1 opaque 5 h PRESCRIBE establishes the printing system s imaging model with the SIMG Set IMaGe model command This command uses the following format SIMG operation mode operation mode is a number from 1 to 6 that determines the image model as follows Operation mode Source image Pattern 1 Transparent 2 Opaque 2 38 Raster Graphics 3 Transparent Transparent 4 Transparent Opaque 5 Opaque Transparent 6 Opaque Opaque With operation modes 1 and 2 the SIMG command addresses the transparency of the source image only For operation mode 1 the white pixels of the source image do not overlay on the destination For example you cannot pattern a character With operation mode 2 the SIMG command applies the white pixels of the source image onto the desti nation directly The following program example illustrates use of the SIMG command Try chan
344. the KPDL operator that sets the printing system to print a simple graph ics sample as shown in Figure 7 44 on page 116 Example Operators to draw a text and an enclosing box Note that KPDL mode unit for dis tances is 1 72 inches IR SEM 9 EXIT 2 1 3 setlinewidth 30 30 moveto 0 60 rlineto 225 0 rlineto 0 60 rlineto Enter KPDL mode Set line width to 3 Move to 30 30 Draw line 60 above Draw line 225 to the right Draw line 60 below closepath Close the above path gsave Save current graphics state 0 6 setgray Set gray level to 0 6 fill Fill the path with gray grestore Restore saved graphics state 0 setgray Set gray level to 0 stroke Stroke the path setgray Set gray level to solid black Helvetica Nr 30 selectfont 1 Select and scale to 30 points 50 50 moveto S Move to 100 100 Have a nice day show Print the string howpage D Print the above on page End of job control D AP AP AP AP AP DP o AP DP o o9 oo The initial SEM 9 ensures that the printing system 1s in the KPDL mode If the printing system is already in the KPDL mode SEM 9 is ignored The percent signs and the words to the right are comments Comments are included only to explain the operators and can be omitted when typing operators Try using one of the methods explained on the following page to enable delivery of the result of the above example Th
345. the SPD Set Pen Diameter command Any number of pie slice sizes can be specified provided that the total length of the com mand does not exceed 255 characters and that the sum of the pie slices does not exceed 9999 A I numbers specified for slice sizes must be non negative integers The PIE command does not fill in the slices with any fill pattern The PAT command can be used to create shaded areas The previous example is expanded to fill in the slices RES UNIT C SPD 1 10 10 PAT 197 ARC 0 2 0 5 30 41 ARC 0 2 36 108 43 0 2 108 216 48 ARC 0 2 216 360 PIE 2 0 10 20 30 40 PAGE EXIT 2 15 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Figure 2 13 Pattern Filled PIE nd z ive kj Rs Eating pi nne 5t ee E ps Ds m i vr ee iin ie n i d n Ky i m hen isnt a heh nq ny eee aon E vat its apy This program first draws four filled arcs each using a different fill pattern then prints the pie chart over the arcs Each arc has an inner radius of zero an outer radius of 2 the same as the pie chart and a starting angle and ending angle that correspond to the rela tive size of the pie slices Since the total size of the pie slices in the example is 100 10 20 30 40 the angular extent of each arc is equal to 360 x size
346. the environment at power up including the initial emulation mode page orientation character set buffer allocations in memory interface parameters and other options The parameters may be changed permanently with the FRPO Firmware RePrOgram command Some FRPO parameters affect only the current interface interface depen dent and some affect all interfaces at once non interface dependent If the printing sys tem is shared with other users remember that any changes to any non interface dependent parameters may interfere with the print jobs of the other users This chapter explains the FRPO command and gives examples of its use The current settings of the FRPO parameters are listed as option values on the printing system s service status page Refer to the tables in this chapter to interpret the values To print a service status page command IR STAT 1 EXIT Before changing any FRPO parameter print out a service status page so you will know the parameter values before the changes are made To return FRPO parameters to their factory default values send the FRPO INIT FRPO INITialize command Chapter 6 Permanent Parameters FRPO Parameters The FRPO command changes the value of one parameter in permanent memory A separate command is required for each parameter change The parameters their meanings and the specifiable values are listed below In these tables the nterface dependent parameters affect the environment on
347. the width and height of characters differ from the normal non enhance mode as follows Pen down Pen xly increment Char width Char Height Normal mode 299 lt 99 98 to 98 6 grids 16 grids Enhance mode 29999 lt 9999 9998 to 9998 48 grids 64 grids Page Orientation bit 4 This bit defines page orientation 0 Landscape 1 Observes the FRPO value Default Cursor Position bit 5 This bit defines the cursor position for the page at power up 0 Upper left corner of the page X min 1 Lower left corner of the page X min Y min min Pen Selection On an actual plotter pen thickness and color are selected by physically installing pens On the printing system the pen thickness is established with a PRESCRIBE command or by a simple front panel operation Format FRPO Gn xx EXIT Parameters n pen number 1 penl 2 pen2 3 pen3 4 pen4 5 pen5 6 7 pen6 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 100 7 7 pen7 8 pen8 xx Line width in dots 0 to 99 0 line not printed Positions in the plot area can be defined as plotter units or user units These units are explained next Since the pen thickness is measured in the unit of dot printing an object in the 600 dpi res olution will result in the thickness of lines being half that expected in the 300 dpi resolu tion To avoid this switch the printing resolution to 300 dpi using the FRPO N8 command or temporarily using the PRESCRIBE R
348. tive Lines The line draw example below uses some new commands to draw another line RES SPD 0 01 2 0 5 1 DZP 2 0 5 PAGE EXIT 2 3 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 24 Figure 2 2 Result of Draw Commands Zero relative Lines Edge limits DZP 2 0 5 MZP 0 5 1 The first two lines switch the printing system to the PRESCRIBE mode reset printing system parameters and set the line width to 0 01 inch On the third line the MZP Move to Zero relative Position differs from the MAP Move to Absolute Position command in one respect the position specified is in relation to the top and left edge page limits of the page rather than in relation to the top and left page margins MZP moves the cursor to the point that is 0 5 inches from the left edge limit and 1 inch from the top edge limit Similarly on the next line DZP Draw to Zero relative Position draws a line from the starting position to the point 2 inches from the left edge limit and 0 5 inches from the top edge limit Relative Lines Another way to specify positions 15 in relation to the current cursor position The follow ing command sequence provides an example RES PD 0 0 1 mn mn 1 mn V N N NNK is N Figure 2 3 Result of Draw Commands Relative Lines Edge limits In this command sequence the PRESCRIBE mode begins with the R resets t
349. to select the 10 point Dutch 801 font with landscape orientation and proportional character spacing Neither sequence affects the line spacing FONT 19 SPO L SCS 0 EXIT or Font Selection FTMD 13 FONT 19 EXIT For making many font changes within a document use the ALTF change to ALTernate Font and SETF SET alternate Font commands instead of FONT To switch repeatedly between fonts 6 and 8 for example place the following sequence at the beginning of your document IR SETF 1 6 CMNT PrestigeEliteBM10 Roman SETF 2 8 CMNT LetterGothicBM12 Roman EXIT Then use R ALTF1 EXIT within the document to select font 6 and R ALTF2 EXIT to select font 8 The advantages of ALTF and SETF are that numbers are easy to remember 1 and 2 instead of 6 and 8 Allthe font number assignments are collected in one place where they can be easily checked Ifyou change your mind and decide to use LetterGothicBM12 Bold font 9 instead of LetterGothicBM12 Roman all you have to change is one SETF command from SETF 2 8 to SETF 2 9 In emulation modes 1 2 and 5 the SETF command can team up in a very effective way with embedded word processing commands See Chapter 7 for details The SCF Save Current Font and RPF Return to Previous Font commands enable font numbers to be managed in stack fashion These commands are particularly useful at the beginning and end of macros and when
350. ues from 11 to 20 The next section explains how to use the SDP Store Dash Pattern command to define your own dash patterns Specifying an undefined user pat tern number results in solid black lines User Defined Dash Patterns Using the SDP command you can define your own dashed patterns for use in stroking lines arcs and curves See the following example R RES UNIT P SDE Ll 25 2 27 UNIT C CMNT Sets unit to cm NEWP CMNT Starts new path SPD 5 CMNT Sets line width to 5 cm PMZP 2 2 PDZP 4 4 DPAT 11 STRK PAGE EXIT 2 23 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 24 Figure 2 21 Printout of the SDP Example The SDP command on line 3 defines a dashed pattern consisting of two lengths of black two lengths of white five lengths of black and two lengths of white On line 11 the DPAT command selects this pattern for stroking The path defined by the PMZP Path Move to Zero relative Position and PDZP Path Draw to Zero relative Position com mands is stroked using this pattern with a result as shown in the figure above The SDP command uses the general format SDP pattern number dashl spacel dash2 space2 dashl0 spacel0 The value specified for pattern number must be in the range from 11 to 20 Dash and space lengths are specified in pairs Up to ten dash space pairs can be specified The dash length always comes first in each pair If a pattern is to begin with a space then
351. umerate all instances of a specified resource category key category Q resourcestatus status size Return status information about true false a named resource instance save restore Restore saved virtual memory reversepath Reverse direction of current path printing system s software Q revision int Get product revision 7 123 Chapter 7 Emulation 7 124 Table 7 45 KPDL Page Description Operators Sheet 8 of 11 Preceding stack Operator Result Description dx dy rlineto Create line from current point to relative point dx dy rmoveto Move current point by relative amount ob n 1 0b0 ni roll ob i 1 0b0 Roll top n objects on stack by i ob n01 obi mod Q rootfont font Return a root composite dictionary angle matrix rotate matrix Rotatematrixtransformationby angle degrees angle rotate Rotate user space by angle degrees numl round num2 Round off num to nearest integer rrand int Get random number seed string run Execute file save save Save virtual memory sx sy matrix scale matrix Define scaling matrix SX Sy scale Scale user space font scale scalefont font Generate new font by scaling old font any Q scheck bool Same as gcheck string target search post match head Search for target substring in true or string false string key scale Q selectfont Select a font and establish the font dictionary serialnumber int Return the serial number to
352. urn action P2 Ignores 0x0d 1 Carriage return Carriage return linefeed Linefeed action P3 Ignores 0 1 Linefeed Linefeed carriage return Automatic emulation sensing P4 GN CaS ee AES disabled 0 AES enabled Alternative emulation P5 ame as the values except that 9 is ignored 6 HP LJ Automatic emulation switching trigger P7 99 23 0 Uv COR E em Page eject commands 10 None Page eject and Prescribe EXIT Prescribe EXIT Page eject commands Formfeed L Page eject Prescribe EXIT and formfeed Prescribe EXIT and formfeed Page eject commands if AES fails resolves to alternative emulation P5 None if AES fails resolves to alternative emulation Page eject commands if AES fails resolves to KPDL Emulation switching after receiving R P8 Current emulation Default emulation P1 Alternative emulation P5 Sorter sharing 50 Stand alone Multi users Multiple interfaces Sorter mode S1 Sorter 0 Collator Stacker Mailbox Sorter message S2 LIGUE RESP Ope Remove sorter paper messaged 0 Remove sorter paper deactivated except at power up Remove sorter paper deactivated Sorter overfilling behavior S3 Interrupts printing until trays are emptied 0 Bypasses printing to the face down tray Job separate mode S8 Ee prep Whole pages 0 lst
353. urrent position x3 y3 x1 y1 x3 y3 Current position x2 y2 x2 y2 1 y1 Current position x3 y3 A B zier curve segment is one that is geometrically defined by a starting point the cur sor s current position two control points x y and x2 y2 and an ending point x3 y3 Coordinates of each of these points are specified as an offset from the cursor s previ ous position 2 26 Path Mode Graphics The curve leaves the current position in the direction of 1 y and is tangent to the line between the current position and x y It bends towards x2 y2 then to x3 y3 and at the end point is tangent to the line between x2 y2 and x3 y3 The curve is always entirely enclosed by the complex quadrilateral defined by the starting point x y x2 y2 and x3 y3 See the following examples RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 3 3 PCRE 4 2 5 125 36 1 9 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 26 Printout of the PCRP Example 3 3 4 2 RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 3 3 PCRP 5 57 Al Sip J4 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 27 Second PCRP Example 3 3 7 4 2 27 Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial 2 28 IR RES UNIT C NEWP SPD 1 PMZP 3 4 PCRP 4 2 5 4 6 2 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 28 Third PCRP Example Setting the Flatness of Curves When PRESCRIBE renders any curve it actually converts the curve to a
354. using even odd rule eofill Fill using even odd rule anyl any2 eq bool Pop two objects from the stack and pushes the boolean value true ifthey are equal false ifnot erasepage Erase the current page objl obj2 exch obj2 obj Exchange top two objects on stack obj exec Execute preceding object form execform Paint a form array execstack subarray Copy execution stack into array index Q execuserobject Execute the user object array file string executeonly array file string Enable execution access only exit Exit innermost loop base exponent exp real Raise base to exponent false false Push boolean value false on stack stringl string2 file file Open file named string in string2 access mode template proc scratch filenameforall Enumerate all files whose names match file Q fileposition position Return the current position in a file fill Fill current path with current color sre tgt filter file Create a filtered file paraml paramn name name findcolorrendering name bool Find the color rendering string resource as spcified by argument key Q findencoding array Obtain an encoding vector key findfont font Get a font dictionary identified by key key category findresource instance Obtain a named resource instance in a specified category flattenpath Convert curves to piecewise linear segments numl floor num2 Find greatest integer not exceeding num1 flush Send data in buffer to standard output file flushfile Send data in buffer to output fi
355. vailable for stroking Figure 2 39 A Path both Stroked and Filled By saving the graphics state prior to filling the path it becomes possible to restore the path after it has been filled thereby allowing it to be stroked without reconstructing it The commands used for saving and restoring the graphics state are the SCG Save Cur rent Graphics state command and the RPG Return to Previous Graphics state com mand The following program demonstrates the commands for constructing a path that is both filled and stroked RES UNIT C NEWP PMZP 4 2 PARC 3 3 1 90 270 PARC 5 3 1 270 90 SCG STRK RPG GPAT 5 FILL 1 PAGE EXIT The result appears in the figure above Chapter 3 Macros After you have gone to the trouble of creating and debugging a PRESCRIBE command sequence it is inefficient to use it only once but it is a nuisance to type the same sequence repeatedly The solution is to make the sequence into a macro Then you can execute the entire sequence with a single CALL command The procedure for defining a macro command sequence is simple Step 1 Assign a name to the sequence Place the name at the top of the sequence ending with a semicolon Step 2 Add the PRESCRIBE command MCRO in front of the name Step 3 Add the PRESCRIBE command ENDM at the end of the sequence Chapter 3 Macros MCRO Command 3 2 The MCRO command assigns a name to the seque
356. w method relative coordinate specification RES NEWP PMZP 1 PDZP 2 3 PMRP 5 1 PDRP Eyo 1 SPD 0 04 STRK PAGE EXIT Figure 2 15 Drawing Two Lines 1 1 1 1 0 5 1 2 3 The first four lines of this program are identical to the preceding example Line 1 switches the printing system to the PRESCRIBE mode and resets printing system param eters line 2 empties the current path and lines 3 and 4 draw a line between two points that are specified in terms of absolute coordinates On line 5 the PMRP Path Move to Relative Position command moves the cursor to the point half an inch to the right and one inch above the current cursor position that is the point at which the first line ends Then the PDRP Path Draw to Relative Position com mand on line 6 draws a line to the point 1 inch to the left of the new position and 1 inch below it The line thickness 15 changed to 0 04 inches by the SPD command on line 7 Finally the STRK command on line 8 strokes the path onto the page PAGE prints out the page and EXIT ends the PRESCRIBE mode Chapter 2 Graphics Tutorial Line Ends The line end type determines how PRESCRIBE renders the ends of lines when they are stroked onto the page PRESCRIBE provides three kinds of line ends These include Figure 2 16 Line Ends Butt caps SSS Round caps The default line end type is butt caps You can switch from the curren
357. y new bitmap characters by con structing their dot maps This technique can be used to obtain special characters and symbols not provided in any of the symbol sets The relevant command is the LDFC LoaD Font Character command One LDFC command defines one character specifying its font number character code dimensions orientation and bit map An entire new font can be created by specifying an LDFC command for each character The command format appears as follows LDFC font code height width y offset x offset cell width center rotation resolution bit map Some of the dimension parameters are specified in dots 1 300 inch Other dimensions are specified in micro dots a unit of measurement equal to 1 32 of 1 dot These units are used regardless of the unit set by the UNIT command The rotation parameter is a non executable parameter It does not change the orientation of the character Instead it tells the printing system what the character s orientation is so that the printing system can adjust the page orientation correctly when the font mode is 8 or higher and can select the font in response to embedded word processing commands for a particular rotation The rotation parameter should be the same for all characters in the font The bit map can be constructed by drawing the character on square ruled paper shown at right and proceeding as explained below To demonstrate we shall encode the bit map for a small diamond shaped c
358. y one partition may be specified The data read from the named partition at power up will be available to users accessing the currently active interface The command uses the following format FRPO IO partition name Note that a comma must be placed after the 10 parameter The partition name should not exceed 15 printable ASCII characters 20H through 7EH and be enclosed by single or double quotation marks Partition names are case sensitive so the correct upper and lowercase characters must be used in the FRPO IO string The FRPO M2 parameter enables the printing system to read the partition name into a port apart from the currently active one For instance if the active port were the parallel port but the M2 parameter specified the serial port then the memory card data would be available to users accessing the serial interface M1 Status send control The FRPO MI parameter enables the user to receive printing system status information By sending CTRL T Hex 14 from the host computer to the printing system M3 Host buffer mode The M3 parameter determines the automatic or fixed host buffer mode Ifthe M3 value is 0 automatic the first data arriving from the computer go into buffer 1 regardless of which interface they arrive on While buffer 1 is in use if data also begin to arrive on a second interface they are stored in buffer 2 The printing system will print these data after it has finished printing the job received through
359. you can use it to print charts graphs and pic tures The 9 bit graphics mode is also supported If you attempt to print beyond the right margin the characters wrap around and are printed on the next line 7 23 Chapter 7 Emulation EPSON LQ 850 Control Codes Table 7 13 Epson LQ 850 Control Codes 7 24 Function Code hex Supported Printer Operation ESC Initialize Printer 1B 40 Yes DC 1 Select Printer 11 DC3 Deselect Printer 3 DEL Delete Character 7F ESC lt Select Unidirectional Mode one line B 3C Yes ESCUn Turn Unidirectional Mode On Off B55 MSB Control ESC EM n Control Cut Sheet Feeder B 19 ESC Set MSB to 0 B3D Yes ESC gt Set MSB to 1 B3E Yes ESC Cancel MSB Control B35 Yes Data Control BEL Beeper 07 CR Carriage Return 0 Cancel Line 18 Vertical Motion FF Form feed 0C Yes ESCCn Set Page Length in Lines 1B 43 Yes ESC C null n Set Page Length in Inches B4300 Yes ESCNn Set Skip Over Perforation 4E Yes ESCO Cancel Skip Over Perforation B4F Yes LF Line Feed 0A Yes ESC n Set n 360 inch Line Spacing B 2B Yes ESC 0 Select 1 8 inch Line Spacing B 30 Yes ESC 2 Select 1 6 inch Line Spacing B 32 Yes ESC 3 n Set n 180 inch Line Spacing 1B 33 Yes ESC An Set n 60 inch Line Spacing 1B 41 Yes ESC Jn Perform n 180 inc
360. ystem Description Language emulation the printing system provides PostScript compatible 47 scalable fonts These fonts are also accessible by using the PRESCRIBE command Font Name Albertus ExtraBold Albertus Medium AntiqueOlive AntiqueOlive Bold AntiqueOlive Italic Arial Arial Bold Arial Boldltalic Arial Italic AvantGarde Book AvantGarde BookOblique AvantGarde Demi AvantGarde DemiOblique Bookman Demi Bookman Demiltalic Bookman Light Bookman Lightltalic CGOmega CGOmega Bold CGOmega Boldltalic CGOmega Italic CGTimes CGTimes Bold CGTimes BoldiItalic CGrTimes Italic 44 Font Name Clarendon Condensed Bold Coronet Courier Courier Bold Courier BoldOblique Courier Oblique CourierPCL CourierPCL Bd CourierPCL BoldlItalic CourierPCL Italic Garamond Antiqua Garamond Halbfett Garamond Kursiv Garamond KursivHalbfett Helvetica Helvetica Bold Helvetica BoldOblique Helvetica Narrow Helvetica Narrow Bold Helvetica Narrow BoldOblique Helvetica Narrow Oblique Helvetica Oblique LetterGothic LetterGothic Bold LetterGothic Italic Marigold NewCenturySchlbk Bold NewCenturySchlbk BoldlItalic NewCenturySchlbk Italic NewCenturySchlbk Roman Palatino Bold Palatino BoldlItalic Palatino Italic Palatino Roman Symbol Symbol MT Times Bold Times BoldlItalic Times Italic Times Roman TimesNewRoman TimesNewRoman Bold TimesNewRoman Boldltalic TimesNewRoman Italic Univers Bold Univers Boldltalic Univers Condensed Bold Unive
361. z 112 561 6 1 91 ni SIL 66 8 19 IU S 61 t 51111141105 v s sjo e s 8 0 eve 922 012 761 291 91 01 vu 96 2 99 0S ve 8t 2 Tz Gee 602 61 191 Sti 621 ett 16 18 99 6v ee 1 191217 i r l 0 2 voc 802 261 911 09t 224 get en 96 08 19 2 9t 0 i 8 9 3 3 Sie a a 6 8 L 9 S t 0 292 ueder 91 7 29 Chapter 7 Emulation 552 682 73 102 161 6ST ert e TIL 96 6L 9 n 1 St Li L Um T 9 0 9 750 82 222 902 061 vil 8ST evt 921 144 t6 84 29 9 oe Yl fa r x visus 9 v ESZ 182 122 902 681 t 191 1128 Set 601 6 mi T9 9 62 e i ta 2 2 9624 0 2 02 981 edt 951 ovt vel 801 26 9L 09 w 82 et 1 1 X3 gt 152 52 612 eoz 191 SST 23 tel LOT 16 GL 68 er 4 4 4 eo iii ix ty 052 veo BIZ 202 981 vSl Ber 221 901 06 85 e 92 Or eo ele ap eye 6 2 LEZ Le 102 691 ri Let Iri 68 eL 19 152 92 6 L 9 a Faj eiA yN 802 E 912 002 781 891 291 ET 021 01 98 et 94 0v 8 1 1 1116 4 QI Lye Ir 912 661 191 191 Set 611 Eor 18 u 6 68 4 oig So Bi

KYOCERA FS-C2026MFP+

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents